In time for FIRST B2 9788853046390

Citation preview

Annie Broadhead | Ginni Light Robert Hampton | Jessica Lynch

for PREPARAZIONE AL FIRST CERTIFICATE LIFE SKILLS STUDENT’S BOOK & WORKBOOK

COMPETENZE

Annie Broadhead | Ginni Light Robert Hampton | Jessica Lynch

for

CONTENTS UNIT

1

3

5

People & Success

Describing people 24 Phrasal verbs

RUE2: The meaning of success

WORKBOOK

31

RUE3: Going for Gold RUE4: Key word transformation

RUE1: Politician lives as a migrant for a day RUE2: Getting closer to equal pay for women in the US RUE3: Exploring the different experiences teenagers have

Entertainment & Sociability

Confusing words Entertainment 52 Idioms

RUE2: Technology is becoming more human

WORKBOOK

59

Used to and would Comparatives and superlatives Used to and would

Environmental phenomena 66 Linkers of cause and effect 73 The weather The environment

Future forms 1 Future forms 2

RUE1: Vertical farming

Apostrophes and possessives Compound nouns 87 Clothes Idioms

Zero, first and second conditionals

The Environment & New Technologies

Fashion & Status

38

80

RUE3: Video didn’t kill the radio star RUE4: Key word transformation

RUE2: Commuting by bike in London RUE3: Aren’t temperature changes natural? RUE1: No one should die for fashion RUE2: Bored of millenial conventions? Try 90’s grunge RUE3: Key word transformation

Sport 94 Phrasal verbs 101 Expressions related to feelings

Modal verbs to express ability and permission

Crime & Punishment

Crime and legal issues Prefixes 108 Idioms

WORKBOOK

115

Be/Get used to + verb + -ing Past Perfect Simple and Continuous Past Perfect and Past Simple Past Perfect Continuous and Past Continuous

Sport & Competition WORKBOOK

8

RUE3: Education can change lives

Present Perfect Simple and Continuous Question tags Time expressions

WORKBOOK

7

Past Simple Past Continuous

RUE2: Studying with background music

Affixes: Suffixes and Prefixes Idioms 45 Society

Society & Equality

WORKBOOK

6

Reading and Use of English 1, 2, 3, 4 RUE1: Trust the teacher

WORKBOOK

4

Grammar

Collocations: adjective/ Present Simple and Present verb + noun Continuous 10 Education Articles: a/an/the/zero Confusing words Time expressions 17 Phrasal verbs

Education & The Mind WORKBOOK

2

Vocabulary

RUE1: Is competitive eating the world’s strangest sport? RUE2: The Eton Wall Game RUE3: The history of the Paralympic Games RUE1: Pickpocket picks the wrong person RUE2: A hair for a hair – the punishment to fit the crime RUE4: Key word transformation

FIRST-style activities are labelled RUE (Reading and Use of English), W (Writing), L (Listening) and S (Speaking). The number of the part is also given, e.g. L1 = Listening Part 1.

2

Reading and Use of English 5, 6, 7

Writing

Listening

Speaking

Ready, steady, go! RUE5: Multiple choice

Education W1: Essay

Dialogues L1: Multiple choice

Talking about yourself S1: Interview

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

An inspirational person W2: Article

The history of money L2: Sentence completion

Comparing photographs S2: Long turn

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Aspects of society L3: Multiple matching

A sense of community S3: Collaborative task

George Dinning on being sent to outer Mongolia RUE6: Gapped text Exam Strategies

Blogs RUE7: Multiple matching

An email to a pen friend W2: Email

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Secret Cinema RUE5: Multiple choice

Film review W2: Review

The ship that is drilling down into the Earth’s crust RUE6: Gapped text

Protecting the local environment W2: Report

Exam Strategies

An interview with a rock star L4: Multiple choice

Entertainment & Sociability S4: Discussion

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Dialogues L1: Multiple choice

Talking about where you live S1: Interview Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Profiles of four famous fashion designers RUE7: Multiple matching

An exciting evening W2: Story

Bamboo as a fabric L2: Sentence completion

Comparing photographs S2: Long turn Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Sport – fun or stress? RUE5: Multiple choice

A new sport W2: Email

Sport L3: Multiple matching

Sports facilities S3: Collaborative task

An interview with a criminologist L4: Multiple choice

Pronunciation S4: Discussion

Exam Strategies

Should teenagers be sent to jail? RUE6: Gapped text

The punishment should fit the crime W2: Article

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

3

CONTENTS UNIT

9

Vocabulary

Food & Food Issues WORKBOOK

10 Nature &

12

Gerund and infinitive Prepositions

WORKBOOK

Work & Job Satisfaction

So, such, such a Too and enough 150 Work

Relative pronouns and relative clauses

WORKBOOK

157

Youth Culture & Changing Values

As long as, providing and provided that Commonly-used slang 164 Phrasal verbs Linking phrases 171

WORKBOOK

13

WORKBOOK

185

Travel & Ecotravel WORKBOOK

16 Health &

Happiness

WORKBOOK

Family and friends 192 Idioms 199 Phrasal verbs

Third conditional Wish and if only and wish and would If and in case Future in the past: was/ were going to/would

Indirect speech Indirect questions Orders and requests in indirect speech

Travel 206 Countable and uncountable nouns 213 Idioms connected with travel

A lot of/much/many; little/ few Modal verbs: obligation/ deduction

Health Prepositional phrases 220 Ways of laughing Phrasal verbs 227

Causative

FIRST overview Reading and Use of English Bank

4

RUE1: Does your food sound good? RUE2: Fast food: is it really that bad? RUE3: Eat more algae

RUE2: The kakapo parrot RUE3: Shooting wildlife – with a camera RUE4: Key word transformation

Noun + noun expressions The passive Festivities 178

WORKBOOK

Reading and Use of English 1, 2, 3, 4

RUE1: Work can be fun! RUE3: Helpful advice on how to make those difficult life choices RUE4: Key word transformation

Festivals & Globalisation

14 Family & Friends

15

Food Modal verbs of certainty/ probability Collocations: verb + dependent preposition Prepositions 122 Cooking verbs 129 Food idioms

Animals Linkers of sequencing and addition Collective nouns 136 Collocations 143 Idioms

Endangered Species

11

Grammar

8 234

RUE1: Technology Culture RUE2: How teenagers see themselves RUE4: Key word transformation

RUE1: The changing attraction of music festivals RUE2: Strawberries and cream at Wimbledon RUE3: The advantages of globalisation RUE2: Identical twins – but different personalities RUE3: Talking at or with a friend? RUE4: Key word transformation

RUE1: Green Hotel Trend: Wooden Key Cards RUE3: Bangladesh – visit before the tourists come RUE4: Key word transformation RUE1: The world’s happiest country RUE2: Life lessons from the World’s Happiest Man RUE4: Key word transformation

Writing Bank Listening Bank

244 249

Reading and Use of English 5, 6, 7 Cooking for fun RUE7: Multiple matching

The hunters that became the hunted RUE5: Multiple choice

Writing

Listening

Speaking

Modern food production methods W1: Essay

Dialogues L1: Multiple choice

Talking about food & eating S1: Interview

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Nature programmes W2: Review

Wildlife conservation L2: Sentence completion

Comparing photographs S2: Long turn

Job interviews L3: Multiple matching

Facilities for employees S3: Collaborative task

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

An interview with a sociologist L4: Multiple choice

Youth culture S4: Discussion

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Dialogues L1: Multiple choice

Festivals S4: Discussion

Genealogy L2: Sentence completion

Comparing photographs S2: Long turn

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Getting the most from your job RUE6: Gapped text

Vloggers in their own words RUE7: Multiple matching

Colette at Sundance Film Festival RUE5: Multiple choice

Interview preparation W2: Report

The views of young people W2: Story

Festivals and traditions W2: Article Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Generation Z RUE6: Gapped text

Listening to advice W1: Essay

Space Travellers RUE7: Multiple matching

Travel writing W2: Review

Ecotourism L3: Multiple matching

Ideas to attract more tourists S3: Collaborative task

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

The Power of Laughter RUE5: Multiple choice

Health and happiness W2: Report

A healthy life S4: Discussion

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

An interview with a fitness professional L4: Multiple choice

Exam Strategies

Exam Strategies

Speaking Bank Extra exercises

253 254

Practice Tests 1-2 Appendices

260 304

5

In for

In for FIRST

FIRST B2

B2

In Time for FIRST B2 offre un percorso completo di preparazione alla certificazione FIRST che al contempo porta gli studenti al raggiungimento del livello B2 del Quadro Comune Europeo di Riferimento.

STUDENT’S BOOK Una mappa in apertura di unità declina i contenuti ed evidenzia il doppio percorso di lingua e certificazione. Le unità preparano in maniera approfondita alla certificazione FIRST, con numerose attività relative a tutte le parti dell’esame e suggerimenti e strategie per affrontare al meglio la prova.

!|

Writing 

Reading and Use of En 

Alla fine di ogni unità, una doppia pagina mirata all’esercitazione del Reading and Use of English.

6

Numerose attività di lessico e grammatica per approfondire la conoscenza linguistica. Numerose attività mettono in campo le competenze trasversali, per mettere alla prova pensiero critico, pensiero creativo, collaborazione e comunicazione.

book WORKBOOK

ence

Dopo ciascuna unità dello Student’s Book troviamo l’unità corrispondente del Workbook.

Workbook

VIDEO

cies, we are

Grammar Reference con spiegazioni dettagliate, esercizi e video di grammatica.

Attività per la revisione delle strutture linguistiche e per la preparazione alla certificazione.

SEZIONI FINALI Reading and Use of English Bank

Listening Bank

Extra exercises

Writing Bank

Speaking Bank

Practice Tests

In fondo al volume, numerose sezioni extra per ripassare e approfondire. Due prove FIRST complete consentono di concludere il percorso con un’esercitazione nello stile esatto dell’esame.

IL DIGITALE – Easy eBook & eBook Il libro digitale è disponibile in due modalità Easy eBook offline su DVD e eBook online, scaricabile e aggiornabile. Contiene tutte le risorse multimediali del corso: • 10 video di Grammar e 2 video della prova orale dell’esame di certificazione FIRST. • Audio integrale del corso e audio degli esercizi di ascolto.

• • • •

Attività interattive e autocorrettive. Attività e testi disponibili anche in alta leggibilità. Schede di fonetica e dizionario bilingue. 11 Prove FIRST in modalità interattiva.

7

FIRST overview The FIRST Certificate in English is a Cambridge ESOL exam. It is at level B2 of the Council of Europe Common European Framework of Reference (CEFR) for languages and at level 3 of the Association of Language Testers in Europe (ALTE) framework. It is divided into four papers as follows: Reading and Use of English – 1 hour 15 minutes Writing – 1 hour 20 minutes Listening – approximately 40 minutes Speaking – 14 minutes

What do you have to do in the FIRST Reading and Use of English test? Part

What you see

The task

What you do

RUE 1

A continuous piece of text.

Answer eight multiple-choice questions. There are four choices for each answer.

Choose A, B, C or D.

RUE 2

A continuous piece of text with 8 gaps corresponding to one word.

Think of the most appropriate word to fill each gap.

Write one word only for each gap.

RUE 3

A continuous piece of text with 8 gaps corresponding to one word. The stems of the missing words are given beside the text.

Change the stems of the words to Write one word only for each gap. form the missing words.

RUE 4

Six separate sentences, each followed by a similar sentence with a gap and a key word.

Complete the second sentence Write your answer in 2-5 words. so that it has a similar meaning to the first including the key word given. You cannot change the key word.

RUE 5

A continuous piece of text.

Answer six multiple-choice questions on the text. There are four choices for each answer.

RUE 6

A gapped continuous piece of text.

Six sentences have been removed Choose a sentence A-G for each from the text and placed in gap 37-42. There is one extra jumbled order. sentence.

RUE 7

A text or several short texts.

Answer ten questions on the text(s).

Choose A, B, C or D.

Locate the specific information in the text(s) which matches the questions.

What do you have to do in the FIRST Writing test? Part

What you see

The task

What you do

W1 – this is compulsory

A statement.

Write an essay presenting your argument.

Write 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

W2 – choose one of the following

A call for an article for an English-language magazine or newspaper.

Write an article giving e.g. descriptions, examples, and anecdotes.

Write 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

A situation outlining the context.

Write an email or a letter in response.

Write 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

A situation outlining the context (First Exam only).

Write a report in response giving Write 140-190 words in an factual information and making appropriate style. suggestions or recommendations.

8

FIRST overview A call for a review for an Englishlanguage magazine, newspaper or website.

Write a review in response describing e.g. a film and express a personal opinion.

Write 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

Set text questions (First for Schools only).

Write e.g. an article, essay, letter, report or review on the set text.

Write 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

The beginning or end sentence of a story (First for Schools only).

Write a short story developing a clear storyline from the prompt sentence.

Write 140-190 words.

What do you have to do in the FIRST Listening test? Part

What you hear

The task

What you do

L1

Eight short unrelated extracts from monologues or exchanges between interacting speakers.

Answer a multiple-choice question about each text. There are three choices for each answer.

Choose A, B or C.

L2

A longer monologue.

Complete ten sentences with the information you hear.

Complete the ten sentences.

L3

Five short related monologues.

Match five sentences to the information you hear.

Match the sentences to the speakers 1-5. There are three extra sentences.

L4

An interview or an exchange between two speakers.

Answer seven multiple-choice questions on the text. There are three choices for each answer.

Choose A, B or C.

What do you have to do in the FIRST Speaking test? Part

What you talk to

The task

What you do

S1

The interlocutor.

Examiner’s questions General questions about yourself, your likes/dislikes/experience.

Two minutes

S2

The interlocutor and your partner. Two photographs on a theme e.g. This is your individual ‘long turn’. people making music, pointing out the similarities and differences while the interlocutor and your partner listen. You will be asked to comment on your partner’s photographs e.g. which type of music would you prefer to listen to?

One minute for each candidate plus 30-second response from the second candidate

S3

Your partner. This is a two-way conversation between you and your partner.

You maintain a conversation with your partner in response to written prompts e.g. agreeing/disagreeing, exchanging ideas/suggesting etc.

Four minutes

S4

The interlocutor and your partner. This is a discussion related to the Part 3 topic.

A more in-depth discussion of the topic with your partner, responding to questions asked by the interlocutor e.g. expressing/justifying opinions etc.

Four minutes

9

Education & The Mind

Vocabulary: Collocations: adjective + noun and verb + noun

Reading and Use of English: Part 5

Vocabulary: Education Grammar: Present Simple and Present Continuous Grammar: Articles: a/an/the/zero Speaking: Part 1 Listening: Part 1 Writing: Part 1

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 2, 3

Warmer 1 Look at these pictures. Which school subjects do they represent? A

B

C

2 These are the most popular subjects to study at university in the UK. Match the six subjects with the words (A-F) related to them. 1

Law

A budget

2

Design (studies)

B subconscious

3

Psychology

C verdict

4

Management (studies)

D layout

5

Business (studies)

E software

6

Computer Science

F staff

10

D

 DISCUSS 3 In pairs, discuss these questions. 1 What is your favourite school subject? Why? 2 Which subjects do you find easy/difficult? Why? 3 Do you think it’s important to go to university? Why/Why not? 4 Some people say that school is the happiest time of your life. What do you think? 5 What’s your definition of a good teacher?

1 Vocabulary  Collocations: adjective + noun and verb + noun

4 In the first paragraph of the text on page 12, you can find the words tough problem. This is a common adjective + noun collocation. Collocations don’t follow any grammatical rules.

5 Now write ten sentences using some of the adjective + noun and verb + noun collocations from exercise 4.

6 Choose the correct adjective for each sentence. 1 Failing the exam was a ......... point that he didn’t like to talk about.

Work with a partner. Tick (✓) the adjective + noun and verb + noun collocations which are commonly used. 1

decision

tough

✓

C easy

haircut

B narrow

D short

steak

3 The student gave a ......... excuse for not handing in his homework. A binding C convincing

drink

wind

B empty

✓

woman lesson cough cold argument

problem breakfast metal heavy

week fog decision traffic

A right

C obsessed

B protective

D current

5 Children who have ......... minds often do well at school.

influence

rain

D fruitless

4 Having ......... parents can be both a good and a bad thing.

exam

4

D hurtful

A quick

music

3

B hard

2 If you take the ......... cut, you will get to school much faster.

problem

strong

C difficult

times

pressure

2

A sore

✓

A asking

C requesting

B enquiring

D demanding

 CRITICAL THINKING 7 Discuss with your partner how you are going to remember new vocabulary. Here are some ideas. Then add two more ideas of your own.

• •

Write a list either on paper or on your computer. Use a card system and put the new words/expressions onto the card. It’s a good idea to put the new word/expression into a sentence because it is easier to remember in context. You could also translate it into your own language and put it on the back of the card.

a chance take

a decision hands

5

an influence keep

in touch house

11

Education & The Mind

Ready, steady, go! A

procrastinator

is

someone

who

often

postpones what they need to do. They say they will do tomorrow what needs to be done today. It is linked with doing things at the last

5 minute. When

they need to complete an

assignment, they are probably already having

a tough problem even just getting started! Luckily, there are many strategies that can help you avoid procrastinating as much.

10 First of all, don’t punish yourself for having

procrastinated. If you are stressed, it’ll be

harder to get your work done. Carry on and focus on what you have to do instead. Wasting

time being angry at yourself for not starting

15 that essay or finishing that presentation will

only make you more tired and upset. In that

Why not download an app to limit phone

situation, students tend to shut down because

distraction? Phones are often the objects that

they are overwhelmed and start surfing the

take up a lot of our concentration and our

Internet instead!

20 Avoid multitasking and focus on one objective at

a time. Multitasking can make you feel like you’re

time. Obviously, there’s an app that can help

45 solve this problem! You can download in an

instant the app that you think will help you

achieving a lot, but it usually just stops you from

procrastinate less. Here are a few examples:

completing tasks quickly and efficiently. Keep

•   Forest  is  an  app  that  helps  you  stay  away 

your mind on one goal at a time, and give it

25 everything you have. This will help you not to

get too overwhelmed by your to-do list, by

from your smartphone and stay focused on

50

it’s a game that gives you time rather than

concentrating on one thing at a time.

taking it away. Why don’t you try it?

Start with the most difficult task. Eat that frog!

•   A  simple  timer  app  can  also  be  used  to 

Maybe you have an important presentation to

30 do in class that you are worried about. Maybe

you can’t stop thinking about the Maths

determine the time you intend to work for

55

and then how long you want your break to be.

homework you are behind on. Maybe you

Finally, create a space for studying that works

Baudelaire research assignment to finish.

most of your work, and make it the best

have the last page of your Shakespeare or 35 Whatever it is, get it out of the way as soon as

you can. That way you will feel relieved and more relaxed. After that, everything will seem a lot easier. It’s amazing what a difference finishing the task that worries you the most

40 can make.

12

your work. It works like a phone game, but

for you. Figure out where you’ll be doing environment for limited distraction. Some

60 students prefer to have a separate space for

studying that’s different from the one where

they relax. This may be the library, a cafe or a  � bookshop, instead of your room at home. Good luck!

1 Reading and Use of English  PART 5 – Multiple choice  DISCUSS 8 You are going to read a magazine article about procrastination and techniques to help you avoid it. Before you read the text, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 Do you know what procrastination is? What do you think it is?

4 According to the writer, being angry with yourself for procrastinating A pushes you to work harder. B makes you feel more energetic. C inevitably makes you feel overwhelmed and start surfing the Internet. D will not help you get your work done. 5 The writer also suggests that A any phone app can help you study efficiently.

2 Do you think multitasking always helps you study efficiently? Why/Why not?

B there are some phone apps that can help you study efficiently.

3 Do you think you a phone app can help you study efficiently? Why/Why not?

C phone apps should always be used when studying.

4 Do you often leave your homework to the last minute?

9 Read the text on page 12. For questions 1-6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text. 1 The writer describes the techniques to overcome procrastination as A impossible. B always useful. C helpful. D unhelpful. 2 In the third paragraph, what does the writer say about multitasking? A It is always useful for working efficiently. B It might seem to help you be more productive, but it can actually slow you down.

D phone apps will definitely help you study efficiently. 6 In the final paragraph, the writer suggests that students A always need a quiet space to study. B definitely need to study in a separate room from the one where they relax. C all find studying easier in libraries. D should study in the place where they can concentrate the best.

10 Have you ever used a phone app to avoid procrastination? Do you get angry with yourself if you procrastinate?

Vocabulary  Education 11 In education, many students find that they

D If you focus on one goal at a time you might feel overwhelmed by your to-do list.

procrastinate more when studying one school subject rather than another. Complete the diagram below with the Secondary school subjects and the University subjects listed below. There is an example. Can you think of others?

3 When working on their to-do list, people should A start with the task that they are worried about the most.

Maths • Geography • Geometry • Art Chemistry • Medicine • Law • Languages Economics • Engineering Physical Education (P.E.) • Literature Psychology

C If you focus on more than one goal at a time you will never be efficient.

B start with the easiest task. C start with whichever task they like, it’s indifferent. D start with the task that they are worried about the least.

Secondary school subjects

Languages

University subjects

13

Education & The Mind Grammar  Present Simple

Grammar  Articles:

and Present Continuous

a/an/the/zero

See page 17

See page 17

12 Read the paragraph below about deciding on a

15 Read the following paragraph with your partner

future career. Underline the verbs in the Present Simple and circle the verbs in the Present Continuous.

5

10

and insert articles a/an/the where you think it’s necessary.

You are sitting around on the couch one day watching TV and the thought crosses your mind, ‘This is so boring, there must be better things to do with my time.’ Let’s say you want to improve your chances of getting a good job in the future in something you really like. What you need to do is to teach yourself a skill that is valuable and that people are willing to pay for. For example, you like watching films and you want to know how films are made. So you go out and buy yourself a camera and start shooting a film; then you organise your friends and write a script and make a short film. It’s as simple as that. Or is it?

13 In pairs, answer the following questions.

5

1 When do we use the Present Simple? 2 How do we form the interrogative and negative? 3 When do we use the Present Continuous? 4 Can you think of five verbs we normally don’t use in the Present Continuous?

10

14 Put the verbs into the correct tense, Present Simple or Present Continuous, in the sentences below.

15

1 Every Monday, after school, I ............... basketball. (play) 2 I usually ............... maths a lot but I ............... this lesson. (enjoy, not/enjoy) 3 What ....... at the moment? ............... to come to the cinema? (you/do, you/want) 4 J.K. Rowling ............... from England but ............... in Scotland now. (come, live) 5 The earth ............... the sun. (orbit) 6 She ............... playing double bass but she ............... the electric guitar. (like, prefer) 7 They ............... French at the moment but I ............... Mandarin ............... more useful. (study, believe, be) 8 ............... anywhere interesting on holiday this year? (you/go)

14

20

So you’ve decided to make 1 ......... film. It looks so easy when you watch them on TV but it turns out to be incredibly difficult to make 2  ......... good one. It’s 3 ......... lot harder than it looks to create 4  ......... interesting story. It’s also much harder than it looks to get people to do what you want. So you need to start reading books on how to make 5 ......... film and you also need to learn about equipment you need to use to edit and create 6 ......... special effects. 7 ......... good idea is to talk to people who actually make films – you could get 8 ......... job at 9 ......... local TV station (be 10  ......... volunteer if necessary) or take 11  ......... tour there and meet 12  ......... few people. If you really want to make films, this will be 13 ......... most fun and interesting thing you have ever done and in time you will learn 14 ......... skills you need. Suddenly you will find you have something that you might want to study, and most importantly you will have started your career.

16 With your partner, think about and then write down three rules for when we use a, an, the and the zero article.

! | Frequent Mistakes I come from Italy. NOT I’m coming from Italy. Oh no! It’s raining! NOT Oh no! It rains!

1 Speaking  PART 1 – Interview

19 Now work with a different partner. Ask and answer four of the questions in exercise 17. This time try to improve your performance by thinking about the points in exercise 18.

! | Exam Strategies 1 At the beginning of the test, smile. It’ll make you feel better and create a good first impression.

Listening  PART 1 – Multiple choice

2 In Part 1 you will be asked questions about yourself so answer from your own experience. 3 Relax and speak clearly and confidently. 4 Listen carefully and answer the interlocutor’s questions fully, not with just one-word answers. 5 Use fillers, e.g., mmm, let me think; oh yes ... to give yourself thinking time if necessary.

! | Exam Strategies 6 You will hear the context sentence on the recording first. Read the question and options carefully. 7 Listen for paraphrases of the correct answers. 8 Check that the wrong answers are wrong by thinking about why they are wrong.

17 Read these questions. Then ask and answer the questions with a partner. Find out something new about him/her. 1 Where are you from?

9 Don’t keep thinking about a question when the next question starts. 10 Don’t choose an answer just because you hear the same word as you see on the paper.

2 What do you like about living in ............? 3 Do you like studying English? 4 What’s your favourite book? 5 Where do you find it easy to study? 6 Who do you spend your free time with?

20

1-02

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer – A, B or C. 1 You hear a student talking about his favourite subject at school. Why does he like it?

7 What sort of music do you listen to?

A It challenges him intellectually.

8 What’s an interesting thing you found out about recently?

B It can make a difference to the planet.

18 Tick the things you did in the task above. Which

C It combines several topics that interest him. 2 You hear a woman talking about the human brain. What is she doing as she speaks?

things would you like to improve?

A explaining a theory

Checklist

B criticising a theory C justifying a theory

1

I smiled.

2

I gave interesting answers.

3

I spoke clearly in English.

4

I didn’t make many grammatical mistakes.

B lawyer

5

I answered the question that was asked.

C doctor

6

I didn’t repeat the same word several times. I used a range of vocabulary.

7

I listened to my partner’s answers.

8

I didn’t just give one-word answers.

9

I didn’t hesitate too much.

10

I showed interest and enthusiasm.

3 You overhear two young people talking about their careers. What job do they both have? A architect

4 You hear two business students talking about cultural differences. They agree that to be successful in international business you have to A be aware of different attitudes to time. B learn a little of the other person’s language. C make sure you address people in the correct way.

15

Education & The Mind Writing  PART 1 – Essay

5 You hear a tennis coach talking about a young player called Jack. Why did the coach doubt Jack could become a good tennis player? A He thought Jack’s stamina was limited. B He thought Jack got a lot of injuries. C He thought it would be financially difficult for Jack’s parents.

See Writing Bank on page 244

22 You are going to write an essay. Before you start, put these instructions for essay writing into the correct order. A

Organise the main points into a logical order.

B

Decide how many paragraphs you will write and what goes into each one.

C

Check for range and accuracy of grammar.

D

Think about any examples or sub-points that you can add.

E

Read through the essay to make sure that your ideas come across clearly.

A meet new people

F

Decide what to write in the introduction.

B have opportunities to discuss films

G

Decide what to write in the conclusion.

C get ideas for a project she’s working on

H

Brainstorm the main points to include.

6 You overhear a girl talking on the phone about her new school. How does she feel about it? A It’s better than she expected. B It’s similar to her last school. C It’s going to be a challenge. 7 You hear two friends talking about the school film club. The girl joined the club in order to

I

Check you have answered the question.

8 You will hear a woman talking about competition at school. Why does she think it’s a good thing?

J

Check for range and suitability of vocabulary. Have you repeated words?

A Because her daughter is doing better at sport now.

K

Decide if you should write in formal, informal or neutral style.

B Because she believes competition is part of everyday life. C Because all children can show they are good at something.

21 What is the most difficult aspect of this task for you? How can you improve it?

 GET CREATIVE 23 In your English class you have been talking about education. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view. Write your essay in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

Everybody needs a good education to make the best of their life. Do you agree with this opinion? Notes Write about: 1 opportunities to go to college or university 2 choice of interesting employment 3 ..................................................................... (your own idea)

! | Exam Strategies In the exam, you will always be asked to write an essay in Part 1. Write your essay in neutral or formal style.

16

Workbook Grammar Reference Present Simple and Present Continuous The uses of the Present Simple and Present Continuous are quite distinct and not interchangeable. These tenses are often used with time expressions such as next, this afternoon, always, etc. The Present Simple is used: 1 to describe a permanent state. – My favourite subject at school is Maths. 2 to describe repeated or habitual actions. – I always get up at seven. 3 to express general truths. – Two plus two equals four. 4 to give instructions and describe procedures. – You plug in the machine and then you press the power button. 5 to express the future for timetables. – The exam starts at 1 pm next Friday. 6 in conditional and time clauses referring to the future (see Grammar Unit 6). 7 with certain verbs not normally used in the continuous form: A verbs describing states of mind, emotion, and perception, e.g. think, believe, know, mean, remember, forget, love, need, see, hear, feel, etc. B verbs which refer to a permanent state, e.g. be, have, belong, contain, consist, cost, equal, fit, depend, etc. The Present Continuous is used: 1 to describe an action happening now. – I am studying the present tenses at the moment.

4 to describe the background to habitual actions. – I listen to music while I’m doing my homework. 5 to describe changing situations. – Is your English improving? 6 to express future arrangements. – I am playing tennis at 5 p.m. today. 7 with always to describe irritating or surprising habits. – He’ s always criticising people and making inappropriate comments about them.

Articles: a, an, the and zero (no) article A countable noun is the name of something that can be counted: one book, two books, etc. An uncountable noun is the name of something that cannot be counted: milk, money, freedom, justice, etc. An uncountable noun does not take a or an and does not have a plural form. Use a or an: 1 with a singular countable noun when you mean one of many. – Annie is a student (one of many students). 2 the first time you use a noun in a paragraph. – I read a great book last night. Use the: 1 with any noun when the meaning is specific; for example, when the noun names the only one (or one) of a kind. – Neil Armstrong was the first man on the moon (the only first man). 2 the second time you use that same noun in the same paragraph. – The book I read was about… Don’t use a, an, or the:

2 to describe a temporary state or activity. – My laptop isn’t working. It broke down this afternoon.

1 with an uncountable noun when you mean in general. – Higher education is expensive.

3 to describe an action happening around the time of speaking. – We’ re studying Hamlet in English.

2 with a plural countable noun when you mean in general. – Classical music concerts are very relaxing (in general).

1 Read the paragraph with your partner and insert articles a/an/the where necessary. Every animal you can think of, whether 1 ..... mammals, birds, reptiles, fish, etc. has 2 ..... brain. But 3 ..... human brain is unique. Although it’s not 4 ..... largest in the body, it gives us 5 ..... power to speak, imagine and problem solve. It is 6 ..... amazing organ.

7 ..... brain performs 8 ..... incredible number of tasks, such as controlling your body temperature and blood pressure. It also accepts 9 ..... flood of information about 10 ..... world around you. 11 ..... human brain is 12 ..... knot of 100 billion neurons and support cells where we can store 13 ..... lifetime of 14 ..... memories.

17

Workbook - Education & The Mind

Practice 1 Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form – Present Simple or Present Continuous.

buy 0 You always ......................... (buy) such smart clothes. 1 Schoolkids ......................... (not wear) a uniform to school in my country – thank goodness! 2 I ......................... (think) I might leave school next year because I need to earn some money. 3 Do students ......................... (complain) if they don’t spend much time in the computer room? 4 I ......................... (use) my brother’s bedroom this week because he ......................... (stay) with our grandparents. 5 We ......................... (study) romantic poetry in English this week. 6 I hate walking past the kitchen. It ......................... (smell) of boiled cabbage. 7 Music always ......................... (have) a strong influence on my mood. 8 The train ......................... (leave) at 8.30 on Saturdays. What time ......................... (it/get) to London?

2 Choose the correct time expression. 1 Does your English teacher give you lots of homework this afternoon/during the holidays? 2 We’re starting a new project on communications technology next/last Monday. 3 I text my friend now/every night to tell him what time to expect me. 4 I draw a mind map to help me whenever/always I need to remember things. 5 Do you make a list in alphabetical order when/ during you’re learning new words? 6 Does Wendy wear glasses for reading every day/ today? 7 Mandy doesn’t cycle to school because there’s too much traffic today/in the mornings. 8 Working as a museum guide, you often/ever get to speak different languages.

18

3 Complete the text by putting these verbs in the correct form – Present Simple or Present Continuous. go • help • get • focus • not enjoy check • study • play • read • learn spend • travel • write My sister Sarah and I are twins. We 1 ......................... to the same school and we both 2 ......................... football once a week and sometimes on the weekend. We are part of the same team. It’s a lot of fun, I always like the matches! On the other hand, my sister 3 ......................... them as much as she isn’t very competitive. At school we both 4 ......................... good results. This year I 5 ............... during our Maths classes, but not as much as Sarah is. I definitely prefer Science. We 6 ......................... the Solar System this week. During our lessons, I always 7 ......................... my notes carefully so Sarah can 8 ......................... them later. I 9 ......................... Sarah with her Science homework this afternoon and she 10 ......................... my Maths exercises. We 11 ......................... from each other, but we never cheat. It’s a lot of fun having a twin sister! Even if we 12 ......................... a lot of our time together we never get bored. We 13 ......................... to France during the school break, with our parents as well. I am really looking forward to it!

1 4 Which subject (A-J) is each sentence talking about?

the/-).

1

What’s the square root of 91?

2

Today we’re going to study the human skeleton.

3

Don’t forget your tracksuit.

4

This piece is for strings and brasses.

5

Copper sulphate crystals are so beautiful.

6

Use lighter brush strokes to fill in the sky.

7

The plot’s good but the style’s quite hard.

8

Glaciers formed here during the Ice Age.

9

Please learn this list of irregular verbs.

10

5 Choose the correct article for each gap (a/an/

Various events led up to the battle.

A History B Art C Foreign language D Maths E Geography F Literature G Biology H Chemistry I Physical Education J Music

Learning 1 ......................... foreign language can be 2 ......................... fun. If you look at brochures for summer courses, you see pictures of 3 ......................... smiling students, doing all sorts of 4 ......................... fun activities. But not everyone can afford to go on such courses. So how can you make 5 ......................... real progress without spending 6 ......................... lot of money? Here are 7 ......................... few tips. Firstly, make full use of social networking sites to get in 8 ......................... touch with a native speaker of the language which you’re learning. If you can find someone who wants to learn your language too, you can do 9 ......................... exchange, and take it in turns to be the teacher. Whether you text, chat online or send each other 10 ......................... emails, it’s 11 ......................... great practice. Another good idea is tuning in to 12 ......................... radio station where the DJ speaks in your target language. If the songs are also in 13 ......................... that language, you might hear some you like and want to download. Working out 14 ......................... words of songs in another language is 15 ......................... great way of learning 16 ......................... new vocabulary. Finally, 17 ......................... internet is full of 18 ......................... articles in different languages. Don’t just browse them passively – use 19 ......................... good dictionary to look up any words you don’t know and keep 20 ......................... note of them somewhere.

6 Match each verb with a word or words (A-J) to form a verb + noun common collocation. 1

hold

A

a chance

2

take

B

a club

3

fall

C

hands

4

gain

D

your best

5

catch

E

in love

6

join

F

a mistake

7

move

G

experience

8

keep

H

house

9

make

I

a bus

do

J

in touch

10

19

Workbook - Education & The Mind Reading and Use of English  PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 Which school subject did you like best? FAVOURITE

was your favourite Which ................................................................................ school subject? 1 Which of the websites you looked at interested you most? THE Which was ................................................................................ website you looked at? 2 Phil’s bedroom is so untidy his mother refuses to clean it. SUCH Phil has ................................................................................ that his mother refuses to clean it. 3 Brad is looking forward to starting driving lessons. WAIT Brad ................................................................................ driving lessons. 4 Emily hasn’t seen her brother for two weeks. SINCE It’s two weeks ................................................................................ her brother. 5 Do you know who this tablet belongs to? TABLET Do you know ................................................................................ this is? 6 Gina really hates it when her hair gets wet. STAND Gina ................................................................................ her hair wet.

20

1 Listening  PART 3 – Multiple matching 1-03 You will hear five short extracts in which teenagers are talking about college open days, when students who may want to study there in the future can go and visit. For questions 1-5, choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker liked best about the college. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use.

A the architecture B the location

Speaker 1

1

C the equipment available

Speaker 2

2

Speaker 3

3

Speaker 4

4

Speaker 5

5

D the teaching methods E the student accommodation F the layout of the campus G the study facilities H the range of courses on offer

Writing  PART 2 – Email Write an answer to the question below. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style. You have received this email from your English-speaking friend, Jan.

From: Jan Subject: Exchange visit Hey – I’m coming to your country on an exchange visit. I am going to study in a school there. Can you tell me what school subjects students of my age study, how the school timetable is organised and what the teachers are like, please? It will be an awesome trip – we can meet each other at last! Jan

Write your email.

21

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze

! | Exam Strategies • Read the title so that you understand what the text is going to be about. • Read the whole text first to understand the main ideas expressed. • Read the sentence where the gap is very carefully as well as the sentences before and after the gap. • Think about each option carefully before choosing your answer.

For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

TRUST THE TEACHER C Finland’s education (0) ................ is one of the best in the world – why? To a large (1) ................ it’s because its teachers are trusted to do whatever it takes to turn young lives around. For example, Anneli Kalas saw that one of her pupils, a recent immigrant from Kosovo, was (2) ................ all her attempts to integrate him so she decided to do something quite (3) ................ . The 13-year-old boy received something (4) ................ different from most other 13-year-olds. Anneli took him (5) ................ as her private student. When the boy wasn’t studying Science, Geography and Maths, he sat next to Anneli’s desk at the front of her other classes, taking books from a tall (6) ................ , slowly reading one, then another, then devouring them by the dozens. By the end of the year, the son of Kosovo war (7) ................ , had conquered his (8) ................ country’s vowel-rich language and arrived at the realisation that he could, in fact, learn.

22

0

A category

B duty

C system

D arrangement

1

A amount

B extent

C range

D level

2

A struggling

B arguing

C disapproving

D resisting

3

A intense

B ultimate

C extreme

D severe

4

A entirely

B fully

C perfectly

D thoroughly

5

A off

B out

C at

D on

6

A storey

B pile

C peak

D summit

7

A settler

B ancestors

C refugees

D companions

8

A adopted

B legal

C faithful

D authentic

1 PART 2 – Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

STUDYING WITH BACKGROUND MUSIC that Research shows (0) .............................. music stimulates different parts of the brain. But does listening to music while you study increase (1) .............................. reduce your ability to study? It seems that (2) .............................. depends on the individual. Some students can study effectively while listening to music whereas others are distracted (3) .............................. any external stimulus. One recent experiment produced interesting results. Students who studied while listening to music had lower average test scores (4) .............................. those who did (5) .............................. . However, the scores varied depending on (6) .............................. the students routinely played music while they studied and the type of music played. Many students claim that listening to classical music helps (7) .............................. concentrate. This is called ‘the Mozart effect’; a set of research results assert that listening to classical music can have short-term benefits (8) .............................. as increased memory. In fact, many students report that they study better while listening to music only when the music has no lyrics.

PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capital letters at the end of some of the lines to form a new word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

EDUCATION CAN CHANGE LIVES children For (0) .............................. living in many parts of Africa going to school is only a dream.

CHILD

Education represents the only way out of a life of (1) .............................. for them. Across

POOR

Africa millions of young people live on less than 1 Euro a day but, if they can get an education, they might be able to get a better (2) .............................. job later in life.

PAY

Schools are also playing an (3) .............................. important role in helping young

INCREASE

people protect (4) .............................. against diseases that can spread through poor

THEM

communities. Simple information about hygiene can help the (5) .............................. of

PREVENT

diseases and (6) .............................. saves lives. Many schools also provide a hot lunch

DOUBT

and this may be the only meal many (7) .............................. youngsters get.

GROW

Finally, going to school helps young people have more (8) .............................. . They

CONFIDENT

are less likely to tolerate violence and abuse and more likely to invest in improving their communities.

23

People & Success

Vocabulary: Describing people

Reading and Use of English: Part 6

Vocabulary: Phrasal verbs Grammar: Past Simple and Past Continuous Writing: Part 2 Listening: Part 2

Speaking: Part 2 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 2, 3, 4

Warmer 1 Look at the pictures and talk about these questions. 1 What kind of success does each picture represent? 2 Which kind of success is the most important to you and why? A

C

24

3 Who is thinking what? Match the people in pictures A-D to what they are thinking, 1-5. There is one extra thought which you do not need to use.

B 1

Money doesn’t buy you happiness but it certainly makes life a lot easier.

2

I hope I can inspire young people to follow their dreams.

3

Seeing the fans relate to my music is a real buzz.

4

Education stays with you for life and is worth every penny.

5

Can’t believe I did it. I’m the fastest man in the world.

D

2 Vocabulary  Describing people 2 Put these words into the correct column. Put a

6 Read this text about actors and complete each gap with a word from exercise 5.

minus sign (–) next to any words which you think have a negative connotation. teenager • tallish • frail • stocky • plump short • well-built • toddler • elderly • slim middle-aged • thin • in his/her 20s • skinny average height • adolescent • tiny of medium build • fat Height

tallish

Build

frail

5

Age

teenager 10

15

3 Put these words into the correct column. Some words can go into two columns. round • bright • square • scarred • wrinkled cold • freckled • pale • narrow • sad • oval almond-shaped Face

round

20

Eyes

bright 25

4 Work with a partner and describe the people in the photos on page 24.

30

Being a successful actor isn’t easy. You need to make audiences believe that you are a character from a film or a play. Actors give the character voice and movement, but costume designers often shape its look. Their job is to make sure that, if a character is a famous pop singer, the actor wears appropriately cool and 1 .................... clothes. They have to adapt the clothing to fit the actor so that it isn’t uncomfortably 2 .................... or too loose and 3 .................... . The setting of a scene is also important: if the character is in an office they will wear a 4 .................... outfit, but if they are at home they will put on something more 5 .................... . Furthermore, if the character is a person who existed in real life, costume designers will research them and ensure that the actor wears the same style of clothes.

5 Now put these words into the correct column. Some words can go into two columns. cool • curly • trendy • wavy • baggy straight • dyed • shabby • permed • lank tight • floaty • bald • greasy • casual scruffy • smart • spiky • messy Hair

cool curly

Clothes

cool

25

People & Success Reading and Use of English  PART 6 – Gapped text 7 You are going to read an article about a young

George Dinning on being sent to Outer

Mongolia

person who decided to do something extraordinary. Do you know anyone who has done something extraordinary that you admire?

George Dinning is an extraordinary 19-yearold who has gone to great lengths to help others less fortunate than himself. He explains what made him do it.

! | Exam Strategies Read the whole base text first to understand the general meaning of it. Remember to look out for language and topic links between the gapped sections and the sentences which have been removed.

8 Six sentences have been removed from the

5

10

article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A In another, I suddenly saw a police car behind me with flashing blue lights.

15

B Having the ambulance there has cut down the time it takes to get people to hospital and it’s already saved lives. C So I asked them to stop any speeding drivers that were trying to pass. D That is a very long time to have to wait if you are ill and need urgent medical help. E I started with the students at my college and we decided we had to put on some pretty big events if we were going to come up with the kind of funds we needed. F The next thing was to buy the ambulance and do it up – that was actually quite cheap. G After that, we’re going to extend the project to Nepal because, like Mongolia, the mountain kingdom is not high on the list of countries that receive international aid.

 CRITICAL THINKING 9 Talk to your partner about these questions. 1 What are older people’s attitudes to young people’s behaviour in your country? 2 What’s your opinion of what George Dinning has done? 3 Which charity would you like to support? Why?

26

20

‘As I was driving to college one day, I heard this radio program about people who were dying in Mongolia simply because they couldn’t get to a hospital on time. I found it really upsetting to hear that people living in the countryside had to travel for two or three days to get to a hospital. 1 So I thought about what I could do to change this situation. It suddenly came to me that if I could get the money together, I could buy an old ambulance, do it up, and drive it over to give to a rural community. The sticking point was money of course... so I decided to go knocking on doors to see who would help out. 2 So some of the things we came up with were a karaoke night, a 60s disco and a mini-marathon. Then I did the rounds of the local companies and managed to get some corporate sponsors. All in all, we got the money together amazingly quickly.

2 Vocabulary  Phrasal verbs See Appendix 1 on page 304

10 Look at sentences A-F from the text. Match the underlined phrasal verbs to definitions 1-6 below. A I could buy an old ambulance, do it up, and drive it over to give to a rural community. B So some of the things we came up with were a karaoke night, a 60s disco and a mini-marathon. C Finally, three months later, I set off. D As it turned out though, they simply asked me for $2 for each policeman there, as a fine for not having stopped when requested. E Anyhow, eventually I got to Mongolia and dropped off the ambulance at a rural clinic. 25

30

35

40

45

50

55

A lot of my friends are car-crazy so we 3 had a team of people making the old car we’d bought into a vehicle that could make the journey. Finally, three months later, I set off. The trip took me 32 hours – I covered 8,000 miles and crossed five mountain ranges. It was an eventful trip – for example, in one country I got arrested because I didn’t have the right visa. I didn’t know what to do as I couldn’t 4 speak the language and was pretty sure I hadn’t been speeding. Then I noticed that they were driving an ancient car so I put my foot down. All was going smoothly until I came round a bend in the road and saw three police cars in front of me blocking the road. They flagged me down and I had no option but to stop. I remember thinking – I hope they don’t take the ambulance from me. As it turned out though, they simply asked me for $2 for each policeman there, as a fine for not having stopped when requested. Obviously I had no choice but to pay up. Anyhow, eventually I got to Mongolia and dropped off the ambulance at a rural clinic. The feedback I’ve had since is great. 5 Next on the agenda is to take some more ambulances this year – we’ve already managed to raise £22,000 in just three months so ten of us will be going over and hopefully soon we’ll have covered Mongolia with ambulances. 6

F Having the ambulance there has cut down the time it takes to get people to hospital. 1

to reduce

2

to have ideas

3

to deliver

4

to start a journey

5

to happen in the end/be revealed

6

to repair

11 Work with a partner and answer these questions about phrasal verbs. Answer true (T) or false (F). 1 Phrasal verbs can have two or three parts. 2 Phrasal verbs are followed by the -ing form when the next word is a verb. 3 The meaning of a phrasal verb is exactly the same as the meaning of each part of it. 4 Phrasal verbs are often used in informal English. 5 We can say do the car up or do up the car. 6 Set off is not followed by an object when it means start a journey.

12 Choose five phrasal verbs from exercise 10. Write five sentences using one phrasal verb in each. 1 ............................................................................................................. 2 ............................................................................................................. 3 ............................................................................................................. 4 ............................................................................................................. 5 .............................................................................................................

27

People & Success Grammar  Past Simple

14 Circle the Past Simple irregular verbs in the text in exercise 13. Complete the table.

See page 31 Past Simple

13 Read about another extraordinary teenager. Underline the Past Simple regular verbs.

0

came

Base Form

come

1 2 3 4 5 6

15 Fill in the gaps. 1 We form the Past Simple negative with subject + the auxiliary verb ......... + base form. 2 We form the Past Simple interrogative with the auxiliary verb ........ + subject + base form.

! | Frequent Mistakes

5

10

15

20

28

Another young man, who is severely physically disabled, decided to be a sports coach. He decided to coach others like him to play boccia – a Paralympic sport that originally came from Ancient Greece. He was determined to show the world what he could achieve and, last year, he coached more than a hundred disabled kids and encouraged them to take part in sporting events. When he first started out, adult resident coaches didn’t expect him to have an easy time but all the children respected him, followed his instructions, and didn’t play around. He also gave advice on what games were suitable for the disabled youngsters and along the way became a computer expert. Last year, he went to college to qualify in computer science and he intends to take part in the Paralympics in the not too distant future.

He felt proud of his achievements. NOT He fell proud of his achievements. Did you graduate from university last year? NOT Did you graduated from university last year?

16 Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the Past Simple. 1 He ............ to bed at 4 a.m. because he ............ to finish his project. (go, want) 2 She ............ from university in 2006 and ............ a millionaire by the end of 2009. (graduate, be) 3 I ............ trekking in the Himalayas – it ............ too much like hard work! (not/enjoy, be) 4 What ............ you ............ to the President when you ............ him? (say, meet) 5 She ............ a shock when she ............ she ............ the winner of the competition. (get, see, be) 6 When exactly ............ you ............ round the world single-handed? (sail) 7 She ............ any reason for cancelling the concert. (not/give) 8 One man ............ 40 doughnuts in 30 minutes. That’s a strange achievement! (eat)

2 Grammar  Past Continuous

Writing  PART 2 – Article

See page 31

See Writing Bank on page 247

17 Read the following introduction to a story and underline the verbs in the Past Continuous. The man was driving through the town. It was raining hard and a strong wind was blowing. Nobody was walking along the streets when suddenly, passing by a parade of shops, he saw the suspected murderer lighting a cigarette in a shop doorway...

20 Read the information and discuss questions 1-2 below with a partner. You are going to write an article for a website about a person who has inspired you. The person does not have to be someone who is rich and famous. It can be, for example, a member of your family, someone who has helped the local community, or a historical person. 1 Who do you think would be a good person to write about and why? 2 What sort of articles do you like reading? Why?

21 Think about the structure of a good article. Tick (✓) the statements you agree with.

18 Why is the Past Continuous tense used here? I was having a shower when my mobile rang. ! I was having a shower 

1

It has an interesting headline.

2

There are no paragraphs.

3

It’s entertaining.

4

The writer uses linkers such as that’s why, then, so, because, etc.

5

The writer uses a wide range of vocabulary.

X

Y

X

6

It is written in the present tense.

Past

# my mobile rang

Present

7

Ideas are organised in a logical way.

8

The writer has to think about who is going to read it.

19 Look at the timeline above showing the difference between the Past Simple and Past Continuous. Put the verbs into the correct tense in these sentences. 1 He ................ (climb) Mount Everest when his wife ................ (have) their baby. 2 The Formula One driver ................ (not/drive) fast when the accident ................ (happen). 3 The ballerina ................ (go) off stage even though the audience ................ still ................ (clap). 4 While we ................ (run) the final lap, the rain ................ (start).

22 The editor of an international website has invited readers to send in articles. The articles must be 140-190 words. You have decided to write an article about a person who has inspired you. Complete this writing plan for your article. 1 Who is going to read the article? 2 How many words do you need to write? 3 What information do you want to include? 4 How many paragraphs do you need? 5 Write six linkers you can use in your article.

5 What ................ (you/do) when they ................ (call) to tell you you had got your dream job?

6 What tenses are you going to use?

6 He ................ (think) about how to raise money for charity when his friend ................ (come up with) a great idea.

 GET CREATIVE 23 Now write your article., 29

People & Success Listening  PART 2 – Sentence completion  DISCUSS 24 You are going to listen to a talk on the history of money. First discuss these questions in pairs. 1 Has money always been a symbol of success and status? Why/Why not? 2 What things have people used in the past for money, for example, gold, feathers, etc.?

Speaking  PART 2 – Long turn

! | Exam Strategies You have to compare two photos for about a minute and answer a question after your partner has spoken. Don’t forget to do both parts of the task!

26 Look at photographs A and B. They show young

! | Exam Strategies

people in different situations. Compare the photographs and say what difficulties the people might face in each situation.

1 Read the sentences carefully. 2 Listen to the recording and write the words you hear to complete the sentences. 3 Now listen carefully to the recording again. 4 Then check the spelling, check each sentence makes sense and is grammatically correct.

25

1-04

Listen to the talk. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase. The speaker gives the example of as the first type of goods 1 to be used to barter with. As farming developed, it became common to exchange 2 . In China, 3 ‘money’ at first.

were used as

When people began to recognise the value of metal, 4 could be used as money.

A

China was the first country to make a kind of coin and 5 were put in them so that they could be used more easily. Silver coins, which had the image of or heads of State, were 6 introduced in about 500 B.C. The first form of money to resemble paper money was made of 7 . The phrase to pay through the nose comes from a punishment for people who did not pay their 8 In 9 in China.

. , paper money died out

In the 16th century, in North America, the currency was called Wampum, which actually means 10 .

30

B

Workbook Grammar Reference Past Simple and Past Continuous The Past Simple is used: 1 to describe actions completed at a definite time in the past. – The elections took place last week. 2 to describe completed actions when the time is understood but not mentioned, particularly in narratives and when recounting anecdotes. – It took them three days to get to the charity in Africa because first they took a flight, then hired a car and drove for 150 miles. 3 to describe a definite period of time in the past. – He spent two years at kindergarten. 4 to describe repeated or habitual past actions.

The Past Continuous is used: 6 to describe unfinished actions that were happening at a certain time. The actions had begun before this point in time. – This time last year I was studying in the States. 7 to describe the background action when something else interrupted it. – I was watching a film when my friend rang. 8 to describe simultaneous actions that were happening in the past. – While he was brainstorming the vocabulary, I was writing down some verbs we could use. 9 to set the scene for, say, a story. – The wind was howling and the branches were banging against the windows when she suddenly heard a car door slam outside.

– She never arrived at school on time. Alternatively, we can also say: – She never used to arrive at school on time. 5 in second conditional sentences (see Grammar Unit 6).

1 How do we form the Past Continuous? Fill in the

Eric:

gaps with your own examples. Subject

Auxiliary

Main verb

she

was

driving

you

were

driving

he

1….

2….

they

3….

4….

+

–

Auxiliary

Subject

Tara: 5 Was he explaining/Did he explain how it works? Eric:

Main verb

5….

I

6….

7….

you

8….

?

2 Choose the most appropriate form of the verb in each sentence. Tara: Hi Eric, 1 were you going/did you go to the Young Inventor of the Year Awards last night?

Yes, Tara. It was fantastic. And while I 2 was waiting/waited for the ceremony to begin, I 3 was starting/started talking to a guy sitting next to me. He was 18 years old and last year he 4 was inventing/invented a new type of water pump.

Yes, but I’m not sure that I 6 was understanding/understood everything – I 7 wasn’t really concentrating/didn’t really concentrate on what he said all the time because everyone 8 was getting/got ready for the awards.

Tara: Last year at college we 9 were having/had to work in teams and try to invent something. We 10 were spending/spent ages trying to think of a new idea. It was a lot harder than I 11 was thinking/thought. Eric:

Yes, and just imagine the guys who 12 were winning/won the awards last night. They invent several things a year!

31

Workbook - People & Success

Practice 1 Read the clues and complete the crossword.

2

ACROSS 1 4 6 8

having no hair shoes worn for sport hair that’s not completely dry a word often used to describe trousers or jeans that are too big or loose

10 a word used to describe someone who takes no care of their appearance 11 something worn on the head, often by baseball players

1

3 5

4 7 6

8

9

10

11

13

12 a colour obtained by mixing red and white 14 something carried to hold a purse or keys in 15 very, very small 16 Punk was a 1970s and 80s ..................... culture movement

12 15

14 17

18 hair that has an artificial colour 19 the opposite of dark or heavy

16 18

DOWN 2 a word often used to describe long, straight and unwashed hair

19

3 what unwashed hair is like after several days 5 between your hand and your shoulder 7 a bit overweight 9 you can style short hair like this by applying gel 10 a word used to describe well-worn old clothes 13 a word used to describe jeans with holes in them 17 what can happen to clothes after they are washed

2 Put the verbs in brackets into either the Past Simple or the Past Continuous. Petra met her husband when she was 30. At the time, she 1 .............................. (sing) in a choir, something which she really 2 .............................. (enjoy). She decided to take some singing lessons because she 3 .............................. (have) trouble reaching the high notes. Her teacher, Leila, wanted everyone to sing a solo. Petra 4 .............................. (start) to panic because the others 5 .............................. (produce) what she 6 .............................. (think) were fantastic sounds. Then her turn came. As soon as she 7 .............................. (open) her mouth, Leila stopped her and said that she 8 .............................. (not breathe) properly. The man playing the piano 9 .............................. (turn) round to look at Petra every time she made a mistake. By the end of the session, she 10 .............................. (feel) quite embarrassed. While the teacher 11 .............................. (fix) up the next session with the others, Petra 12 .............................. (slip) out, but the piano-player caught her up and told her how much he 13 .............................. (admire) her determination. They went for a coffee, and 14 .............................. (find) that they had a lot in common. Before long, they 15 .............................. (see) each other every day. The rest, as they say, is history.

32

2 3 Write the correct form of these verbs in each gap. put off • cut down • set about • come up • drop off • do up • turn out • put on 1 Before you .............................. opening all those packets of crisps, check how many people are invited to the party. 2 The lesson was so boring that I nearly .............................. to sleep. 3 The band weren’t sure how best to publicise their concert, but George .............................. with a brilliant idea for a poster. 4 The old office looks a mess, but once it’s been .............................. , it will look much better. 5 If you want to lose weight, you should .............................. on the amount of carbohydrates you eat. 6 Our walk in the National Park .............................. to be a disaster because we got caught in an unexpected snowstorm. 7 The violinist .............................. a super performance at the charity event last night. 8 The band’s lead singer is ill, so they have .............................. the concert until next month.

Reading and Use of English  PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). 0 A away

B out

C from

D over

The Gap Year B from their studies between school and university. These days, many teenagers in Europe take a year (0) .......... The idea of the gap year (1) .......... back to the 1960s. That’s when people began to recognise the (2) .......... of students arriving at university with (3) .......... confidence and experience of the world. Some students spend this ‘gap year’, as it’s (4) .......... , learning skills that may be useful for their future careers. For example, many go to study in another country in order to learn the language, whilst others (5) .......... the opportunity to get experience of working in other cultures. Volunteering has always been one of the options on (6) .......... . Volunteers often go to less developed countries where they contribute to both educational and conservation projects. For many, independent travel is also an important part of the gap year experience, and students (7) .......... spend six months working in order to (8) .......... up the money to pay for the trip of a lifetime. 1 A starts

B goes

C finds

D gets

2 A need

B worth

C value

D good

3 A greater

B higher

C better

D stronger

4 A entitled

B named

C referred

D known

5 A hold

B take

C pick

D form

6 A choice

B availability

C offer

D existence

7 A especially

B totally

C eventually

D typically

8 A gather

B save

C collect

D raise

33

Workbook - People & Success Reading and Use of English  PART 5 – Multiple choice You are going to read an extract from a novel. For questions 1-6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

34

Emma showed extraordinary entrepreneurial skills from a very young age. Growing up in the south of England, she decided to give out lemonade to her neighbours when she was as young as five. She already knew people would like a fresh drink during the summer months. Nobody else her age was doing anything like that! When she was ten, she started doing magic shows at different birthday parties. The first time she did this, it was her best friend’s party. Emma became really successful when she was fifteen and she started a computer supply website called GreenMComputer.com, with help from her parents. They were both web designers. The purpose of the website was providing online-safety tips to first time computer and Internet users, as well as help on how to remove viruses or upgrading a PC. GreenMComputer.com eventually also started selling and delivering computers as well as setting them up for the customers. By the time Emma was seventeen and still in Secondary school, she was making some money through subscriptions to her site and through advertising. Soon after that though, Emma found that working on the site was taking too much time away from her studies at school, which were very important to her. She wanted to focus all her efforts on her new passion: Art. Therefore, she eventually decided to sell her company and she used the sum of money she received to pay for her Art studies at the University of Exeter. Luckily, her parents supported her in all the decisions she made. At university, Emma’s passion was painting at first. Eventually though, her Art teachers encouraged her to focus on her talent for a more precise drawing style and for graphic design. She followed their advice and worked very hard, realising that she really enjoyed what she was good at. Having finished her university degree after three years of studying, Emma started sending the final graphic design project she had made for her course to a lot of publishing houses and to various design studios. What Emma didn’t know was that one of her university friends had also emailed this graphic design project to different film studios based in London. Emma hadn’t contacted any of those as she thought that the film industry would be too competitive for her to actually get a job. She was wrong! One of the film studios sent her an email and invited her for an interview. Emma was very nervous as she got on the train to go to London. When she arrived, the receptionist asked her to take a seat while she contacted the two people who would interview her: they both worked in the graphic design department. She did the best she could during the interview. They asked her a lot of questions about why she wanted to work for the film studio and why she thought she would be the right person for the job they were offering. Emma replied by telling them all about her successful old website and her choice to study Art. She also explained how her experience would allow her to be a valuable member of their team. Emma also had a second interview, during which she had suggest ideas for new animations. The week after, she got a call to tell her that they wanted her to work in their animation department. Emma now successfully combines her passion for Art with her talent for computers by creating beautiful animations for a big film studio. In her job, she also works on a few projects in the special effects department. All in all, Emma is very grateful to her parents, her teachers and her friends for allowing her to make the most of her talent as well as to follow her passions in life. And it all started with her selling lemonade!

2 1

How did Emma first demonstrate entrepreneurial skills?

4

A she thought they wouldn’t give her a job.

A She gave out lemonade to her neighbours in exchange for money.

B she thought she wouldn’t enjoy the competitiveness of the film industry.

B She started producing her own lemonade.

C she was encouraged not to do so by her university friend.

C She made 5 pounds an hour selling lemonade. D When she was ten she started selling lemonade and doing magic shows. 2

What does the expression ‘taking time away’ (line 13) refer to?

D her university friend was better at applying for jobs than her. 5

What does the expression ‘take a seat’ (line 26) refer to?

A Emma going to study at school.

A moving a chair forward

B Emma spending a lot of time away from the site.

B sitting down

C Emma spending a lot of time on the site and not on her studies.

D wait

D Emma going away on holiday. 3

Emma didn’t send her graphic design project to film studios herself because

C have a rest

6

During her first interview, Emma explained she would be the right person for the job because

Why was Emma nervous in the train?

A she had a successful old website.

A She was going to an important interview.

B she had good ideas for new animations.

B She had never been to London. C She was worried she wouldn’t like the job.

C she really wanted to become a valuable member of their team.

D She was worried she hadn’t replied to their email.

D the experience she had would make her a good addition to their department.

Writing  PART 2 – Review Write an answer to the question below. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style. You see this announcement in an English-language magazine.

Game Reviews Wanted Have you played a computer game recently that was really exciting? Write us a review of the game, explaining what it looks like, what you have to do as a player and what aspects of it you found particularly exciting. The best reviews will be published in the magazine.

Write your review.

35

Reading and Use of English PART 2 – Open cloze

! | Exam Strategies • Read the instructions carefully so that you know exactly what you have to do. • Read the title and the whole text first quickly to understand the main ideas expressed. • Read the sentence where the gap is very carefully, as well as the sentences before and after the gap. • Think about what kind of word is needed carefully before writing your answer.

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

THE MEANING OF SUCCESS not mean the same thing to everyone. For some, a successful person is Being successful does (0) .................... someone (1) .................... earns a lot of money, for others success might be best exemplified in a person working (2) .................... a volunteer. What (3) .................... ourselves consider a success might be very different from other people’s ideas of success. A parent might see their daughter getting a good grade and think she was successful in her exam. The student, (4) .................... the contrary, might just think she was lucky. The more areas of life a person tries to be successful in, the more difficult (5) .................... becomes to achieve their goals. Becoming successful could be relatively easy, (6) .................... staying successful is a different story entirely. Success is usually something we associate (7) .................... short-term achievement in a certain field. Long-term success, on the other hand, means you (8) .................... to keep up the good work and stay at the same level over a longer period.

36

2 PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a new word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

GOING FOR GOLD More and more young sports people are realising that their hopes of sporting international stage of the Olympics are not just a dream. With success on the (0) ............................... the right opportunities there will be no limit to their (1) ......................... . While many have the ability and (2) ......................... to succeed, sometimes the lack of access to training facilities has limited their progress in their (3) ......................... field. The Athletes Academy’s aim is to provide (4) ......................... sportspeople with free access to cutting-edge facilities in a number of key cities. (5) ......................... appropriate support, many young sportspeople’s potential will be wasted and it is (6) ......................... that they will ever enjoy success at the very top. (7) ......................... , in the future, several of the Academy’s students will be able to stand on the podium (8) ......................... a gold medal. The Academy’s mission is simple – to invest in young athletes and help them succeed.

NATION ACHIEVE DEDICATE CHOOSE TALENT WITH LIKE HOPE HOLD

PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 Sarah has the determination to become a very successful business person. THAT determined (that) she Sarah is so ................................................................................ could become a very successful business person. 1 This year was the first time someone from my country won a gold medal. EVER No one from my country ................................................................................ a gold medal before. 2 It took Martin longer to finish the test than his brother. MORE Martin’s brother finished the test ................................................................................ Martin. 3 I went to see the film a second time because it was so thrilling. SUCH It ................................................................................ that I went to see it a second time. 4 He is successful because he is hard working. DUE His success ................................................................................ hard work. 5 Although she felt ill, she went to college. DESPITE She went to college ................................................................................ ill. 6 David wouldn’t lend me his computer. LET David refused ................................................................................ his computer.

37

Society & Equality

Vocabulary: Affixes: Suffixes and Prefixes

Reading and Use of English: Part 7

Listening: Part 3 Grammar: Present Perfect Simple and Continuous

Grammar: Question tags Speaking: Part 3

Writing: Part 2 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 2, 3

Warmer 1 Match these phrases to the pictures. 1

the nuclear family

A

2 B

ancient civilisations

3

health care

C

4

transportation

D

 CRITICAL THINKING 2 This is a definition of society: ‘an organisation to which people who share similar interests can belong’. Think of the society you belong to and discuss these questions with a partner. 1 How much do you know about the history of the society you belong to? Is it important to know about its history? Why/Why not? 2 Do you think your society looks after people who need help, e.g. people who are ill? Should society look after them?

38

3 Vocabulary  Affixes: Suffixes and Prefixes

6 Find nine of the words from the table in exercise 5. S

10

word to make a new word, e.g. free – freedom. Prefixes are letters which are added to the beginning of a word, e.g. advantage – disadvantage. Underline words which have suffixes in this text.

C O X

‘This is a really hard subject to talk about because it’s so complicated. I live in London, a huge multi-cultural city, and what I see that I really like is people celebrating everyone else’s customs. I mean, Chinese New Year is a huge event in most big cities around the world and everyone joins in. And I think this is what’s important. Even if, as we say, we now live in a global village, people should still celebrate New Year, Divali, and countless other events wherever they are. They shouldn’t lose this.’

L

I

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

celebrate civilise global know complicated appear vary refer

T

Y H S M W Z

F U V S

X

T H J W J

F U

L

L

Y P

E R U D W G J E Y P

T

L

T

I

G T C

F

B A Z

L

T

E N V V A H M N H

L

R

F

T

F

P

T

P H

X

L

X

R E X K N Q C L

R

L

I

F

E

L

E

S

S

1 Tribes who ...................... throw rubbish into rivers are in danger of polluting the water. CARE 2 There are many charities working in developing countries to improve the ...................... of the population. HEALTHY 3 The ...................... between men and women often leads to women being paid less than men for doing the same job. EQUAL 4 It is extremely hard to do well in ...................... without access to education. LIVE 5 Everyone should have the ...................... to practise their chosen religion. FREE 6 The family was so ...................... that the town was named after them. INFLUENCE

Adjective

Verb

socialise

3

free

Adverb

socially, sociably

success govern

5

8

T

the table into the sentences below.

live

7

L

7 Put the correct form of the words in bold from

2

6

X G R Y C N R G J

equal

1

4

L A U Q E M

N T G W C M N T M M N N

Q N S

idea to learn all the different forms of a word. Complete the table below using prefixes and suffixes where possible.

social, sociable/unsociable, anti-social

I

E M B Q C O L G T H G Q B

5 When you learn new vocabulary, it’s a good

society, sociability, socialism, socialist, socialisation

V W T

T

B R X C A R E

........................................................................ ........................................................................ ........................................................................ ........................................................................ ........................................................................ ........................................................................ ........................................................................ ........................................................................

Noun

F

A E M J

4 Now change these words into nouns.

0

L N Q N Z N K K Y Q W

O G N C Y

3 Suffixes are letters which are added to the end of a

5

I

XX

care healthy

XX influence

39

Society & Equality

BLOGS ANNEMARIE This area is quite remote and sometimes unsafe so we’ve hired battered local trucks to reduce the risks of car-jacking. We’ve been travelling from one place to another, vaccinating children against measles. I’m amazed how people A can live in remote places like this with not much food and sometimes no water. Unsurprisingly, children often look very dirty. We’ve been sleeping on mattresses out in the open in the villages so we’ve got quite close to the people. We only have very limited amounts of water which can be tough if, like me, you’re used to having a shower every day! My day typically starts at about 5 when the sun rises. We wake up, pack up our beds, check the truck for essentials, have breakfast, and try to leave by 7 a.m.

MICHAEL

5

50

10 55

15 60

20 65

My day starts before C 7 a.m. and I’m woken up to the sound of donkeys, camels, and birds. I don’t need an alarm clock! We have breakfast and then set off for the medical facility. Today I’ve been on the wards with the doctors but I’ve been trying to take a backseat role so that the local nurses feel more able to contribute their ideas and suggestions. I take a note of what drugs are needed where and do my best to make the children laugh. The people here don’t have much in the way of possessions so we might think it strange in the light of what they have suffered that they seem so happy. Perhaps when you live from day to day, not preoccupied with getting the latest video game or pair of jeans, you appreciate the really important things in life – the safety and welfare of your loved ones.

PAUL B

I’m haunted by the vision of the houses I’ve seen – some with only mattresses on the floor and the entire family sleeping in one room. I’m working here as a psychiatrist in a war zone and I’ve had to conduct sessions in so many unlikely places such as under a tree or in the middle of a street. I don’t know who has affected the other’s life more, me or my patients. One of my most powerful memories is of a young girl who wanted to have her session in what was left of her house – we tried to find a seat on some cement rubble and she showed me where her bedroom, kitchen, and the lounge had been. She was looking at her room as if it was still there and I could almost see her home through her eyes – it was a truly humbling experience.

40

SABRINA 25 70

30 75

35 80

40 85

45 90

D I’m woken up by the sounds of drums and trumpets as the local band has taken over the boats. The flooding here means that everyone has to walk along narrow wooden planks suspended above the water level and transport is by boat. This is one of the wettest places on earth. My job is to go into flooded houses and check how the people are and if they need medical treatment. I bang my head as I walk into one house and ask the people in it what we can do to help them. The mother replies, ‘We’re fine,’ and I begin to think my language skills have deserted me. The whole population here is determined to carry on as normal and are cheerful even though they’re living in the worst conditions I’ve ever seen.

3 Reading and Use of English  PART 7 – Multiple matching

Listening  PART 3 – Multiple matching 10

! | Exam Strategies In Part 7, the reading skill that you use most is scanning. That is, reading the statements and texts quickly to find specific information. You don’t have to read every word carefully or even fully understand every word.

1-05

You will hear five different people saying which aspect of society is most important to them. For questions 1-5, choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use. A learning about the past B having a thriving culture

8 You are going to read a magazine article containing extracts from blogs written by four charity workers. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once.

C maintaining traditions D knowing your origins E being well-off F allowing freedom of speech G providing equal opportunities for everyone

Which person helps people deal with trauma?

1

misses modern comforts?

2

is probably quite tall?

3

H moving towards globalisation Speaker 1

1

Speaker 2

2

Speaker 3

3

finds it odd that people don’t need to own things?

4

Speaker 4

4

wakes up at dawn?

5

Speaker 5

5

stays in the background on occasion?

6

 DISCUSS

wakes up to the sounds of nature?

7

wonders whether they’ve misheard?

8

is concerned about theft?

9

is troubled by things they have seen?

10

9 Find words in the texts to match these definitions. Text A 1 stealing someone’s car while someone is in it 2 basic things that you can’t live without Text B 3 worried by a memory of something bad 4 broken materials left when a building falls down 5 making you feel that you have no special importance that makes you better than others Text C 6 a large room in a hospital with beds for patients 7 not giving advice or criticism 8 physical and mental health and happiness Text D 9 a long flat piece of wood 10 have disappeared

11 With a partner, discuss how important each aspect of society mentioned in the listening is to you. Then put the five different aspects into rank order (1 = the most important).

Grammar  Present Perfect

VIDEO

Simple and Continuous See page 45

12 Work with a partner and complete questions 1-6. 1 Look at this example sentence and answer questions A-C. I haven’t heard from him recently. A Do we know when the speaker last spoke to him? B Is it possible that the speaker will hear from him in the future? C What is the present situation? In the example sentence we use the Present Perfect to talk about a period of time that continues up to the present.

41

Society & Equality Grammar  Question tags

2 Underline the Present Perfect Simple and circle the Present Perfect Continuous verbs in texts A-D on page 40. 3 Match sentences 1-4 below to the uses of the two tenses (A-C).

See page 45

14 Work with a partner. Look at the excerpt from a speech below and underline the question tags.

Present Perfect Simple A to refer to the past in a general way when talking about experience B to describe recent actions with present significance Present Perfect Continuous C to emphasise the duration of actions which began in the past and are still happening now

5

‘When we think about equality, we often just think about men and women, don’t we? But all sorts of other groups have been left out of the equation, haven’t they? I mean we don’t often hear about equal rights for the elderly or sick, do we? And what about the homeless for that matter, or children’s rights? There isn’t much in the media about kids, is there?’

15 Put a question tag on the end of each sentence.

1

I’ve hired a local truck so that we can get around more easily.

1 They had to leave early, ...........?

2

He’s been travelling around Africa for the last three months.

3 She won’t come to the fundraiser on time, ...........?

2 Gina’s working for a charity, ...........?

3

They’re living in the worst conditions I’ve ever seen.

4 You were very moved by the programme on child poverty in Africa, ...........?

4

Don’t worry, I’ve talked to him and we’ll get the supplies next week.

5 He wasn’t really listening to the talk, ...........?

4 Write down five time expressions that we often use with the Present Perfect Simple or the Present Perfect Continuous, e.g. recently. 5 Write down one difference in the way we use the Present Perfect and the Present Perfect Continuous.

6 There are a lot of people here, ...........? 7 You couldn’t help me, ...........? 8 All children have the right to access education, ...........?

16 Write down two rules for the construction of sentences using question tags.

13 Put the verbs into the correct tense – Present Perfect Simple or Continuous.

the way that auxiliary verbs are used in short questions/answers.

1 They ............... for that charity for two years. (work)

A: I like reading Manga comics.

2 ............... you ............... the plans for the new library in town? (see)

B: Do you? I don’t. A: I am very tired today because I’ve been fundraising.

3 Why are you looking so angry? ............... you ............... that article about women’s pay? (read)

B: Are you? I’m not.

4 I ............... sociology since 2013. (study)

Now complete the sentences below in the same way.

5 She ............... around the States for three months collecting data for her research. (travel) 6 You look tired. What ............... you ............... ? (do) 7 He ............... never ............... Croatia. (visit) 8 I ............... the book you lent me. I ............... 100 pages. (read, read/already)

42

17 Look at the mini-dialogues below and notice

1 I thought the work was quite easy. 2 I find there is too much national news on TV. 3 I didn’t think the documentary was well made. 4 I’ve read a lot about Amazonian tribes recently. 5 I haven’t got very far in my research yet.

3 18 In pairs, tell each other something you like/ dislike and agree using one of the types of short form agreements below. A: B: A: B:

I like helping other people. So do I./I do too./Me too. I don’t like inequality. Nor do I./I don’t either./Me neither.

! | Frequent Mistakes She went to Kenya five years ago, didn’t she? NOT She went to Kenya five years ago, no? I have seen the documentary several times. NOT I have been seeing the documentary several times. A: I hate social inequality! B: So do I! NOT A: I hate social inequality! B: Neither do I!

Speaking  PART 3 – Collaborative task 19 Work in pairs. Look at the ideas of things that can make a town have a sense of community. First talk together about how these things can make a town have a sense of community. You have about 2 minutes for this. Now decide which two things are the most important. You have about a minute for this.

a community centre a playground for children

a library

a sports stadium a school

1 Listen carefully to the task instructions, which the interlocutor gives you. 2 Look at the question and all the ideas quickly and then start discussing each idea with your partner. To start off the collaborative task: Where shall we start? Which idea shall we start with? Do you want to start or shall I? So we have to… (summarise task) 3 Remember to refer back to the ideas on your task sheet. 4 Express and justify your opinions, evaluate and speculate. Use these phrases when you can. To give/justify/invite opinions: I think this one would be good because… What do you think? I’d say that… What about you? In my opinion…, I’d suggest that we… Do you agree? To agree with an opinion: Of course. You’re absolutely right. I think so too. That’s a good point. Exactly. I don’t think so either. That’s just what I was thinking.

How can these things make a town have a sense of community?

a theatre

! | Exam Strategies

To disagree with an opinion: That’s different. However… That’s not entirely true because… I’m sorry to disagree with you, but… Yes, but don’t you think… I’m not so sure about that. Make sure you both speak for more or less the same amount of time.

43

Society & Equality Writing  PART 2 – Email See Writing Bank on page 247

 GET CREATIVE 23 Your pen friend, Petra, is coming to study in your country. Read Petra’s email and answer her questions. Then write your email in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

20 You’re going to write an email to an Englishspeaking pen friend. Before you write your email, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 Have you ever had a pen friend? If you have, tell your partner about your pen friend. 2 When you write to a pen friend by email, you can call your pen friend an e-friend. Do you prefer writing and receiving letters or emails? Why?

5

3 What are the advantages of having a pen friend or e-friend?

21 Read the writing task and the email in exercise

10

23. Before you start writing, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 What style can you write your email in? Formal, neutral or informal? Why? 2 How many questions must you answer?

15

22 These are some of the things the examiners are looking for in Cambridge English: First, Writing. Put a tick (✓) next to the things you are good at and a question mark next to those you’d like to be better at. Checklist 1

clear handwriting

2

using paragraphs

3

answering all the points in the question

4

accurate grammar

5

using the right style

6

using a range of vocabulary

7

making a good impression on the reader

8

writing a fixed number of words

! | Exam Strategies In the exam, you might be asked to write an email. However, you must use grammatically correct sentences with accurate spelling and punctuation.

44

20

I’ve got some great news! I’ve won a scholarship to come to a university in your country. I’m really keen to study in a typical city so I can learn more about your traditions and way of life. Can you give me some advice? For example, which city would be a good place to live in and get to know the people? Some say the capital’s a good place but I’m not too sure. What do you think would be best for me and why? The next question is what sort of accommodation is cheap to rent? I’m not sure if it’s better to be on my own or to share with other international students. I think it might be better to live in a communal building and then I can get to know about other cultures too. What do you think? And one last question. Before I make a final decision I’m going to visit some universities and I’d love to visit you at the same time. Would that be possible? Please write back soon. Petra

Workbook Grammar Reference Present Perfect Simple and Continuous

VIDEO

The Present Perfect Simple is used: 1 to refer to the past in a general way when talking about experience and knowledge. It is often used with expressions of indefinite time such as ever, never, yet, just, already, before, etc. – Have you ever worked for a charity? – I’ve never had a job. 2 to express the unfinished past when talking about actions or events that continue into the present. It is often used with for and since. – She has been a UNICEF ambassador for three years. 3 to describe recently completed actions often with just, recently, etc. – The world’s population has recently gone up to over 6.7 billion. 4 to describe recent actions with present significance. – I’m sorry you can’t speak to him – he’s gone away on holiday. 5 to describe a number of actions repeated in a period up to the present. – I’ve made three telephone calls this morning. The Present Perfect Continuous is used: 1 to emphasise the duration of actions which began in the past and are still happening. – He’s been waiting for the information all morning.

1 Put the verbs into the correct tense – Present Perfect Simple or Present Perfect Continuous. 1 A: What’s the matter? You look a bit worried! B: Yes, I am. I ..................................................... (look at) the contract for our charity concert in detail and I ..................................................... (notice) a lot of things we didn’t agree to. 2 A: I ..................................................... (call) Paula all morning but it keeps going straight to voicemail. B: I expect she ..................................................... (go) out for the day.

2 to emphasise the duration of a recently completed action. – I’ve been looking for that book for ages and now I’ve finally found it. 3 to describe a past action which has produced a visible result in the present. – Why are you so out of breath? I’ve been jogging. 4 when we are interested in the action rather than the result. – What have you been doing all morning? I’ve been writing an essay.

Question tags We use question tags to ask for confirmation. They mean: ‘Am I right?’ Or ‘Do you agree?’ Positive statement + negative tag – You like watching documentaries about other cultures, don’t you? Negative statement + positive tag – He didn’t enjoy Gulliver’s Travels, did he? The question tag is in the same tense as the main verb in the sentence and the relevant auxiliary verb is used to form it. However, there are some question tags that follow a different format: – I am going in the right direction, aren’t I? (NOT: amn’t I) – Let’s go, shall we? (let’s = let us) – Nothing came in the post, did it? (nothing, nobody, etc. = negative)

3 A: I hear the Lion King is coming to the theatre. ..................................................... (you see) it yet? B: No, not yet, but I ..................................................... (look forward) to seeing it for a long time. 4 A: How long ..................................................... (you work) for Save the Children? B: A couple of years. The experience ..................................................... (be) amazing so far! 5 A: I think the waiter ..................................................... (forget) us. We ..................................................... (wait) here for half an hour and no one ..................................................... (take) our order yet.

45

Workbook - Society & Equality

Practice 1 Choose the correct time expression to complete the sentences. 1 Have you met your new tutor yesterday/yet? 2 How long/How long ago have you had that new hair colour? 3 It didn’t rain much last week/today. 4 What time/How long did it take you to make all those cakes? 5 Tom went to New York for two weeks/since the middle of June and came back at the end of the month.

in the sentences below. un • in • im • ir • mis anti • over • out • dis 1 Taking the last item of food on a plate without asking if anyone else wants it is considered highly .....polite. 2 Spending too much time alone may make people feel ..... - social. 3 The weather is going to be stormy later on and the .....look for the weekend is even worse.

6 Barbara lost a lot of weight last year/since last year.

4 Edward was late for work because he forgot to set his alarm and .....slept.

7 George hasn’t been back to work for/since he won all that money.

5 The chairman .....interpreted the mood of the committee and nobody laughed at his jokes.

8 My mum hasn’t been out of the house for two weeks/two weeks ago.

6 Don’t you see that your arrogant attitude is very .....wise? People respond badly if you seem to look down on them.

2 Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form: Past Simple, Present Perfect Simple or Present Perfect Continuous. Marsha: I 1 ................................... (not see) Jane at the tennis club meeting. Come to think of it, I 2 ................................... (not hear) from her for ages. Wendy: That’s because she 3 ................................... (just go) to Wales. Marsha: Really? I 4 ................................... (know) that she 5 ................................... (not like) her job and 6 ................................... (fancy) a change, but I 7 ................................... (think) she 8 ................................... (want) to stay in this area. Wendy: Well, her boyfriend’s Welsh, although he 9 ................................... (live) in London for many years. They 10 ................................... (go out) for twelve years and now they 11 ................................... (decide) to get married and they’ve gone to live and work in Wales. Marsha: Well, I’ll really miss her. We 12 ................................... (play) tennis together for years.

46

3 Add one of these prefixes to each of the words

7 Too many things have .....appeared from this office; maybe we should install CCTV. 8 I can’t drink milk, I am lactose .....tolerant. 9 The teacher said that most of Jane’s essay was .....relevant to the topic.

3 4 Put each of these verbs into the correct column according to which suffix is used to make the noun. Write the noun in the table, remembering to make any spelling changes needed. aspire • free • friend • happy • sad • scarce • bore • able bald • arrive • deny • kind • member • citizen • survive • brother irrelevant • necessary • brilliant • child • wise • annoy • fascinate curious • king • create • mother • remove • accept • narrate -ship

-ness

-ity

-dom

5 Complete each phrase with a question tag.

-hood

-al

-ance

-tion

6 Agree with each of the phrases using so/nor.

1 It was a great film, ...........................................................................................................?

1 I like pasta. .............................................................................................................

2 You enjoyed yourself at the party, ...........................................................................................................?

2 I’ll have orange juice, please. .............................................................................................................

3 He knows he should have called us, ...........................................................................................................?

3 I can’t stand rap music. .............................................................................................................

4 James didn’t see us, ...........................................................................................................?

4 I’ve got a new school bag. .............................................................................................................

5 You can never rely on the weather forecast, ...........................................................................................................?

5 I won’t have time to phone John. .............................................................................................................

6 You’d like to train as a social worker, ...........................................................................................................?

6 I’m not going on the trip to London. .............................................................................................................

7 It’s been ages since we saw each other, ...........................................................................................................?

7 I didn’t really like that film. .............................................................................................................

8 I’m next in the queue, ...........................................................................................................?

8 I’ve had a really bad day. .............................................................................................................

47

Workbook - Society & Equality Reading and Use of English  PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example (0) at the beginning.

Twitter social networking website. Users Twitter is what’s called a (0) ........................... send each other short text messages (1) ........................... as tweets. Although many of these tweets are available for all users to see, most people join what is (2) ........................... a group of friends, called (3) ........................... , who send messages to each other. Registered users of the website can write tweets about topics in the news, and make comments in (4) ........................... to what other users have said on those topics. These messages must by (5) ........................... be short, however, because they can’t exceed 280 characters in (6) ........................... . As a non-registered user, you can read the public tweets on the site, but not write your own. Although Twitter was only founded in 2006, by 2013 it already had 500 million users – making it one of the world’s ten most visited websites. The success of Twitter has been attributed to the (7) ........................... of the tweets to SMS messages, and the way it allows people to (8) ........................... opinions on a wide range of topics.

48

SOCIETY KNOW ESSENTIAL FOLLOW RESPOND NECESSARY LONG

SIMILAR CHANGE

3 Listening  PART 1 – Multiple choice

7

You hear a boy leaving a voicemail message. Why has he called? A to ask someone a favour B to remind someone about something

1-06

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1

C to apologise for something he has done 8

You hear two friends talking about a film they have just seen. What do they agree about?

You hear two friends talking about a new sports centre that’s just opened in their area. What does the girl think about it?

A the plot was true to life

A it’s rather expensive to use

B the characters were realistic

B it doesn’t have very good equipment

C the music created a good atmosphere

C it isn’t so attractive for young people 2

You hear part of an interview with a successful businesswoman. How does she feel about her male colleagues?

Writing  PART 1 – Essay

A angry that they don’t treat her equally B resentful of how they expect her to dress C sorry that they feel a need to be polite to her 3

You hear a student who lives in Manchester talking about life in the city. What does he like best about it?

In your English class you have been talking about the advantages and disadvantages of social networking. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

A the friendships he’s made there B the opportunities he’s been offered there C the free-time activities he’s developed there 4

You hear a teacher talking to her class. What is she doing? A giving them feedback on something they’ve done

5

There are both advantages and disadvantages to joining a social networking site. On balance, are they a good or a bad thing?

B suggesting the best way of approaching something

Notes

C telling them how some work should be presented

Write about:

You hear the weather forecast on the radio. The weather on Sunday is going to be

1

advantages

2

disadvantages

3

......................... (your own idea)

A a little bit warmer than Saturday. B more varied than Saturday. C less cloudy than Saturday. 6

You hear two students talking about social issues. They agree that more public money should be spent on

Write your essay in 140-190 words.

A university education. B health care. C housing.

49

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

POLITICIAN LIVES AS A MIGRANT FOR A DAY D his compatriots to A Polish politician came to London to live as a migrant to understand what (0) .......... Britain. He revealed that he had arrived on a budget airline flight and had spent the first night in a homeless shelter because like many immigrants he hadn’t arranged any (1) .......... . His message to would-be migrants was clear; arriving without anywhere to stay or a job was stupid and (2) .......... . He wanted to emphasise the value of making (3) .......... arrangements. The politician said he wanted to experience the challenges faced by migrants arriving in Britain – looking for a job and living on a (4) .......... budget – in order to make changes in Poland which would (5) .......... more young educated Poles to stay in Poland. He said the departure of large numbers of working-age people from Poland was (6) .......... for his country’s economy and he needed to (7) .......... why young workers found Britain more (8) .......... than their homeland. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A A

captures asylum careless prior cheap advise dangerous inspect charming

B B B B B B B B B

engages accommodation unreliable premature inexpensive argue menacing search lovely

C C C C C C C C C

holds protection irresponsible former modest convert uncertain prospect glamorous

D D D D D D D D D

draws hostel inattentive preceding ordinary persuade insecure explore attractive

PART 2 – Open cloze For each question 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

GETTING CLOSER TO EQUAL PAY FOR WOMEN IN THE US to support women’s rights in the workplace, President Barack Obama Keeping his promise (0) .................... recently signed an order that addresses the issue of unequal pay (1) .................... contractors. While equal-pay supporters welcome the move (2) .................... a victory, many also say it doesn’t go (3) .................... enough. “Providing opportunity for all (4) .................... to be our priority, making sure the economy rewards hard work for every single American. Because when women succeed, America succeeds,” Obama said in a speech to mark the signing of the order. “We are going to work to make sure that our daughters have the same chance to pursue (5) .................... dreams (6) .................... our sons,” he added, urging businesses and the government to do more to hire women and achieve gender equality in an attempt to lift families (7) .................... of poverty and allocate more resources (8) .................... child care, college tuition and retirement savings. “We don’t have second-class citizens in our country,” Obama said.

50

3 PART 3 – Word formation

! | Exam Strategies • Read the instructions carefully so that you know exactly what you have to do. • Read the title and the whole text first quickly to understand the main ideas expressed. • Read the sentence where the gap is very carefully, as well as the sentences before and after the gap. • Think about which form of the stem is required to complete the sentence.

For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

EXPLORING THE DIFFERENT EXPERIENCES TEENAGERS HAVE adulthood are well documented, People’s experiences of racial inequality in (0) .............................. but less (1) .............................. is given to the racial inequalities that children and adolescents face. A book recently published in the US provides a rich, first-hand account of the different social worlds that teens of diverse racial and ethnic backgrounds experience. In their own words, these American teens describe conflicts with parents, (2) .............................. from other teens, school experiences, and (3) .............................. beliefs that drive their various understandings of the world. As the book reveals, teens’ (4) .............................. experiences have a significant impact on their adult lives and their potential for social (5) .............................. . (6) .............................. in detail the advantages and disadvantages white, black, Hispanic, and Asian teens face today, the book provides a framework for understanding the (7) .............................. between socialization in adolescence and social inequality in later life. By (8) .............................. the role racial and ethnic differences play early on, this book helps us to better understand the sources of inequality in American life.

ADULT ATTEND

PRESS RELIGION EQUAL MOBILE EXPLORE RELATION COVER

51

Entertainment & Sociability

Reading and Use of English: Part 5

Grammar: Used to and would

Vocabulary: Confusing words Listening: Part 4

Writing: Part 2 Speaking: Part 4

Grammar: Comparatives and superlatives READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 2, 3, 4

Warmer  DISCUSS 1 Look at the photos and talk about these questions with two or three other students. 1 What sort of entertainment does each photo represent? 2 When you want to be entertained, where do you go and what do you do? 3 What feelings and reactions are associated with the following types of films?

A

A horror

D romance

B science fiction

E detective

C action

F psychological thriller B

52

C

D

4 Grammar  Used to and would See page 59

2 Read the text about social networking and underline the verbs used to express past repeated events, actions or habits.

Sociability in a digital age As social networking grows, some young people are beginning to suffer from online sociability fatigue. And it’s hardly surprising as it has become almost impossible not to be permanently connected. But it 5 wasn’t always like that – we didn’t use to have the Internet for a start. We would go out with our friends and have a good time rather than sitting in front of a screen. We used to meet up in parks and cafés and maybe we would play sport on a regular 10 basis instead of being hooked up to our electronic devices. And the pressure to join the latest network is increasing. So it’s no wonder that people are becoming very fed up with always being in touch with the wider world. Maria, aged 15, expresses the 15 feelings of a lot of people when she says, ‘A good conversation with a close friend makes me feel much better than a few emoticon-filled lines in a tweet that anyone can read... How special is that?’

3 How do we form the negative and interrogative of used to?

4 Look at the timeline and illustrations below and use them to answer these questions. 1 Did Sarah play computer games only once or many times?

5 Which other construction does the writer use to talk about repeated actions in the past? Is it possible to use this construction in the negative and interrogative form? What do we use instead?

6 Look at this information about some things Anna stopped doing and other things she started doing. Write positive sentences for the information in A and negative sentences for the information in B. 0 She used to/would go to bed early. 00 She didn’t use to spend a lot of time on her laptop. A She stopped... going to bed early. studying hard. going jogging. eating loads of fruit.

B She started... spending a lot of time on her laptop. going out all the time. playing handball. eating hamburgers.

7 Now complete these questions to ask someone what they used to do when they were younger. I know you don’t... 0 play the violin now but did you use to play it? 1 go dancing much now but ........................................... ? 2 travel a lot these days but ............................................... ? 3 read the papers very often but ..................................... ? 4 go to the gym now but .................................................... ?

! | Frequent Mistakes He didn’t use to play guitar so well. NOT He didn’t used to play guitar so well. Did you use to go the gym a lot? NOT Did you used to go the gym a lot?

2 Do we know when Sarah stopped playing computer games? 3 Does she play computer games now?

Sarah used to play computer games all day. Past Now X X she used to play she doesn’t play now

53

Entertainment & Sociability Reading and Use of English  PART 5 – Multiple choice 8 You are going to read a magazine article about a

3 According to the third paragraph, what makes the audience shout “She’s alive!”? A They are so involved in the film that they think that the actress from the film is actually there in the audience.

company called Secret Cinema. Before you read the article, what do you think the secret is?

B They don’t want Leonardo DiCaprio to die.

A The name of the film.

C They don’t want Romeo to take poison.

B Where the film is going to be on.

D They are so involved in the film that they think that Juliet is real.

C If a famous actor is going to be there.

9 For questions 1-6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text. 1 Why is the founder surprised at the success of Secret Cinema?

4 According to the writer, one of the highlights of Secret Cinema is A the people who perform in the film. B the brilliant people who perform around the ‘set’.

A The idea is completely new.

C mistaking which actor is meant to be which character.

B The locations are very interesting.

D enjoying yourself with your friends.

C The experience often includes magic acts. D People are paying to see something without knowing what it is. 2 What does the writer mean by ‘key’ in line 17? A unusual B unimportant C required D essential

5 At the Romeo + Juliet showing A all of the guests acted as characters from the film. B the guests walked around Verona, Italy. C actors played the roles of the most famous characters. D actors from the original film were there to act out scenes. 6 What does the writer mean by ‘made an effort’ in the last paragraph? A Everybody spent a lot of money to be there. B Everybody did their best to make it a good event. C The performers did their best. D Everybody dressed up.

 DISCUSS 10 Work in small groups and complete this task. 1 Discuss and make notes of the facilities you expect to find at a good cinema, e.g. several different types of snacks. 2 Then list what you are and aren’t allowed to do in the cinema, e.g. shout. 3 Finally, for each of your ideas compare the experience of going to the cinema many years ago, e.g. Many years ago you didn’t use to be able to sit in an air-conditioned cinema but you can today. However, many years ago, you still used to be able to eat snacks in the cinema.

54

Entertainment & Sociability Vocabulary  Confusing words

13 Read the text below and underline the adjective + preposition combinations. The first one has been done for you.

11 English words can be confusing for various reasons. Look at these different types of confusing words and, working in groups, add three more examples for each type. 1 because of the grammar and/or punctuation, e.g. its and it’s 2 because of the form of the word, e.g. annoying and annoyed

5

3 because the pronunciation is the same but the meaning is different, e.g. mail and male 4 because there are two similar words but they are different, e.g. lie and lay

10

5 because you may have a similar word in your language but in English the meaning is different e.g. actually means in fact in English 15

! | Frequent Mistakes I am interested in art. NOT I am interesting in art.

12 Choose the correct option to complete each sentence. 1 I don’t want to raise/rise your expectations but I think you’ll find going to a Secret Cinema experience really amazing. 2 The spectators/audience applauded enthusiastically as the curtain went down. 3 I haven’t been to the cinema since/for about 4 months. 4 I was sitting besides/beside a man who didn’t stop coughing all through the film. 5 The friends decided to celebrate the end of there/their exams by going to a night club together. 6 Several people walked out while/during the performance. 7 I didn’t stay to listen to the band playing in the park because I couldn’t find any shadow/shade and it was really hot. 8 I’m not sure whether/weather it’s worth paying that much to go to see that band. 9 My little sister’s really sensible/sensitive so I don’t think she should watch horror films like that on TV. 10 The play was so/such boring that I fell asleep.

56

Last week my family spent the weekend at a music festival. All of us are interested in camping so we put up a tent large enough for us all. After dinner, my father, who is keen on country music, took my brother to see a band. While they were walking there, they had to be careful of the uneven ground. My mother got bored with waiting for them so she went to sleep. I stayed behind as well as I am not very enthusiastic about country and western groups. I was worried about my father and brother because they didn’t get back till late. Because of all the mosquitoes, my father was afraid of us getting bitten to bits so he made us sleep with all the tent flaps closed even though it was boiling hot.

14 In pairs, look at the common adjective + preposition combinations below. Choose ten, to write your own sentences. 0 I was amazed at the number of people at the concert. A B C D E F G H

amazed at aware of certain of disappointed with embarrassed by familiar with famous for frightened by

I J K L M N O P

grateful for happy with opposed to proud of satisfied with surprised at/by tired of useless at

Listening  PART 4 – Multiple choice 15 You will hear an interview with a rock star. Before you listen, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 Would you like to be famous? 2 What do you think are the advantages and disadvantages of being famous?

4 ! | Exam Strategies

6 Why has James bought a house on a Spanish island?

1 Read the questions carefully and the options A, B and C quickly before the recording starts. 2 Tick the option which you think answers the question the first time you listen.

A to escape from fans B to write more lyrics C to find some peace 7 What are James’s plans for the future?

3 Listen carefully the second time to confirm or change your answers. 4 Don’t choose an option just because you hear a word on the recording which you read in the question. This could be a ‘word spot’ – a tempting wrong answer. B C 1 A 5 At the end of the test, you have A B C 2 five minutes to copy your A B C 3 answers onto the answer sheet B C 4 A in pencil. B C 5 A 6 Complete this answer sheet with B C 6 A your answers. A B C 7

16

1-07

Listen to the interview. For questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 What similarities does James find in his life now and his life as a schoolboy? A People still don’t understand him. B People still gossip about him. C People still admire him for the wrong reasons. 2 Which of his achievements does James feel most proud of? A appearing regularly on MTV B getting a single to number 1 in the USA C being nominated for five Grammy awards 3 What was the inspiration for his latest album? A his experiences of becoming famous B his relationship with his girlfriend C his loneliness as he travelled on tour

A to learn how to play the violin B to get experience of different music cultures C to write with other music composers

Writing  PART 2 – Review See Writing Bank on page 245

17 Discuss in small groups a film you have seen recently. Make sure you talk about: • • • • • • • •

the story line the characters the actors and how well they acted the setting special effects if appropriate the costumes/clothes the cinematography the director

 GET CREATIVE 18 You recently saw this advert in an English language magazine called Film World.

Reviews needed! Have you been to the cinema recently? If so, could you write us a review of the film you saw and say whether you would recommend it to other people? The best reviews will be published next month.

Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

4 What does James say about language and music? A Words can never truly express his feelings. B People put their own interpretation on music. C Songs in foreign languages always sound exotic. 5 How does James feel about recent criticism of him? A indignant because it’s not true B upset because it hurts his family C happy that anyone can believe it

57

Entertainment & Sociability Speaking  PART 4 – Discussion In Part 4, the interlocutor asks you further questions on the same topic you had in Part 3. Imagine that in Part 3 you have been talking about live music gigs. Now, give reasons for your opinions or express preferences.

Grammar  Comparatives

and superlatives See page 59

22 Read the text below and underline the comparative and superlative forms.

19 Complete the following phrases and then add two sentences of your own. Giving reasons for your opinions: 1 I love going to live music gigs ......... the atmosphere is something special. 2 Most people had queued for hours ......... be sure of getting a good ticket. Expressing preferences: 3 I’d much ......... go to a live show ......... just listen to the CD. 4 I ......... seeing bands live ......... just listening to the CD.

15

! | Exam Strategies Show that you can start the discussion by answering first and also that you can reply to your partner’s opinions. Focus on good communication.

 CRITICAL THINKING 20 Discuss these questions about entertainment

20

Banksy is an England-based street artist and film director. Nobody knows who he really is: even if he is arguably the 5 most famous graffiti artist in the world, he’s still anonymous. His graffiti often comment on the worst aspects of modern 10 society. Public spaces are usually the setting for Banksy’s best known art displays. Banksy doesn’t sell reproductions of his street art, but lately more art dealers have even tried to sell his bigger art pieces. The buyer then has the issue of removing it from its location, which may be a street wall! More recently Banksy’s greatest work might not be creating an art piece, but destroying one. His picture Girl With Balloon self-destructed after being sold for over £1 million. Art has lately been reduced to being a commodity and the artist has made his opinion clear: money will be the death of art.

23 What are the comparative and superlative forms of these adjectives? In pairs, fill in the table.

and sociability in small groups. 1 Which artistic talent would you like to have, for example, painting? Why? 2 Do you think art galleries and museums and so on should be free or do you think the people who use them should pay for them? Why/Why not? 3 Do you think that children are less sociable nowadays because they spend more time using computers? Why/Why not?

21 Answer these questions to analyse your discussion skills.

Adjective

0

good

1

bad

2

far

3

little

4

many

5

much

better

Superlative

the best

24 Now complete this table for the adverbs.

1 How much did you take part in the discussion?

58

Comparative

Adverb

2 Did you feel comfortable talking in English?

1

tenderly

2

3 Did you listen to other people when they were speaking? How did you show you were listening?

well

3

badly

4

fast

4 Did you develop your ideas by saying more than just one phrase?

5

hard

Comparative

Superlative

Workbook Grammar Reference Used to and would Used to + base infinitive is used to talk about repeated actions in the past. – He used to go to the cinema every Saturday = he doesn’t nowadays. You can also use would + base infinitive in the affirmative.

Comparatives and superlatives Adjectives

Adverbs 1 Add -er or -est to adverbs with only one syllable. hard – harder – the hardest 2 Use more/most in the positive and less/least in the negative before adverbs ending in -ly. quick – more/less quickly – the most/least quickly Please note that hardly has a completely different meaning from hard. Hardly = almost not

1 Add -er or -est to adjectives with only one syllable and more than one vowel or more than one consonant at the end. light – lighter – the lightest

– I hardly had time to finish my essay.

2 Add -r or -st to adjectives with one syllable ending in -e. wide – wider – the widest

– The Beatles are probably the world’s most famous band. – His strongest subject is music.

3 Double the final letter and add -er or -est to adjectives with one syllable, ending in a vowel + -t ,-d, -m or -n. hot – hotter – the hottest 4 For adjectives with two syllables ending in -y, change the -y to an -i and then add -er or -est. happy – happier – the happiest 5 Use more/most in the positive and less/least in the negative before adjectives with two or more syllables not ending in -y. beautiful – less beautiful – the least beautiful 6 The comparative and superlative of good, bad and far are irregular in form. good – better – the best bad – worse – the worst far – further – the furthest

1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of would/used to. 1 I ........ go to the cinema every Friday evening but I don’t now. 2 Did Paolo ........ play the drums in a band? 3 Maria didn’t ........ to be so keen on modern art. 4 My music teacher ........ always say that I needed to practise the piano every day. 5 Did Richard really ........ study performance art?

2 Look at the pairs of sentences below and decide which sentences have similar meanings and which have different meanings. 1 A People are much less sociable nowadays than they used to be. B People are not as sociable nowadays as they used to be.

N.B. we usually use the with the superlative unless there is a possessive.

1 We use as + adjective/adverb + as to say that some things are equal. – Shakespeare is as famous as da Vinci. 2 We use not as + adjective/adverb + as to say that two things are not equal. – The film is not as good as the book. 3 We can modify comparatives with much, a lot, a little and slightly. – Jean is slightly taller than Peter. 4 We can modify the superlative with easily and nearly. – That was easily the best film I’ve ever seen. 2 A B 3 A B

The film was longer than I thought. The film was not as long as I thought. She goes out less than I do. I don’t go out as much as she does.

3 Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the first sentence. 1 She plays the violin better than I do. I don’t ......................................................................................... . 2 Going out to the cinema is more interesting than watching TV at home. Watching TV at home is not .......................................... . 3 Playing computer games is not as entertaining as seeing friends. Seeing friends is ................................................................... . 4 Paul is easier to get on with than Richard. Richard is not ......................................................................... .

59

Workbook - Entertainment & Sociability

Practice 1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of used to/would plus the verb in brackets. Use would when possible. 1 Where you can see that new house, there .............................. (be) an orchard full of peach trees. 2 I ............................ (not go) to the theatre very much until the new open-air one was built in the park. 3 My grandmother always ............................. (have) a proverb or a saying to fit every situation. 4 Didn’t they ............................... (sell) theatre tickets in the kiosk? It seems to have turned into a café now. 5 A few years ago, my brother and I ............................... (run) by the river near our friend’s house every weekend. He’s too busy now. 6 His mother ............................... (take) the car and drive him to school every morning, but she changed job. 7 Before the invention of the Internet, people ................................ (have) to go to the library to do research or find out information. 8 Years ago, before it was popular in the UK, some people there ................................. (believe) that spaghetti grew on trees.

2 Choose the correct word or words. 1 A portrait is more/so/most lifelike than a photo because the painter often captures the person’s character. 2 Of all the genres of film, thrillers are the ones I find very/more/most enjoyable. 3 Now that my twin sister’s had her hair cut like mine, she looks the same like/of/as me. 4 Mel doesn’t eat half as many/much/a lot as she should – that’s why she’s so thin. 5 I wasn’t keen on going to the abstract art exhibition, and it was even worst/worse/bad than I had expected. 6 Mary’s taste in music is very/far/so more extreme than mine! 7 Short hair often makes men look younger/more young/youngest. 8 Your idea of a good night out is very different than/with/from mine!

60

3 Use one of these phrases to complete the gap in each sentence. scared stiff • out of the loop no wonder • the town red hair stand on end • barking up the wrong tree in a cold sweat • hair down 1 To celebrate their exam results, the students decided to go out and paint .............................. . 2 I didn’t realise Peter had emigrated to Australia. I’ve been working so hard I’m .............................. . 3 I’m absolutely .............................. of earthquakes. I hope I never have to experience one. 4 Martha’s description of her encounter with a tarantula made my .............................. . 5 Everybody blamed Peter for the theft, but they were .............................. because he was out of the country at the time. 6 Jenny is such an anxious person; I wonder if she ever lets her .............................. . 7 The very idea of having my wisdom teeth extracted brings me out .............................. . 8 It’s .............................. the play got bad reviews – the actors kept forgetting their lines.

4 Reading and Use of English  PART 2 – Open cloze

4 Decide which word is more appropriate to the context. 1 Now that everyone has digital cameras, there’s no need to take the film/roll to be developed. 2 The actors were really nervous because the Culture Minister was sitting in the public/ audience.

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

3 There are often good movies on Channel/Canal 5. 4 The film was really fun/funny. We laughed a lot. 5 It was great fun/funny visiting the amphitheatre. We stood in the middle and pretended to be Roman actors. 6 Many people criticised the orchestra conductor/ director for his old-fashioned interpretation of the symphony. 7 When the dress practice/rehearsal is a disaster, people usually say ‘it’ll be all right on the night!’ 8 I always think the hero/protagonist of a novel should be someone you can identify with. 9 When I go to the last spectacle/performance at the cinema, I fall asleep even if the volume is loud. 10 We didn’t think much of the scenery, but we really admired the costumes/clothes because they looked authentic.

The Body Double

5 Decide which two adjectives can be used with each noun and underline the one which is not suitable.

5

1 imaginative/stunning/gripping story 2 impressive/inspiring/creative performance 3 wooden/uncompromising/realistic portrayal 4 tedious/breathtaking/stunning landscape

10

5 amusing/entertaining/wooden film 6 fascinating/gripping/inspiring exhibition 7 enthusiastic/disappointed/exciting reviews 15

8 imaginary/creative/inspired art.

20

In many films these days, the special effects are so good that you can’t tell whether the (0) ............... real actors are performing (1) ............... all the scenes or not. Indeed, in most films, especially action films, somebody called a ‘body double’ plays a very important role. The body double is somebody (2) ............... looks very similar to the actor when dressed in the costume, and this person (3) ............... the actor’s place in certain scenes. The body double has a similar physical appearance (4) ............... the actor, but you don’t usually see their face or hear them speak. When scenes (5) ............... being filmed, a simple shot can take hours to complete. This means lots of hanging (6) ............... for the actors, while the director gets all the technical details, such (7) ............... the lighting, the camera angles, etc., exactly right. So, (8) ............... you see only a back view of the main character in a scene, you can be fairly sure that this was the body double rather than the big star.

61

Workbook - Entertainment & Sociability

Reviews: four musicals

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

62

A

C

This show is basically a true story that traces the career of a pop band in the 1960s and 1970s. I’d heard of the band because their stuff still gets played a lot at parties. The plot was fairly predictable: the guys meet up, get a lucky break, have a hit single, then start falling out with each other. But there’s lots of music – dozens of songs in fact – most of which are really well known, though I’d no idea they’d all been written by members of this band. And it was interesting to see how, although the band had a recognisable style, the music did develop over the years – they weren’t just repeating the same old formula. My only reservation would be that the band’s lead singer had a really distinctive vocal style and I’m not sure that the guy playing him really managed to pull that off – but it was still a great night out.

This show’s been playing for years, but I didn’t really know much about it, and couldn’t call to mind any of the songs from it. So I was surprised to find that it actually has quite a serious storyline – easy enough to follow, but really making you think about the characters and their lives. It was quite sad in places. The music is nice, and the songs stick in your mind because the same tunes are repeated over and again – a bit too often actually – but that would be my only criticism. The cast were fantastic; nobody stood out as weaker or stronger, though the female lead had a great voice. At the end, the audience gave them a standing ovation and I was expecting an encore, but I guess it wasn’t that sort of show.

45

50

55

B

D

I hadn’t been to this particular theatre before – it’s vast but has fantastic acoustics. Even sitting at the back we really felt involved in the music. The show has a historical theme and, to be honest, if you don’t know the story already, it’s not that easy to follow from the action on stage. But that didn’t matter: it’s the music you go for. I knew some of the songs because they’ve been big hits for well-known singers, and you hear basic melodies repeated in different scenes when the characters come on. I was expecting to see a lot of singing and dancing, but it wasn’t that kind of musical really, and there wasn’t much dialogue either – it was singing all the way. To my mind, the whole thing could have been thirty minutes shorter with fewer scenes and fewer characters. Having said that, I’d go and see it again. It was great.

Absolutely everyone knows the music that this show’s based on because the group that performed it first were so famous. The people sitting behind me even sang along with all the songs, which did get on my nerves a bit, but there was a nice party atmosphere in the theatre. The finale is the best bit. After the final curtain, the cast comes back on and does the best songs again. Everyone in the audience stands up and joins in, and there’s a great atmosphere. The actual show is quite funny, but it’s the music that makes it. The dancers were brilliant, but some of those scenes went on a bit too long. I’d have preferred more dialogue and less dancing actually. The plot’s fairly silly, but it really doesn’t matter whether you follow the story or not. The characters are interesting and the cast really brought them to life. All in all, it was a great night out.

60

65

70

75

4 Reading and Use of English  PART 7 – Multiple matching You are going to read four online reviews of musical shows. For questions 1-10, choose from the reviewers (A-D). The reviewers may be chosen more than once.

Writing  PART 2 – Email You have received this email from your English-speaking friend, Jan.

From: Jan

Which reviewer

Subject: Films

found some members of the audience annoying?

1

thought the show went on for too long?

2

was impressed by the venue?

3

found the music too repetitive?

4

appreciated the way the show ended?

5

was disappointed with one individual performance?

6

was surprised at how moving the experience was?

7

found it difficult to follow the plot?

8

was surprised to hear so many familiar tunes?

9

thought there was too much dancing?

10

Have you seen any good films lately? I’m looking for a film in English where the language is not too difficult and there is lots of action. It has to be suitable for watching with my kid brother, who’s only 12. Can you recommend a good film that we’d both like? Thanks, Jan

Write your email in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

63

Reading and Use of English PART 2 – Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

TECHNOLOGY IS BECOMING MORE HUMAN so Technology constantly evolves and learns, and, as it does (0) .................... , it’s not just making our experiences more human but it is becoming more human. Media is not (1) .................... interactive but also intelligent. But don’t panic, the person driving (2) .................... development is the end user, you. (3) .................... time we search, click or view, we are teaching media about us and because it’s reacting (4) .................... us, it’s understanding about us. People (5) .................... Professor Hiroshi Ishiguro are at the forefront of developing robots that can speak with people on ‘normal terms, emotional facial expressions included.’ (6) .................... may sound very strange but we need to bear in mind that two-thirds of human communication is non-verbal. This has huge implications and perhaps one day in the not too far distant future human interaction with technology (7) .................... be so smooth, we will be unaware we’re using any media at (8) .................... . But as a wise man said, ‘Prediction is very difficult, especially if it’s about the future.’

PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

VIDEO DIDN’T KILL THE RADIO STAR relevant We live in a digital world, yet radio is proving to be more (0) .............................. than ever. As much as television still enchants, (1) .............................. numbers of us are (2) .............................. to close our eyes and listen. More and more people are tuning into the radio and figures are steadily rising, year after year. Somehow, even though this is a generation that has always had radio, its rising (3) .............................. at first glance seems (4) .............................. . And yet, despite digital downloads, the most recent figures show that 91 per cent of the UK (5) ..............................is tuning into a radio station each week. Or perhaps it’s not counterintuitive at all. We have had radio for so long that it has become an integral part of our (6) .............................. . It is a medium that requires our imagination. We can’t see the interviewees, the story-tellers, or the (7) ......................... . We have to imagine them and listen to what they’re saying first, rather than instantly forming an (8) .............................. of them because of their haircut or clothes.

64

RELEVANCE INCREASE CHOICE POPULAR LOGIC POPULATE

INHERIT MUSIC IMPRESS

4 PART 4 – Key word transformation

! | Exam Strategies • Read the instructions and example carefully so that you know exactly what you have to do. • Read the first sentence carefully and think about its exact meaning. • Read the word given. • Read the second sentence and think about how you can complete it so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence.

For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You can use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 A very friendly taxi driver drove us into town. DRIVEN

were driven into town by We ................................................................................ a very friendly taxi driver. 1 Peter was in favour of visiting the Roman ruins. IDEA Peter thought it ................................................................................ to visit the Roman ruins. 2 I’ve already seen the film so I don’t want to go to see it again. WORTH I’ve already seen the film so ................................................................................ to see it again. 3 Marion is keen to study archaeology as she’s interested in ancient civilisations. LOOKING Marion ................................................................................ archaeology as she’s interested in ancient civilisations. 4 ‘Do you want to know when the play starts, Corinne?’ asked Mary. IF Mary asked Corinne ................................................................................ when the play started. 5 I’d prefer not to cancel the party. CALL I’d rather ................................................................................ the party. 6 They say that the first movie camera was invented in the 1880s. SAID The first movie camera is ................................................................................ in the 1880s.

65

The Environment & New Technologies Speaking: Part 1

Grammar: Future forms 1 Reading and Use of English: Part 6 Vocabulary: Environmental phenomena Grammar: Future forms 2 Vocabulary: Linkers of cause and effect Writing: Part 2 Listening: Part 1

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 2, 3

Warmer  DISCUSS 1 Discuss these questions in pairs.

2 Which of these words and phrases can you use to describe the places in the photos?

1 Describe the two photos and say what you think it’s like to live in these places.

1 four seasons

2 Are you optimistic or pessimistic about the future for our environment? Why?

3 mountainous

A

66

2 dry summers 4 fertile B

5 Speaking  PART 1 – Interview

Grammar  Future forms 1

3 In Part 1 of the Speaking test you may be asked to talk about your country, region or town. In pairs, describe the place you live using the prompts below.

See page 73

5 Underline the correct form of the future in each pair.

• What’s the weather like? • What are the geographical features? • What do people grow in your area?

! | Exam Strategies It’s a good idea to expand your answers in the Speaking test. An easy way to do this is to give an example, such as talking about a specific mountain chain or the sandy beaches on a particular coast.

4 Work in pairs or groups of three. Make a simple sentence for each phrase in exercise 2 and then add to it, following these guidelines.

5

10

15

e.g. We have four seasons in England. 1 Student A says the simple sentence and Student B adds an extra piece of information, e.g.

VIDEO

20

Next week Professor Amp 0  is going/goes to a Renewable Energy Conference in Denmark. His plane 1  leaves/is going to leave at 7.30 on Thursday morning. Hundreds of experts from around the world 2  attend/will attend the conference. Many of them work for large energy companies and 3  will use/use the company’s private jet to get to the conference. The conference 4 is taking/takes place at a famous five-star hotel in Copenhagen where delegates 5  will/are going to dine on the finest food flown in from around the world. The conference organisers 6  provide/are providing chauffeur-driven cars for their eminent guests so they 7 are going to/will be able to go into the city whenever they want. Even though public transport is excellent in Copenhagen, they 8 aren’t using/won’t use it. I wonder how Professor Amp 9  convinces/is going to convince the rest of us to save energy when he 10 won’t/doesn’t change his own lifestyle!

A: We have four seasons in England. B: We have four seasons in England and I particularly like spring. 2 Now Student A gives another piece of information or perhaps a reason or an example. A: We have four seasons in England. B: We have four seasons in England and I particularly like spring. A: We have four seasons in England and I particularly like spring because blossom appears on the trees. 3 Student B adds some more information. A: We have four seasons in England. B: We have four seasons in England and I particularly like spring. A: We have four seasons in England and I particularly like spring because blossom appears on the trees. B: We have four seasons in England and I particularly like spring because blossom appears on the trees, for example, where I live there are lots of orchards full of peach trees.

6 Now work with a partner and answer these questions about future tenses. 1 Find examples of the Future Simple ‘will + base verb’ and ‘be going + base verb’ in exercise 5. What is the difference in use between these two forms? 2 Think of three other uses for will, e.g. asking someone to do something, Will you look up the reference for me, please? 3 Look at the following sentence and say when we use the Present Continuous for the future. Many governments are increasing taxes on air travel next week. 4 Look at the following sentence and say when we use the Present Simple for the future. What time does the space shuttle take off on Friday?

67

The Environment & New Technologies Reading and Use of English  PART 6 – Gapped text  CRITICAL THINKING 7 You are going to read a newspaper article about a unique research ship that is carrying out experiments at sea. Before you read, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 How effective do you think we are in predicting natural disasters? 2 How can countries work together to help each other, for example, when there is severe flooding? 3 Do you think there are more severe weather events worldwide now than before and what do you think is causing them?

8 Read the text quickly. What is Chikyu? 9 Six sentences have been removed from the

The ship that is drilling down into the Earth’s crust

article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A Astoundingly enough, the ship can be kept to within 5 metres of any chosen spot. B Although men are still needed, most of the heavy work is done by computerised machines that screw lengths of pipe together or line the drill hole. C What makes the ship so extraordinary is that it has three main high-tech elements which no boat has had before.

The idea is simple. Scientists have long 5

D So, it could make sense for the boat to become the first to drill down to new depths, given how far down its drill can go. E Many ships are blown off course by strong ocean winds and some early travellers ended up in unexpected places.

10

F This is to drill down into the area where tectonic plates crash into each other, often with catastrophic results. G But this has so far proved impossible with existing ships.

68

15

wanted to drill down into the Earth’s crust – and even through it – to get samples from the key areas 6 or 7 km down, where earthquakes and other interesting geological processes begin. This kind of experiment is most easily carried out at sea from a ship. However, the solution is simple too – 1 find six hundred million dollars and design and build a new one. And that’s exactly what the research centre for deep earth exploration did and built the Chikyu. 2 The first is that the ship carries the world’s tallest ship-borne drilling rig. Connected to the rig are thick cables and huge pieces of machinery which are all linked with the core business of drilling deeper into the earth than has ever been done before at sea. In days gone by, rigs

5 10 Work with a partner. Answer these questions about some words from the article. 20

25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

were manual but nowadays rigs are automatic and reduce the interface between man and machine. 3 This enables rocks to be collected from deep down in the sea using automated equipment. Chikyu is currently the only scientific research ship in the world capable of doing the work that its onboard scientists are trying to do. 4 These areas where the plates meet cause earthquakes, tsunamis, and the like. Examining what happens deep in the Earth’s crust will help scientists to understand why catastrophes occur and make their predictions more accurate. Another challenge the ship has had to meet is how to stay in one position long enough to get the pieces of rock out of the Earth’s crust. At sea, weather conditions constantly change and the wind plays an important role. Therefore, as its second high-tech feature, Chikyu relies on technologies in the water and in space to help it maintain its position. On the sea floor, there are beacons that emit signals. In space, satellites send information. Between the two, the ship’s captain knows how and when to use the engines to ensure that its position stays constant. 5 Chikyu’s third high-tech feature is the onboard laboratory where rock samples are analysed immediately, when they come up from the ocean bed. Many scientists see new, exciting uses for a boat like this. One of them points out that the Earth has three layers – the crust, mantle, and core – and no one has ever got down to the mantle before. The mantle is, in fact, much closer to the surface under the sea than on land. 6 The costs of conducting an experiment such as this are huge but in terms of a project that truly breaks new ground, they are worth paying.

1 The Earth has a crust. What else can have a crust? (hint: think about food) 2 In the text, key means important. What other meaning does this word have? 3 What’s the difference between carry out and carry on? 4 Solution is a noun. What’s the verb? 5 The Earth has a core. What else can have a core? (hint: think about food) 6 How do you pronounce catastrophe? 7 Is therefore the same as moreover? 8 Which preposition usually comes after the verb rely? 9 Is the word information countable or uncountable? 10 What does the phrase break new ground mean?

 CRITICAL THINKING 11 Discuss these questions in small groups. 1 Scientific research, like the work done by the Chikyu research ship, is always very expensive. Some people think that some research, for example research into space, is a waste of money, especially when there are so many problems on the Earth. In small groups, discuss the advantages and disadvantages of: Deep sea research

Space exploration

Advantages

Advantages

Disadvantages

Disadvantages

2 Imagine that the government has money for only one project; deep sea research or space exploration. You must argue for money for your project. Your teacher will tell you which project you support. Get together with a group which represents the other project and argue your case for getting the money.

69

The Environment & New Technologies Vocabulary  Environmental

phenomena

13 Now put a cross (X) next to the words in exercise 12 you could NOT use to describe phenomena in your country.

12 Match the words (1-8) to the pictures (A-H).

A

1

volcano

2

hot springs/geysers

of these sentences.

3

tornado/hurricane

4

earthquake

1 The ................................ meant that crops lacked sufficient water to enable them to grow to maturity.

5

tsunami

6

flood

7

drought

8

avalanche

14 Put one of the words from exercise 12 into each

2 The ................................ has been dormant for many years now but this doesn’t mean it won’t erupt one day. 3 The ................................ was caused by the river bursting its banks and the water flowing onto adjoining farmland. B

4 The ................................ ripped through the town at more than 120 mph but fortunately there was little structural damage; only a few roofs were blown off. 5 The ground began to shake and although it felt like a long time, the ................................ was over in seconds.

C

D

6 The ................................ hit the coast at 4 p.m. and by 8 p.m. large areas of the coastal plain had been flooded. 7 The water from the ................................ has been channelled into a spa where people can relax and benefit from the minerals in the water. 8 The skiers were terrified by first the sound and then the sight of the ................................ .

E

F

 CRITICAL THINKING 15 Discuss these questions with your partner. Make notes of your discussion because you may want to use these ideas for the writing task later in this unit.

G

H

1 What changes in climate or natural phenomena are people talking about in your country, e.g. do people say the winters are milder now? 2 What do you think governments can do to take greater care of the environment, e.g. ban cars from city centres? 3 What can people do on a personal level to alleviate some of the problems we are seeing in the environment, e.g. recycling?

70

5 Grammar  Future forms 2

Vocabulary  Linkers of cause and effect

VIDEO

See page 73

See Appendix 2 on page 305

16 Read the paragraph below and underline the

18 Read the text and underline the linkers of cause

future forms.

5

10

15

20

and effect, as in the example.

By the year 2025, there will be an additional 2.5 billion people living on the planet. This is going to put a severe strain on our water supplies and unless we do something about it now, we will face water shortages. In addition, by 2030 the world’s energy needs will have gone up 60% and we will be emitting close to 8,000 million tons of CO2 – both will have a huge impact on climate change. However, from now on, governments will be supporting clean energy initiatives. By 2020, solar energy will have become well established in most European countries. Wind energy will be recognised as a viable renewable energy in the next couple of years and several European wind energy companies will be exporting their technology to Asia within the next five years. It is hoped that by 2030, most countries around the world will have met their targets for the amount of electricity generated from renewable energy sources.

17 What is the difference in use in these examples between the Future Continuous ‘will be + verb + -ing’ and the Future Perfect ‘will have + past participle’? In 2030, we will be driving electric cars. ! we will be driving  Present

2030

Future

5

10

Because of the invention of the jet engine, we can all travel to exotic places. But the jet engine has sometimes had a negative effect on society. For example, these devices have been used in wars and, as a result, many people have died. Jet engine technology has improved over time and so now jets have a longer range than before. Consequently, planes carrying bombs can therefore be sent to reach targets far away. Due to this fact, more targets can be reached and, as a result, more places can be bombed.

19 Choose the correct linker from the brackets for the sentences below. 1 Many species of wildlife are becoming extinct ............. the rainforests are being destroyed. (so/as/because of/consequently) 2 Many governments are reluctant to control logging ............. it is profitable. (therefore/due to/because/as a result) 3 Local people are often happy when forests are cleared ............. they can then farm the land. (consequently/as a result/so/since)

By 2040, we will almost have run out of oil. ! we will have run out of oil  Present

2040

Future

4 However, the farming is usually short-lived ............. the bad condition of the soil. (since/because/due to/otherwise) 5 Governments must, however, take action, ............. the rainforests will disappear altogether. (consequently/as a result/because of/otherwise)

20 With a partner, write your own paragraph about an area/building in your own country that is being protected by the regional or national government. Use appropriate linkers of cause and effect.

71

The Environment & New Technologies Writing  PART 2 – Report See Writing Bank on page 245

 GET CREATIVE 21 You regularly read an environment magazine on the internet. The editor of the magazine has invited readers to send in reports on what happens in their local community to protect the environment and to recommend some new ideas. You decide to write a report for the magazine. Write your report in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

! | Exam Strategies 1 Always underline or highlight the key words in a writing question. This helps you focus your answer. 2 Never begin writing straight away: brainstorm some ideas and note them down. 3 Organise your notes into paragraphs and for a report think of paragraph headings. 4 Start your first draft, writing carefully and considering the following for every sentence: A Is the meaning clear? B Have I used some interesting vocabulary not just very simple words? C Is the grammar correct and have I used some more complex forms? D Is the spelling correct? 5 Read your first draft very critically and keep improving it until you have your final copy.

Listening  PART 1 – Multiple choice 22

1-08

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer – A, B or C. 1 You hear a man telling a friend about a decision he has made. What has the man decided to do? A work from home to avoid commuting B cycle to work rather than use his car C encourage colleagues to reduce energy consumption

72

2 You hear a brother and sister talking about eco-friendly presents. For a friend’s birthday they decide to buy her A an organic cotton T-shirt. B some natural candles. C a cloth shopping bag. 3 You hear a radio announcement about a competition. What feature must the invention have? A attractive design B high quality C convenience 4 You hear two people debating wind farms. According to the woman wind farms A are a threat to wildlife. B create noise pollution. C have a negative effect on property values. 5 You hear a teacher talking about a school environmental project. What unexpected benefit has there been from the project? A Students’ grades in most subjects have improved. B Parents have become more involved in school life. C The local government has provided funding for the school. 6 You hear two teenagers discussing a pop star’s involvement in a green campaign. What does the boy think of the pop star’s involvement? A It has raised awareness of the problem globally. B The pop star has only done it to get good publicity. C It has taken time away from his music commitments. 7 You hear a woman talking about advances in science. What is her attitude towards advances in medical science? A She is sceptical about the advantages of people living longer. B She hopes cures will be found for most diseases. C She thinks it’s dangerous to play with nature. 8 You hear a tour guide giving advice to tourists. She says the most effective way of not getting bitten by mosquitoes is A to wear clothes which fully cover you. B to use chemical repellents. C to avoid going out at dawn and dusk.

Workbook Grammar Reference Future forms 1

VIDEO

The Future Simple, will + base infinitive, is used: 1 to make predictions and to express hopes and fears, often after verbs such as think, expect, suppose, imagine, hope, etc. – I hope we’ll meet again after the conference. – I expect I’ll try to fly less. – I think our oil supplies will run out soon. 2 often with verbs that are not normally used in the continuous form such as believe, understand, know, mean, remember, forget, like, love, hate, want, etc. – He’ll know exactly what to do. He’s the expert. 3 for formal announcements, often in the media. – The prime minister will fly to Brussels tomorrow.

The future with going to + base infinitive is used for plans and intentions or for assumptions about the future based on a present situation. – The minister is going to travel to Tokyo for the G20 meeting. – It looks as if the Euro is going to be a more important currency than the Dollar. The Present Simple is used: 1 to talk about timetables and schedules. – The first Eurostar to Paris tomorrow leaves at 06.30. 2 with future reference after time conjunctions such as when, before, as soon as, before, until. – I’ll call you as soon as I get home. – He’ll give us the information when he gets it.

4 to express determination or refusal. – She won’t ask anyone for help and insists on doing it by herself.

Future forms 2

5 with the first conditional (see Grammar Unit 6).

The Future Continuous, will be + -ing, is used:

6 for offers, requests, promises and spontaneous decisions. – I’ll finish the report for you. (offer) – Will you open the door for me? (request) – We won’t be late for the meeting. (promise) – I’ll have the local apple juice. (spontaneous decision)

1 when we talk about an action that will be in progress at a specific time in the future. – This time next week, we’ll be voting for the new government.

7 for offers and suggestions with shall (shall can only be used with I or we). – Shall I get the book for you? The future is also expressed using the Present Continuous for arrangements. – We’re meeting tomorrow at 10 a.m.

1 Write the best future form for each of these sentences. More than one may be possible. 1 Planting trees .................. (help) offset CO emissions.

VIDEO

2 for formal announcements, often in the media. – The government will be announcing the new legislation concerning climate emissions next week. The Future Perfect, will have + past participle, is used when we talk about an event that will already have happened before a certain time in the future. – By the end of this year, we will have finished the project.

7 Next week’s meeting .................. (take place) in London.

2 By 2020, we .................. (explore) Mars.

8 I wonder if children .................. (sit) at home learning from a computer in the second half of the 21st century?

3 New technologies .................. (change) the way we communicate.

9 I think the energy conference .................. (begin) on the 4th April.

4 What .................. (you do) this time tomorrow? 5 The Green Party .................. (gain) votes as more and more people worry about climate protection. 6 By 2040 most people .................. (stop) driving petrol-driven cars.

10 My boss .................. (cut down on) the number of overseas trips he makes next year.

2 Now write down three predictions about your own future.

73

Workbook - The Environment & New Technologies

Practice 1 Choose the best alternative to complete the

2 Use a future form (will be + -ing or will have +

sentence.

past participle) to complete these sentences.

1 That tooth is so loose it will fall/is going to fall/is falling out any minute.

1 Don’t expect there to be any food left – the children .................................................. (eat) it all.

2 I’m sorry but I don’t think I will be able/am going to be able/am able to teach you how to drive after all. I’m just too busy.

2 Just think! This time next week we .................................................. (fly) into New York Airport.

3 My grandparents don’t like flying so they will drive/are going to drive/drive to Scotland next month. 4 If you call a taxi, I will carry/am carrying/am going to carry the luggage round to the front gate. 5 I’ve just noticed that there’s very little paper left in the printer. I will get/am going to get/am getting a pack from the stationer’s on the way home from work. 6 Unfortunately we can’t accept your invitation to lunch tomorrow because we will meet/are meeting/meet some friends we haven’t seen for years. 7 Why have you bought these paintbrushes? Will you paint/Are you going to paint/Are you painting the railings? 8 I need a loan to buy a new van, so I’ve fixed an appointment with the bank manager – I will see/ am going to see/am seeing him at 10 o’clock tomorrow morning.

3 I don’t want to go to that party – everyone .................................................. (wear) fancy dress and I haven’t got anything suitable to wear. 4 In two months’ time, my brother .................................................. (finish) his apprenticeship; let’s hope the company keeps him on. 5 If they continue at this rate, they .................................................. (plant) 3,000 trees by the end of the season. 6 I’m sure that the old yew tree .................................................. (still stand) 100 years from now. 7 I get really depressed if I think that I .................................................. (still do) the same job in ten years’ time. 8 John’s father has left him £1 million, but he’s so extravagant, I bet he .................................................. (spend) it all by next year.

3 Match each word 1-10 with its definition A-J. 1

drought

A a heavy snow storm

2

draught

B persistent light rain

3

downpour

C a severe storm with heavy wind

4

flood

D colours in the sky

5

blizzard

E too much surface water

6

rainbow

F a current of cool air

7

hurricane

G a heavy rain shower

8

drizzle

H a prolonged lack of food

9

famine

I

gradual change in climate

global warming

J

prolonged lack of water

10

74

5 4 For each sentence 1-7, choose a word below to describe the situation. hot • dry • cloudy • foggy • humid stormy • snow 1 They climbed up the side of the volcano Stromboli. When the guide told them they could touch the earth it was ......................................................... . 2 The hot springs in Norway were amazing, but it was incredibly ......................................................... all the time.

5 These expressions all appear in Unit 5 of the Student’s Book. Put the correct form of each phrase into one of the gaps in the sentences. break new ground • put a severe strain on up one’s efforts • get something off the ground not bargain for • keep one’s hair on meet a target 1 I’d always wanted to take up hill-walking but my first experience at this new sport ......................... ........................................................................ my leg muscles.

3 Hurricane is another word for tornado, an extreme weather condition. You can’t describe it as just ......................................................... !

2 We were looking forward to our trip to America but we ............................................................................................ .......................................... the exhausting effects of jet lag.

4 After the earthquake there was so much dust everywhere that you couldn’t see anything, like when it’s really ......................................................... .

3 ...................................................................... ! I only said I was going to go up on the roof to replace a few tiles.

5 The tsunami suddenly hit the coast with a huge amount of water. Nobody was hurt, but nothing was ......................................................... for two weeks. 6 It had been very ......................................................... before the flood in Florida. 7 An avalanche usually happens when a lot of ......................................................... falls quickly down the side of a mountain.

4 If researchers come up with a cure for this degenerative disease, they ................................................ ....................................................................... . 5 You’re just not working hard enough so if you want to pass the exam you’ll really have to ....................................................................... . 6 The organisation announced that it wanted to plant two million trees in Britain over the next five years but I doubt whether they will be able to ....................................................................... . 7 After setting up the new company and investing so much in it, the brothers found they were submerged by taxes and therefore unable to ....................................................................... .

75

Workbook - The Environment & New Technologies Reading and Use of English  PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 The construction of the new factory was cancelled because of complaints from local people. RESULT

as a result of The construction of the new factory was cancelled ................................................................................ complaints from local people. 1 When I was a child, we would go and stay in my grandparents’ house every summer. USED When I was a child, we ................................................................................ and stay in my grandparents’ house every summer. 2 Clara doesn’t think that it’s going to rain today. UNLIKELY Clara ................................................................................ to rain today. 3 It’s been snowing for two whole days. STARTED It’s two whole days ................................................................................ snowing. 4 The departure of the ferry was delayed because of high winds out at sea. LEAVE The ferry ................................................................................ time because of high winds out at sea. 5 How is the weather in your city at the moment? LIKE What ................................................................................ in your city at the moment? 6 They took an umbrella because they thought it might rain. CASE They took an umbrella ................................................................................ rained.

76

5 Listening  PART 4 – Multiple choice 1-09

You will hear an interview with a girl called Zoe Parsons, who is a member of an environmental organisation called Future Watch. For questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1

Zoe first got interested in the environment thanks to A a survey organised by her school. B a television programme. C her love of the countryside.

2

How is Future Watch different to other environmental groups? A it focuses on everyday aspects of ecology B it attracts passionate environmentalists

Writing  PART 2 – Letter You have received this letter from your Englishspeaking pen friend, Pat.

Hi there, I’ve got to do some research for a geography project. Do you remember any extreme weather events in your country? Could you tell me where you were, what happened and how you felt, and what damage was caused? Many thanks, Pat

C it deals with a wide range of issues 3

After attending her first Future Watch meeting, Zoe felt

Write your letter in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

A fortunate to have made some friends. B put off by how serious everyone seemed. C unsure whether to attend any more of them. 4

What led Zoe to choose her particular environmental campaign? A the size of the group B the type of people involved C the connection with wildlife

5

Zoe found the most effective way to make a difference with her campaign was to A target groups she knew would be sympathetic. B raise awareness amongst older age groups, who are no longer students. C get the support of local students.

6

How does Zoe feel when people challenge her ideas? A disappointed by their fixed attitudes B pleased to have made an impact C upset by their rude behaviour

7

Zoe advises people interested in knowing more about Future Watch to A subscribe to the magazine. B get involved in one of its campaigns. C contribute to discussions on the website.

77

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze

! | Exam Strategies • Remember that this task tests your knowledge of vocabulary. • Remember that individual words, phrasal verbs and phrases may be tested. • Remember that choosing the correct answer may depend on a following preposition or perhaps a verb form. • Think carefully about which aspect of vocabulary is being tested: this may help you find the correct answer.

For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer, (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

VERTICAL FARMING B and The world’s population is increasing (0) .......... more of us are living in cities. The only way to feed everyone in the future is by (1) .......... skyscrapers into vertical farms. From Chicago warehouses to the South Pole Growth Chamber in Antarctica, the concept of growing food indoors is (2) .......... on. We need to grow more crops on a smaller area of (3) .......... and that means going upwards in buildings. (4) .......... of having a single layer of crops over a large area, you have stacks of crops growing upwards. The (5) .......... of vertical farming is that you can go as high as you want if you have a system that works (6) .......... . You just need a way of (7) .......... the crops with water and nutrients and a way of getting the crops out. Plants such as tomatoes and lettuces are (8) .......... for vertical farming because they don’t weigh a lot.

78

0

A promptly

B rapidly

C instantly

D immediately

1

A becoming

B putting

C turning

D creating

2

A taking

B sticking

C holding

D catching

3

A land

B country

C field

D territory

4

A Because

B Instead

C By way

D In spite

5

A profit

B reward

C advantage

D utility

6

A efficiently

B capably

C helpfully

D skilfully

7

A delivering

B giving

C carrying

D providing

8

A adequate

B suitable

C tolerable

D satisfactory

5 PART 2 – Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

COMMUTING BY BIKE IN LONDON been I’ve (0) .................... travelling to work by bike for a year now and it’s great! Cycling can (1) .................... only save you money, help the environment, make you fitter and reduce the stress of relying (2) ......................... public transport but it is also immensely enjoyable. However, you need to ride with a positive attitude, especially in central London, (3) .................... you’ll never actually get anywhere. You also need to be aware of (4) .................... is going on around you. I ride looking well ahead of me so that I notice things (5) .................... as holes in the road, or vehicles turning. The sooner you see something, the (6) .................... time you have to act. I’ve seen parts of this great city that (7) .................... have remained undiscovered if I (8) .................... continued to use the tube. Now, if something catches my eye, I just hop off my bike and have a look. So don’t delay, hop on a bike today!

PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

AREN’T TEMPERATURE CHANGES NATURAL? concentration of carbon dioxide, one of the The average global temperature and (0) .............................. major greenhouse gases (GHGs), have fluctuated over hundreds of thousands of years as the Earth’s position relative to the sun has (1) .............................. . However, for thousands of years, (2) .............................. of GHGs have been balanced out by GHGs that are (3) .............................. absorbed. As a result, the amount of GHG and temperature have been fairly constant. This (4) .............................. has allowed human civilisation to develop within a consistent climate. Occasionally, other factors (5) .............................. influence temperatures. Sudden volcanic (6) .............................. , for example, emit particles that temporarily cool the Earth’s surface. Other cycles, such as El Niño, work on short and (7) .............................. factors and we can therefore prepare for them to some extent. However, the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere has increased by more than a third since the (8) .............................. revolution. Changes this large have historically taken thousands of years, but are now happening over decades.

CONCENTRATE VARY EMIT NATURAL STABLE EXPECT ERUPT PREDICT

INDUSTRY

79

Fashion & Status

Listening: Part 2

Vocabulary: Apostrophes and possessives

Reading and Use of English: Part 7 Vocabulary: Compound nouns Grammar: Zero, first and second conditionals Vocabulary: Clothes Writing: Part 2

Speaking: Part 2

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 2, 3, 4

Warmer  DISCUSS 1 Discuss these questions in pairs. 1 Describe the four photos below and what the people are wearing. 2 What kind of job do you think they have? 3 What statement do clothes make about a person? 4 How important for you are clothes and keeping up with trends? A

80

B

C

D

6 Listening  PART 2 – Sentence completion

Vocabulary  Apostrophes

and possessives

2 In pairs, find the mistake in each sentence and explain why it is wrong.

 CRITICAL THINKING 5 You are going to hear a university lecturer

1 I’d like my hair to look like your’s.

telling students about using bamboo as a fabric for clothing. Before you listen, discuss these questions with a partner.

2 The childrens’ room is light green and cream. 3 Jane’s and Arthur dog goes to the dog beauty salon every week! 4 Whose new jacket is that? Pauls’?

1 Have you ever heard of using bamboo as a raw material for making clothes? What do you think of this idea?

5 There’s a fantastic new shop in town but I’ve forgotten it’s name.

2 What sort of fabric or materials do you like to wear next to your skin, e.g. cotton? Why?

6 I really like the fashion from the 1980’s.

3 What are the advantages and disadvantages of synthetic fabrics?

3 Tick the sentence which is correct in each of these pairs. Check your answers and then correct the wrong sentence. 1 A Whose new bag is this? B Whose going to buy some clothes today? 2 A I don’t know who’s sunglasses these are. B Can you see who’s coming in the gate?

6

1-10 Listen to the lecturer and for questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

The speaker says that touching bamboo fabric is similar to touching 1

.

The fact that bamboo fibres are 2

3 A He’s a friend of theirs. B Theirs a fashion show on at the weekend.

makes the fabric soft and smooth.

4 A There’s new colours in fashion. B There’s a lot of choice in the new shop.

can give off a bad 3

Synthetic materials are often unpopular because they quite quickly.

If you wear bamboo, the natural properties of the plant will help keep you 4

4 Underline the correct word in each pair.

The inside of bamboo fibre has very small 5

Fashion has gone to the dogs

5

10

15

Who 1 say’s/says fashion is only for the catwalk? A Chinese designer is creating trendy tracksuits and elegant evening gowns for 2  dogs/dogs’, turning her passions for canines and couture into a booming business. Hu Xi, who studied fashion design, is not 3 China’s/ Chinas only pet fashion designer, but 4  she’s/shes one of the longest lasting in the niche business, with the studio she first set up at home in the 5 1990’s/1990s still going strong. Demand from 6 clients/client’s in China and abroad has prompted her to open a small factory in Beijing’s 7 suburbs/suburbs’. ‘From a young age I liked making things by hand, and my mum bought me 8 lot’s/lots of Barbie dolls and I would make them all 9 sorts/sorts’ of dresses and other clothes,’ Hu, 27, told Reuters. She believes she can reflect different 10 dogs’/dog’s characters in the clothes she designs for them.

.

, which means wearers of

bamboo clothes get plenty of ventilation. Bamboo naturally kills 6

.

You can wash bamboo clothes 7

times without them

losing their natural properties. The fact that bamboo is used in the 8 industry in Hong Kong proves how strong it is. In areas where bamboo is grown, the quality of the 9 improves. The speaker believes that an increase in the cultivation of bamboo will lead to a reduction in 10

.

81

Fashion & Status Reading and Use of English  PART 7 – Multiple matching 7 Do you know who Tracy Reese, Coco Chanel, Gianni Versace and Victoria Beckham are? Do you know what nationality they are, what kind of clothes their labels design and if they are famous for anything else besides designing clothes?

Vocabulary  Compound nouns 10 In many cases when we talk about what things have, we don’t use the apostrophe, for example, we don’t say the table’s leg. We usually say the table leg. We make a compound noun. Match each word 1-6 with another word A-F to make a compound noun. 1

shoe

A boots

2

mineral

B drink

gist and then answer the following questions.

3

ski

C laces

1 Whose designs are promoting ageless beauty?

4

fruit

D label

2 Who is a part of a prestigious fashion council?

5

trouser

E water

3 Who lied about their age?

6

designer

F pocket

8 Read through the texts on page 83 quickly for

4 Who got ideas from an art movement?

11 In pairs, underline the compound nouns in the 9 You are going to read a magazine article on four famous designers. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once.

article.

12 Write five sentences of your own using the compound nouns you underlined.

Which person uses an extraordinary mix of colours?

1

1 ...........................................................................................................

looked after wounded soldiers?

2

........................................................................................................... 2 ...........................................................................................................

gained tailoring skills in their mother’s shops?

3

...........................................................................................................

is sometimes criticised for their clothes?

4

3 ...........................................................................................................

designed outfits for Michelle Obama?

5

...........................................................................................................

gave few instructions on how to make a garment?

6

has two more affordable lines of clothing?

7

was part of a music band?

8

has been criticised for their behaviour?

9

wrote a book on fashion?

10

4 ........................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................... 5 ........................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................

13 Use compound nouns from the article to complete these sentences.

! | Exam Strategies

1 Did you know about Coco Chanel’s l........................................ a........................................ ?

1 Read the context sentence to find out what the text is about.

2 Victoria Beckham wrote a book of f........................................ a........................................ .

2 Underline the key words in the questions.

3 You can tell that Tracy Reece’s h....................................... p........................................ have been created by a fashion designer.

3 Underline paraphrases for the questions in the text. 4 Don’t choose an answer just because you find the same word in the text; it could be a distraction!

82

4 Several celebrities have brought out their s.............................. p.............................. recently.

6 Profiles of four famous fashion designers A*Tracy Reese

Although not as well known as other designers, Tracy Reese has often made clothes for famous personalities such as Obama, America’s 5 Michelle previous First Lady. She is also a board member of the Council of Fashion Designers of America. Reece’s collections have been 10 put on display at the New York Fashion Week, one of the few black fashion designers’ collections. Accessories, practical clothes and fashionable home products are what Reese loves to create. 15 Tracy Reese designs stand out for the retro-influenced, feminine style. She often uses bright coloured fabrics. Two of her lines (Frock! and Plenty) are marketed at more reasonable prices. Reese’s shop in New York City opened in 2006 and in an interview with the New York Times she 20 said she was optimistic about it: she believes her design vision is still in line with modern fashion trends. B*Coco Chanel

Coco Chanel is probably the most influential female designer ever. She claimed to have been born in 1893 in Auvergne, France, but she was actually born ten years 25 earlier in Saumur. Her clothes were made with women in mind and she replaced restrictive clothing with comfort and casual elegance. In 1922 she introduced her signature perfume Chanel No 5, which is still one of the 30 premier brands today. Most of her fashions changed little from generation to generation. She caused a scandal in her time by having love affairs with wealthy men 35 – two of whom helped her set up in business. But what really set tongues wagging was her affair with a Nazi officer in World War II. This led to an exile of sorts in Switzerland 40 after the war ended but she soon returned to Paris and once more became the darling of society women. Earlier in her life, she worked for a brief 45 time as a café singer and also served as a nurse in the First World War.

C*Gianni Versace

50

55

60

65

70

Gianni Versace was born in 1946 in Italy and when he was young, his mother supported the family with her tailor’s business. It was here that Gianni Versace learned all there is to know about making clothes and he sold his first designs in his mother’s shops. In 1978, he opened his first shop in Milan. His designs proved extremely popular and soon Versace boutiques started to spread across the globe. He is known for putting together striking colours, materials and cuts and some say his collections are sexy to the point of being vulgar. He drew much of his inspiration from neo-classicism and pushed it to the limit. Interestingly, Versace only used to give a vague sketch of his designs and then it was up to his assistants to transform them into garments. Since his murder, his sister Donatella has taken over as the head of design and she has kept up the flamboyant nature of the collections. D*Victoria Beckham

75

80

85

90

Victoria Beckham became famous as part of the pop band Spice Girls in the Nineties but in 2004, introducing a collection of denim clothes named VB Rocks, she began working on her fashion brand. She also wrote a book of fashion advice and did some modelling. Stylish tailoring with boyish, yet elegant details are what make her clothes and accessories stand out from the rest. Beckham in fact is now one of the most celebrated designers in the business. Lately, ageless beauty has been promoted by the Victoria Beckham brand. Very young models are usually the focus of runway shows, but Beckham decided that two supermodels over forty would also put her clothes collection on display. She demonstrated how her brand is inclusive and suitable for women of every age and all kinds of beauty.

83

Fashion & Status Grammar  Zero, first

VIDEO

and second conditionals See page 87

 Zero conditionals

18 In pairs, suggest three things that would make the fashion industry more environmentally friendly, using the second conditional. For example, if it used more sustainable products to make clothes, it would be better for the planet in the future.

14 Look at the two sentences below and explain how we form the zero conditional and when we use it.

19 Look at these sentences and then discuss how we use unless and what it means.

When we talk about fashion and sport, David Beckham often springs to mind.

I wouldn’t wear that T-shirt unless I had nothing else to wear.

If you always buy your clothes at the same shop, the assistants get to know your taste.

Unless you save up, you won’t be able to afford that jacket.

 First conditional 15 Read the dialogue below and underline the first conditional. In pairs discuss how we use it. A: I think I left my phone at your place last night. Have you seen it? B: No, I haven’t, but if I do, I’ll let you know.

16 In pairs, look at the following sentences. Discuss the difference in use between if and when. When I go shopping, I’ll buy some new shoes. If I go shopping, I’ll buy some new shoes.

 Second conditional 17 Read the text below. As you read, underline the second conditional forms. Then explain how we form the second conditional.

20 Write two sentences about yourself and fashion using unless and the first conditional.

21 Complete the sentences in the first or second conditional. 1 I .......... (lend) you a pair of flip flops if I had a spare pair but I’m afraid I haven’t. 2 Those jeans would look better if they .......... (be) a size smaller. 3 If we don’t go to the fashion show, they .......... (get) annoyed. 4 What .......... (you do) if someone approached you in the street and asked you to become a model? 5 If they arrive late at the sales, they .......... (not be able) to get any bargains. 6 Their clothes won’t sell in Japan unless they .......... (reflect) local tastes.

GREEN IS THE NEW BLACK! There is a new generation of people who love fashion but don’t want to buy fashion brands that don’t have environmental ethics. This also has to do with the incredible amount of information provided by the internet, which makes things easier for consumers: if anyone used a smartphone 5 they could find out if a particular brand has a reputation for good environmental practices or not. Furthermore, there are many fashion bloggers writing about where to buy clothing that is made with environmentally friendly material. They are very passionate about what they believe in and they spend a lot of their time inspiring their readers and 10 providing them with valuable information. The fashion industry has to be more careful these days and it has started to use sustainable alternatives to man-made fabrics. People might think that if we used the word ‘green’, we would only be discussing the environment. But it really concerns everyday life.

84

6 Writing  PART 2 – Story

Vocabulary  Clothes

See Writing Bank on page 246

22 Match the adjectives 1-4 to the people in the pictures (A-D). A

25 You have decided to enter a short story competition in an online English-language magazine. The story must begin with the following words:

B

They dressed carefully for the occasion and took a long time getting ready to ensure that they looked good – it was going to be an exciting evening.

Before you start writing, look at the key points below. As you are writing, keep reading the key points again and put a tick next to the points as you cover them.

C

D

1

Brainstorm ideas for your story first.

2

Make sure the story flows well.

3

Use an appropriate register consistently.

4

Use a range of narrative tenses.

5

Ensure your target reader can follow the story.

6

Use interesting vocabulary.

7

Use linking words and time expressions.

8

End with a sentence that has impact.

 GET CREATIVE 26 Now write your story in 140-190 words in an appropriate style. 1

glamorous

3

casual

2

sporty

4

sophisticated

Can you think of other adjectives to describe them?

23 Complete this table with the materials and patterns you can see in the pictures. Then add any other words that you know. Materials

Patterns

Speaking  PART 2 – Long turn

! | Exam Strategies 1 Listen carefully to the interlocutor when he/she describes the task. 2 Look at the two photos and think about how they reflect the theme; remember you will always have to compare them. 3 Read the question at the top of the photos. 4 Make two or three general comparisons.

 DISCUSS 24 Discuss the following questions with a partner. 1 If you were invited to a 21st birthday party at an exclusive restaurant, what would you wear? 2 If you were invited to a football game when your national team was playing, what would you wear?

5 Describe one picture in more detail, e.g. in the foreground/background. 6 Move on to the second part of the question. Use modal verbs and other expressions to speculate. 7 Keep talking. The interlocutor will tell you when the time is up.

85

Fashion & Status 27 Work in groups of three. One of you is the interlocutor, and the other two are candidates. The interlocutor should read the interlocutor’s script. The candidates should look at the photos and do the task using the Exam Strategies.

Interlocutor’s script I’m going to give each of you two photographs. I’d like you to talk about your photographs on your own for about a minute and also to answer a short question about your partner’s photographs. (name Candidate A), it’s your turn first. Look at photographs A and B. They show fashion in different eras. I’d like you to compare your photographs and say how comfortable or uncomfortable these clothes might be to wear. (after one minute) Thank you. (name Candidate B), which of these fashions do you think would be more comfortable to wear? (after 30 seconds) Thank you.

Now, (name Candidate B), look at photographs C and D. They show different aspects of the fashion industry. I’d like you to compare your photographs and say which aspect of the fashion industry might be more rewarding to work in. (after one minute) Thank you. (name Candidate A), which job do you think would be more rewarding? (after 30 seconds) Thank you.

How comfortable or uncomfortable might these clothes be to wear? A

B

Which aspect of the fashion industry might be more rewarding to work in? C

86

D

Workbook Grammar Reference Zero, first and second conditionals

VIDEO

The second conditional is formed using: if + Past Simple // would/could + base infinitive.

The zero conditional is formed using:

It is used:

if/when + Present Simple // Present Simple.

1 to talk about events that are unlikely to happen or imaginary in the present/future. – If you were invited to a premiere, what would you wear?

It is used to talk about common states or events and general/universal truths. – If he has an interview, he dresses smartly.

2 to give advice/make recommendations. The first conditional is formed using: If/when + Present Simple/Continuous // will + base infinitive. It is used to talk about events that are possible or likely to happen in the present/future. – When you shop around, you’ll always find bargains.

– If I were you, I wouldn’t wear clashing colours. We can also use unless (meaning if not) instead of if in the first and second conditionals. – He would never wear a suit and tie unless he had an interview.

N.B. we do not usually use if + will except in polite set phrases but these are not conditional structures.

N.B. We don’t usually use if + would except in polite set phrases but these are not conditional structures.

– If you will follow me, I will show you where the changing room is.

– I would be grateful if you would send me the information as soon as possible.

1 Match the beginning of each sentence with its

2 Answer these questions in full sentences.

ending. 1

I won’t be able to buy some new jeans

2

Would you spend £1,000 on a pair of shoes

3

The members of the orchestra have to wear black and white

4

I’d never wear a pink shirt

5

If you buy stuff from this website,

6

Will you lend me your jacket

7

If I were you,

8

This sweater won’t shrink

9

My skin looks pale

10

1 If you have more money in a few years’ time, what will you spend it on? 2 Do you feel uncomfortable if you wear very smart clothes? 3 If you could only save one thing from your wardrobe because your house was on fire, what would you save? 4 Will you keep the same hairstyle if the fashion changes?

Unless you have a lot of money,

A if they play a classical concert. B if I get invited to Paul’s party? C unless you lend me some money. D unless you wash it in really hot water. E if I wear green. F don’t even bother looking in that shop! G if I had red hair. H I’d let your hair grow longer. I if you were rich? J you save a lot of money.

87

Workbook - Fashion & Status

Practice 1 Choose the correct form of the verb. 1 My sister makes the most fantastic bags out of denim and I’m sure she will/would/can make a lot of money if she marketed them. 2 You will never be/would never be/are never trendy unless you get your hair styled and coloured differently. 3 If you’d like to try on these leggings, I’ll fetch/I fetched/I’d fetch a top for you in a matching colour.

3 Match the following expressions 1-8 with the definitions A-H. 1

make a statement about

2

set tongues wagging

3

have staying power

4

keep up with trends

5

a dream come true

6

spring to mind

7

the darling of

8

learn all there is to know about

4 The fancy-dress party will be held outdoors unless the weather will let/lets/is going to let us down.

A cause people to talk or gossip

5 If Jessica manages to slim down, she wears/ would wear/will wear her grandmother’s dress on her wedding day.

C the realisation of something you’ve always wanted

B everybody’s favourite

D suddenly come into your thoughts E become an expert on

2 Choose the right verb below for each sentence, adapting it as necessary. Some verbs are used more than once. wear • dress • put on • take off get undressed • grow out of • change into suit • fit • dress up 1 As soon as James got home after the race, he ........................................ and took a long, hot shower. 2 Melanie always ........................................ her overalls when she arrives at the factory. 3 I never ........................................ orange as I don’t think it ........................................ me. 4 My last year’s shirts still ................................. me as I fortunately haven’t put on any weight. 5 Marilyn felt terribly out of place at the party as she’d really ........................................ while everyone else was ........................................ jeans and T-shirts. 6 It’s a waste of money buying expensive clothes for children as they ........................................ them in a matter of months. 7 If you ........................................ your coat while we’re in the cinema, you’ll be more comfortable and you’ll feel the benefit when you ........................................ it ........................................ outside. 8 Martin went to the interview ............................. in a tracksuit. No wonder he didn’t get the job! 9 When I had my leg in plaster, I had to ask my mum to ........................................ me as I couldn’t manage by myself.

88

F be successful enough to continue in popularity for a long time G strongly express or reveal an opinion or characteristic H always be fashionable

6 formal occasions, like an office party. I was thinking of a 2 .................... , actually.

4 Correct the use of the apostrophe in each of these sentences. 1 In spite of it’s trendy shop-window, the boutique sells quite old-fashioned clothes. 2 Sally wanted to borrow her parent’s car, but was afraid to ask them. 3 The girl’s like mushroom pizza. 4 Nobody elses’ waterproof jacket fits me. 5 Did you go to Charles and Marys engagement party last Saturday? 6 The childrens’ playground is full of swings and roundabouts.

Amanda:

linen • zip • plain • necklace • scarf • size shirt • buttons • trouser-suit • outfit • silk Shop assistant: Can I help you or are you just looking?

I like the 9 .................... : they’re a very attractive feature.

Shop assistant: Would you like to try it on? It looks just your 10 .................... . Amanda:

Well, I’m looking for a suitable 1 .................... for a wedding. I want something that’s smart, but that I could also wear on other less

What’s it made of?

Shop assistant: It’s a mixture of 3 .................... and 4 .................... , suitable for winter too if you wear it with a 5 .................... underneath. It’s 6 .................... blue so you could wear it with a colourful 7 .................... or a sparkly 8 .................... . Amanda:

5 Complete the dialogue with these words.

Amanda:

Shop assistant: Well, have a look at these. What do you think of this?

Yes, sure ... It’s a bit loose in the waist. Could you take it in?

Shop assistant: Yes, of course. We’ll have to move the 11 .................... , but that won’t be a problem.

Reading and Use of English  PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap.

The brand says it all For a lot of people, buying and wearing branded goods is a way of (1) .......... a statement about who they are and the social group they feel that they (2) .......... to. By wearing an (3) .......... recognisable logo on an (4) .......... of clothing, they send out a signal to everyone they interact with in the course of their daily lives. It is also a way of making other people (5) .......... of which socio-economic group they see themselves fitting into. (6) .......... , it helps them to see whether or not we share the same dreams and aspirations as them. Of course, there are people who (7) .......... such ideas altogether. The decision not to wear branded clothes is a way of indicating that you are different and want to express your individuality. The big brands are quick to pick up on such counter-trends, however. Before long what (8) .......... out as an alternative fashion trend becomes part of mainstream fashion. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A

making associate urgently issue aware By all means refuse initiated

B B B B B B B B

saying belong eventually object familiar Despite that deny started

C C C C C C C C

doing believe instantly section accustomed In other words decline launched

D D D D D D D D

telling identify promptly item understood On the contrary reject began

89

Workbook - Fashion & Status A Career in Textile Design

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

90

When young people think about making a career in the fashion and design industry, they generally imagine themselves designing the outfits that top models wear on the catwalk, or perhaps even becoming one of the top models. In practice, very few people ever get to do either of those things. Relatively few people are employed by the big fashion houses and competition for jobs with them is intense. Don’t imagine, however, that most young people entering the world of fashion design are destined for a big disappointment. 1 Many find work with lesser-known companies, designing the clothes that ordinary people wear every day, whilst others find more specialist jobs within the industry. One such person is Ben Rolleston. Ben has forged a successful career for himself as a textile designer. As he says, it’s not a career that many young people even consider. ‘For people who are interested in both art and fashion, this is a dream job.’ 2 Fortunately for Ben, his training has helped him to do this. We asked Ben how his interest in textile design started. ‘I was always interested in art and design and did well in those sort of subjects at school. I was always better at the design side of things, however, unlike most of my classmates. 3 That meant that I did very well in some elements of the course, but not in others.’ Clearly when it came to choosing a course at college, it was important for Ben to make the right choice. ‘I knew that I wanted to go into commercial rather than fine art, and that something connected to design would suit me, but there were all sorts of courses to choose from. It was hard to know how to choose which would be best.’ 4 Ben’s ‘Eureka moment’ came when he was out shopping with his friends. ‘At that time, brightlycoloured checked shirts were very much in fashion – everyone was wearing them.’ Some of the patterns and colour combinations really appealed to Ben, whilst others didn’t. Then one day he spotted the perfect shirt in a shop window. ‘I had to have it. I rushed inside only to find that the one in the window was the only one left, and it wasn’t even my size.’ Identical shirts with a slightly different design just didn’t look so good. 5 Ben suddenly wanted to know why. From that day on, Ben started looking around him and thinking about why certain design combinations worked so well on certain items of clothing. He came to realize that there was a subtle relationship between the design of the clothes and the choice of fabric, and that colour and pattern both played an important part. Ben had found his vocation and he set 6 about looking for courses in textile design.

6 Reading and Use of English  PART 6 – Gapped test You are going to read an article about a textile designer. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which best fits each gap. (1-6) There is one extra sentence you do not need to use. A What’s more, lots of people had clearly had the same instinctive reaction. B That’s because in order to be successful, it’s necessary to combine the skills of both disciplines. C Few of them managed this successfully, however. D The challenge of coming up with these winning combinations was immediately attractive. E They were mostly keen to get into experimental forms of art, whereas my talents tended to lie in the commercial. F Some of these gave quite a broad general training, whilst others were quite specialised. G On the contrary, they end up doing all sorts of interesting things that people outside the industry are largely unaware of.

Writing  PART 2 – Email You have received this email from your English-speaking friend, Andrea.

From: Andrea Subject: Party Hi there, Have you decided what to wear for the fancy dress party? We could go in themed costumes that go together, like characters from the same film or something like that. Let me know what you think of this idea, your ideas for costumes and where we can get them from. What fun! Andrea

Write your email in 140-190 words in an appropriate style. ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................................

91

Reading and Use of English PART 2 – Open cloze

! | Exam Strategies • • • •

Remember that this task tests your understanding of the structure of the language and understanding of the text. Grammatical words such as articles, auxiliaries, prepositions, pronouns, verb tenses and verb forms may be tested. Lexico-grammatical words such as phrasal verbs, linkers and words within fixed phrases may be tested. Think carefully about what sort of word fits the structure of the sentences and the meaning of the text.

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

NO ONE SHOULD DIE FOR FASHION were killed when the Rana Plaza building in In April 2013, over 1,100 people in a clothing factory (0) .................... Bangladesh collapsed. Since then fewer (1) .................... 300 of 5,000 clothing factories have allowed their workers to join trade unions and workers’ rights are showing only very slow improvement. Further evidence has emerged in an Italian documentary (2) .................... proves poor working conditions continue to exist in Bangladeshi factories. The programme filmed factories still using young workers and continuing unsafe working practices. One factory owner admitted employees could start work (3) .................... young as 13 and another said he used workers aged 15 or 16. A production manager from one company (4) .................... secretly filmed defending the employment of children in his factory, saying: “(5) .................... least these young people are not on the streets.” The documentary also revealed the names of several European clothing companies (6) .................... managers felt ashamed that their companies had not paid into an international compensation fund backed (7) .................... the UN’s International Labour Organisation. The programme condemned companies (8) .................... these for making huge profits while risking workers’ lives.

PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

BORED OF MILLENNIAL CONVENTIONS? TRY 90’S GRUNGE originally Grunge fashion(0) .............................. became popular in the 90’s fashion scene in Seattle, North America. A person who wears this kind of clothing may feel like a (1) .......................... of great rock stars. This style (2) .............................. involves wearing oversized clothes, Dr. Martens and of course layers of teen spirit! Grunge-influenced clothing gives (3) .............................. to comfort above all. Grunge musicians generally wore an ‘everyday style’, they wore the same clothes on stage that they wore at home. They didn’t care about every (4) .............................. detail of their appearance. With regard to musical style, Grunge mixes elements of punk rock and heavy metal.

92

ORIGIN DESCEND PRIMARY IMPORTANT MICROSCOPE

6 Many people found this style (5) .............................. the music. Because Grunge is linked with a rebellious style, even British designer Mark Jacobs tried but was (6) .............................. of adapting it for the runway. Grunge is not mainstream fashion but, if you wear it with a (7) .............................. and positive attitude, people will like it. So if you have a strong (8) .............................. to try something new you can check out this style and use some of its fashion trends!

LIKE CAPABLE WARM DESIRE

PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You can use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 They have postponed the opening of the new clothes store until March. OFF

has been put off

The opening of the new clothes store ................................................................................ until March. 1 ‘Don’t buy clothes from that company,’ my friend told me. WARNED My friend ................................................................................ clothes from that company. 2 The only jeans I could find that suited me were £100. ANY I could ................................................................................ that suited me, except for some that were £100. 3 Toni accidentally spilt coffee on my new white shirt. MEAN Toni ................................................................................ coffee on my new white shirt. 4 The factory owners won’t improve working conditions unless the law changes. IF The factory owners won’t improve working conditions ................................................................................ change. 5 I decided not to try on the top because of the number of people waiting to use the fitting rooms. TOO I decided not to try on the top because ................................................................................ waiting to use the fitting rooms. 6 I think you should find out more about alpaca products. WERE If I ................................................................................ out more about alpaca products.

93

Sport & Competition

Listening: Part 3

Vocabulary: Sport

Reading and Use of English: Part 5 Vocabulary: Phrasal verbs Grammar: Modal verbs to express ability and permission Speaking: Part 3

Writing: Part 2

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 2, 3

Warmer  DISCUSS 1 Look at the pictures and discuss these questions with a partner. 1 Describe the pictures. What sports can you see? What are the people doing? 2 What qualities do you think the athletes need to do these sports? 3 Are these sports popular in your country? Which other sports are popular? A

94

B

C

D

7 Vocabulary  Sport

5 Complete the missing words in the table.

2 We often use do, play and go when we talk about sport. Complete these sentences with the correct form of do, play and go.

verb

A

win

B

lose

C

draw

D

support

E

train

5 Would you like .............. a game of tennis?

F

participate

6 They .............. windsurfing last summer.

G

compete

H

cheat

1 He used to .............. running every day when he was at college. 2 I love .............. hockey in the winter. 3 We .............. gymnastics for five months now. 4 He .............. ice skating in Norway next May.

noun (person)

noun (thing/ activity)

 DISCUSS 3 Discuss these questions about sport with a 1 Do you do or watch any sport? Why/Why not?

Listening  PART 3 – Multiple matching

2 Who is your favourite sports person and why?

6 You will hear five different people saying why

partner.

they originally took up a sport. Before you listen, discuss why you think most people take up a sport.

3 Do you think male and female sports people should be paid the same? Why/Why not? 4 What do you think of parents who encourage their children to excel at sport and who perhaps don’t let their child have a well-balanced life?

4 Match these definitions (1-8) to some more verbs related to sport (A-H) in the table in exercise 5. 1

prepare for a sport

2

have equal points with another team

3

achieve first position

4

be involved in

5

try to do better than someone else

6

behave in a dishonest way

7

fail to succeed

8

encourage someone or a team because you want them to succeed

7

1-11

For questions 1-5, choose from the list (A-H) the reason each speaker gives for taking up their sport. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use. A B C D E F G H

to sleep better to keep in shape to boost energy levels to network with business people to socialise to benefit psychologically to reduce stress to improve concentration

Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4 Speaker 5

1 2 3 4 5

8 The people you heard in the listening task joined a gym, played tennis or golf, went to dance classes or went running. Which of these activities do you think is most suitable... 1 as a general way to keep fit? 2 as a way to lose weight? 3 as a way to increase stamina? 4 for teenagers, busy parents, retired people?

95

Sport & Competition Reading and Use of English  PART 5 – Multiple choice 9 You are going to read a web page about dealing with pressure in sport. Before you read the article, discuss the following questions in pairs. 1 Do you prefer to play sports for fun or to win? Why? 2 Are you a team player or do you compete individually? What are the pros and cons of competing individually or in a team? 3 Do you ever feel pressurised when you compete? If so, what do you do to make yourself feel better?

5 In the fifth paragraph, what does the author warn readers about? A Team songs and pep talks rarely relieve tension. B Sports people always put too much pressure on themselves. C A coach can actually cause feelings of pressure. D Family members seldom understand how much pressure sports people are under. 6 The author suggests that you should give up a sport A if you are ill. B if you no longer enjoy it. C if you do not get on with your team mates. D if you have lost several competitions.

10 For questions 1-6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text. 1 In the first paragraph, the author says that a lot of pressure A increases fitness levels. B can permanently damage your health. C makes you compete more effectively. D can have a negative psychological effect. 2 What does ‘it’ refer to in line 18? A contributing to team effort B competing as an individual C coping well with pressure D being the one to get the winning point 3 According to the third paragraph, most people worry when they play a sport because A they might realise they have lost their skill. B they are afraid they might be disqualified. C they are afraid of making a serious mistake. D they might not be able to control their nerves. 4 What does the author say about energy in the fourth paragraph? A You need to eat healthily to have energy. B Most people should sleep much longer to get energy. C Worrying can use up a lot of energy. D You can get energy from other team members.

96

 CRITICAL THINKING 11 Discuss these questions in small groups. 1 What do you think about children doing competitive sports? 2 Do you think sport should be a compulsory subject at school? 3 What advice would you give a friend who told you that they are really feeling under pressure in their sports team? 4 Which ideas or advice do you like best in the text? Why?

7

SPORT - FUN OR STRESS? 5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

Sport is a really good way to keep fit, have fun and be active. A competitive sport can be more exciting but because there are always winners and losers, competing can also put you under pressure. A little pressure can be good for you but too much is definitely bad news. For example, you could feel stressed during a football match because your supporters are cheering you on from the sidelines and you hate to let them down or because the referee has just sent you off because you have broken a rule. There are different kinds of competition in sports. You may compete by yourself, as part of a team, or both. For instance, a swimmer or a tennis player might compete individually, but the person’s score may also contribute to the overall team score. If football is your sport, you may well be the lucky one to score a goal but it usually takes a team effort to win the game. What all sports competitions have in common is that all the competitors are there to win but usually only one person or team does. This puts a huge amount of pressure on all those taking part. This pressure often leads to ‘butterflies’ in your stomach. It’s that nervous feeling some people get when starting a new school, going on a jet ski for the first time, or gearing up for that important football match. In sports, almost everyone worries about playing well and doesn’t want to screw up – be the one to make some fatal error. Feeling a little excited or nervous is fine but if you’re getting so nervous that you aren’t having much fun, it’s time to analyse why.

If you are one of those people whose nerves get to them, you could try to find a way to relax immediately before the game. Some teams have a certain formula: for example, they sing a rousing team song or their coach gives them a pep talk before heading for the field. Try to let any tension you may feel melt away and convert it into excitement. If these steps don’t help, you should talk to your coach. However, be careful because you might in fact be under too much pressure from your coach, or it could be your parents, or your teammates. If your coach is making you nervous, you still have to talk to him or her about it and ask what would make you feel more confident during practice and games. You may also be putting too much pressure on yourself to be the best, but becoming skilled at a sport often takes a lot of work over many seasons.

If you want to have fun when you’re competing, you need a lot of energy. One secret to having lots of energy is to get plenty of sleep and another is to have a balanced diet and eat well especially on the day of the game. One way you can chase the butterflies away is by being ready to play. Try to go to your team’s practices because by practising you’ll improve your playing skills and your team will learn how to work together. The more prepared you are, the better you’ll feel and the more fun you’ll have.

If the pressure gets too much, to the extent that you no longer look forward to matches, then maybe it’s time for a change and you might want to consider taking a break from sports competitions. You may decide to return to the team the following season or you may keep up your sport but without being part of a team. If neither of these solutions seems right, it could be time to give up the sport and try something new altogether. There are dozens of activities out there.

45

50

55

60

65

97

Sport & Competition Vocabulary  Phrasal verbs

13 Underline the phrasal verbs on the web page on page 97. There are ten.

See Appendix 1 on page 304

12 Phrasal verbs can be divided into groups. Read

14 Now write the phrasal verbs from exercise 13 in the infinitive form in the table, next to their meanings. The first one has been done for you.

these explanations and examples of three different types of phrasal verbs.

Phrasal verb

Meaning

A phrasal verb consists of a verb and a preposition or adverb that modifies or changes the meaning. Put off is a phrasal verb that means postpone something, which is very different from the meaning of put just on its own. The word or words that modify a verb in this manner can also be called a particle.

1

move towards

2

continue

3

affect in a negative way

 Intransitive verbs

4

stop doing something

Intransitive verbs don’t take an object.

5

get ready

e.g. They had an argument on the tennis court,

6

disappoint

7

expel from a game

 Inseparable verbs

8

do badly

The object must come after the particle. This also makes the verb transitive, i.e. it takes an object.

9

disappear

0

cheer on

but now they’ve made up.

e.g. The coach is now looking after a new team.

encourage

15 Write five sentences of your own about sport using phrasal verbs from the table.

 Inseparable and separable verbs

..................................................................................................

Some verbs are both inseparable and separable.

..................................................................................................

e.g. They put their track suits on.

..................................................................................................

They put on their track suits.

.................................................................................................. ..................................................................................................

However, when we use the object pronoun, we must separate the two parts of the phrasal verb.

Grammar  Modal verbs to

e.g. They put them on. NOT: They put on them. The object must come between the verb and the particle.

VIDEO

express ability and permission See page 101

16 Read the text below and underline the modal verbs of ability.

5

98

When David was six he could already ride a horse – he had taken to horse-riding like a duck to water. By the time he was 10, he could ride better and faster than many adults and was fearless. His ambition was to become a jockey and compete in the Grand National. Eight years later he was able to achieve his dream and he can now outride virtually any jockey in the world.

7 17 In pairs, answer these questions about modal verbs. 1 Do we add s to the third person singular in the Present Simple tense? ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

19 Write an appropriate modal verb or form of be able to in the sentences below. More than one answer may be possible. 1 You ............ apply for club membership in the New Year. 2 ............ you give me a lift to the game? 3 He ............ play tennis from a very early age.

2 How do we form the negative? .............................................................................................................

4 Although they were difficult to obtain, we ............ get tickets for the final.

.............................................................................................................

5 ............ I borrow your golf clubs, please? 6 He ............ scuba-dive when he goes on holiday this year.

3 How do we form a question? ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

7 You ............ talk loudly during a tennis match at Wimbledon. 8 We ............ use the football pitch without asking the coach.

18 In the text in exercise 16, the semi-modal was able to is used. Look at the table below and match the examples of is/was able to and can/could (1-3) to their uses (A-C).

20 Work with a partner and answer these questions.

Uses

1 Which modal verbs can we use to express permission and to make requests?

A to express general ability in the past

2 What do we say to refuse permission?

B to say someone managed to do something

21 These people want to make requests and

C to express ability in the present examples

use

express permission but their language isn’t very appropriate for the situation. Rewrite the sentences in a more appropriate way. 1 A woman reporting a fire:

1

She can play tennis well. He is able to swim three kms. The team is able to take part in the championship league.

2

He could swim when he was four.

3

They were able to get tickets for the match at the last minute.

‘Hello. Is that the emergency services? I’m awfully sorry to disturb you but the gym seems to be on fire. Would you mind terribly sending the firefighters round to put it out?’ 2 A pupil to his teacher: ‘I’m not doing my homework tonight because I’ve got a rugby match. I’ll do it tomorrow instead.’

! | Frequent Mistakes Could you show me where the stadium is? NOT Could you to show me where the stadium is? Can you help me please? NOT May you help me please? Although it was at the last minute, we were able to get tickets for the match. NOT Although it was at the last minute, we could get tickets for the match.

99

Sport & Competition Speaking  PART 3 – Collaborative task  CRITICAL THINKING 22 Work in pairs. I’d like you to imagine that your town wants to improve its sports facilities. Here are some of the ideas they are thinking about and a question for you to discuss. Talk to each other about how attractive these suggestions might be. (two minutes) Now decide which two would attract most people. (one minute)

tennis courts children’s playground

swimming pool

How might these sports facilities attract more people to your town?

Writing  PART 2 – Email See Writing Bank on page 247

 GET CREATIVE 25 You have received this email from your Englishspeaking friend, Mark. Write an email to Mark. Write 140-190 words.

! | Exam Strategies 1 Read the input material carefully to make sure you understand the situation and to decide whether to use formal or informal language. 2 Highlight the content points which you must include in your answer. 3 Plan your answer. How many paragraphs will it have and what will go into each one? 4 Brainstorm the functions you will need to write about the content points, e.g. giving advice, etc. 5 Consider how you are going to expand each content point: will you give examples or just explain why, how, where, etc.? 6 Avoid repeating vocabulary and do not use whole segments from the input material.

climbing wall

gymnastics facilities

7 Use a range of grammatical structures and linking words.

23 With your partner discuss which modal verbs you could use to talk about each proposed sports facility. e.g. Tennis courts could be a good idea because

most people can play tennis.

24 Work in groups of three: you are going to role play Part 3 of the Speaking test. One student is the examiner and the other two are candidates. The examiner is looking for a good range of grammar from the candidates. Follow your roles below. Examiner:

Read the instructions from exercise 22 to the candidates. Make a note of the different grammatical forms they use. Candidates: Talk about the task using a good range of grammar. Examiner: When the candidates have finished speaking, ask them how they feel about their use of grammar. Give candidates feedback.

100

I’ve decided to take up a new sport this summer because I really want to get fit. My town has a good swimming pool and we have also just got some new tennis courts. Which sport do you think would be better to do? Do you do any sports? What benefits do you get from doing them? Do you think team sports like football would be more fun or do you think something like running would be good because I can do it whenever I want? Looking forward to hearing from you soon. Mark

26 When you have written the first draft of your email, check it to see how many modal verbs and second conditional forms you have used. Can you use some more phrasal verbs too?

Workbook Grammar Reference VIDEO

Modal verbs for ability and permission

Modal verbs have certain things in common: • there is no -s ending in the third person singular (except have to and need to) • questions and negatives are formed without the auxiliary do (except have to and need to) • they are followed by the base infinitive • they have no infinitive form – other verbs must be used Ability Can expresses ability in the present. – He can play handball extremely well.

Permission Can expresses permission in the present/future. – Anyone can use the public tennis courts. May also expresses permission in the present but is more formal in usage. – You may enter the beach café if you are suitably dressed. Could expresses permission in the past. – In the 1990s in the UK, you could only join a gym if you were over 18. Requesting permission

Could expresses general ability in the past. – He could ride when he was six years old.

Can, could, may and might are used to request permission. – Can/Could/May/Might I use the sauna?

Be able to expresses specific ability in the past. – They were able to get tickets for Wimbledon.

However, may is formal and might is very formal and rather old-fashioned.

1 Choose the modal verb that best fits the gap. 1 You ................................... use the tennis courts now if you’d like to. (may/might) 2 You ................................... not speak during the exam. (could/may) 3 At my old school students ................................... use the library until 8 pm. (could/may) 4 ................................... you give me some more time to finish my project, please? (may/can)

2 Choose the modal verb that best fits the gap. 1 Usain Bolt has shown the world that he ............. run 100 metres in under 10 seconds. A may

B can

C might

D has to

B Could

C Would

D Must

3 My bike broke down on my way home from college but I’m happy to say I ............. fix it. A was able to B could

C had to D should

4 I’m sure that Fred ............. explain the rules of rugby to you better than I can. A has to B ought

C is able to D should

A mustn’t B shouldn’t

C needn’t D couldn’t

6 Anyone ............. make a mistake. A can B is able to

C should D may

3 Read the situation and write what you would say. Use the verbs in brackets. 0 You’ve got a 20 Euro note but you need change. You ask your friend if he has any. (can)

Can you change a 20 Euro note for me, please? 1 You want to borrow your friend’s mobile. (could) .............................................................................................................

2 ............. you swim when you were 5? A Can

5 I looked everywhere for my glasses but I ............. find them anywhere.

2 You feel hot and want to open the window. (may) ............................................................................................................. 3 You’re on a bus and the person next to you has finished reading a magazine. You want to have a look at it. (can) ............................................................................................................. 4 You want to make a copy of the photo your friend just took. (can) .............................................................................................................

101

Workbook - Sport & Competition

Practice 1 Write one of the words below in each gap. pitch • swimming • squash • hockey • tennis hard hat • golf • skiing • court • course • slopes sticks • horse-riding • goggles • badminton 1 ......................... is played on a grass or clay ......................... using a racket and a ball. 2 Competitive ......................... takes place on a racetrack and competitors have to wear a ......................... . 3 You usually go ......................... in the mountains in winter, but there are also artificial ......................... where you can practise all year round. 4 ......................... can be played on ice or on a ......................... , and the players use ......................... . 5 People play ......................... on a ......................... using clubs which are kept in a bag with wheels. 6 ......................... is a sport which usually takes place in a pool and you wear ......................... to protect your eyes. 7 Different-sized rackets are used in sports such as ......................... , tennis and ......................... .

2 Choose the correct word. 1 All the audience/viewers/spectators cheered when the home team scored. 2 Barbara came second in the high jump competition and so she won a prize as the runner-up/loser/defeated. 3 It must be very satisfying to crush/beat/break a world record. 4 All contestants/competitors/entrants should make their way to the track as the race is about to begin. 5 There was so much shouting and cheering in the stadium that the referee/arbiter/umpire stopped the tennis match. 6 Our team won two distant/away/outside matches and went to the top of the league table. 7 Our local team won/beat/drew the league champions in an exciting match. 8 In the last set in the tennis finals, Pamela lost six nil/zero/love.

102

3 Choose an expression below to complete each of the sentences 1-9. feel uptight • bad news driving himself into the ground can’t be bothered to • nerves get the better of me • have loads of stamina wouldn’t take no for an answer moaning and groaning • haven’t looked back 1 Every time I have to speak in front of lots of people, my ...................................... and I feel like a fool. 2 I ought to tidy up my bedroom, but it’s boring and I just ...................................... do it. 3 When I ...................................... about playing in a big match, I do some breathing exercises to calm me down. 4 Tennis is a sport where you have to .............................. ........ because matches can last for hours. 5 Our new colleague is really ...................................... because she’s always telling tales to the boss. 6 Tom didn’t enjoy the mountain trek at all and spent the whole time ...................................... . 7 Since I took up swimming I ...................................... ; it’s really made me feel much fitter and stronger. 8 I kept saying I didn’t want to go windsurfing with Keith, but he ...................................... – so in the end I went. 9 Harry’s training so hard for the championships that he’s ...................................... , which may not be the best thing.

7 5 Choose the best expression (A, B or C) for each gap. 1 The new coach is really ........................... – he’s never satisfied with our results and drives us much too hard. A laid back B bad news C a breath of fresh air 2 Can you book the tennis court, please? ................................... and you know the secretary. A I can’t wait B I’m really looking forward C I’ve got loads to do 3 You need to have ................................... if you want to swim all the way across the lake. You can’t just stop half-way because the water’s cold. A loads of stamina B plenty of get up and go C nerves of steel 4 I asked the coach if I could take a break, but he ................................... and made me carry on till the end of the session.

4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb be able to and could. 1 I used to ................................... swim underwater but I’ve got a phobia about it now. 2 Sam sprained his ankle in the long-jump but after a period of rest he ................................... take part in the triathlon. 3 I looked really hard for John in the crowd but I ................................... see him anywhere. 4 Mary was considered a child prodigy because she ................................... read, write, play the piano and solve simple maths problems at the age of three. 5 I tried very hard but I ................................... persuade George to join a gym. 6 I’ve bought some new running shoes; I’m sure I’ll ................................... run for longer now. 7 When I came back from the shops, I ................................... smell burning as soon as I opened the front door. 8 I need a new cartridge for the printer. ................................... you get me one this afternoon?

A drove me into the ground B wasn’t having any of that C couldn’t be bothered 5 Whenever Mark had to play his guitar in public, ................................... and he gave a poor performance. A his nerves got the better of him B he was all moans and groans C he had plenty of stamina 6 Jennifer trained so hard for the race that she ................................... and nearly had to pull out at the last minute. A didn’t look back B had to give in C drove herself into the ground 7 If you start to ................................... before an important match, it might be a good idea to learn some breathing techniques. A feel uptight B feel confident C get a buzz

103

Workbook - Sport & Competition Reading and Use of English  PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 0 Although his leg was hurting, Jon managed to finish the race. FACT

the fact that Despite .............................................................................................................. his leg was hurting, Jon managed to finish the race. 1 Brenda was the only player not fit enough to play in the final. ALL Apart .............................................................................................................. the players were fit enough to play in the final. 2 David always supports his local team, even though they rarely win any trophies. SPITE In .............................................................................................................. that they rarely win any trophies, David always supports his local team. 3 Mountaineering should only be attempted by people who are very fit. LEVEL Only people with a good .............................................................................................................. should attempt mountaineering. 4 This isn’t the first time that Cindy has complained about the showers. MADE Cindy .............................................................................................................. complaint about the showers before. 5 Playing golf seems pointless to me. POINT I can’t .............................................................................................................. playing golf. 6 After completing the race, Malcolm felt totally exhausted. OUT Malcolm felt .............................................................................................................. after completing the race.

104

7 Listening  PART 2 – Sentence completion 1-12

You will hear a girl called Emma talking about taking part in the sport called synchronised diving. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

Synchronised Diving Emma first took up diving on the advice of her (1) ............................................. . What appeals most to Emma about the sport is the fact that it calls for both (2) ............................................. and accuracy. There are as many as (3) ............................................. judges in a synchronised swimming competition. Emma explains that the first mark the judges give is for what’s called the (4) ............................................. . Emma says it’s particularly difficult to synchronise a dive that begins with a (5) ............................................. . The second mark that the judges give is for what’s known as the (6) ............................................. . Emma says that the divers’ (7) ............................................. need to be kept in a fixed position during the dive. The third mark that the judges give relates to the (8) ............................................. at which the divers enter the water. The judges may also reward divers who enter the water without causing a (9) ............................................. . Emma says that the wearing of (10) ............................................. is compulsory for female divers.

Writing  PART 2 – Article You see this announcement on an English-language website.

Articles wanted

The most exciting match ever! What is the best sports event you’ve ever taken part in or been a spectator at? What made it so exciting? How did you feel before, during and after it? Write us an article answering these questions. We will publish the best articles on our website.

Write your article in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

105

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

IS COMPETITIVE EATING THE WORLD’S STRANGEST SPORT? D across the world including in the US, Over summer, several events are held each weekend in (0) .......... Australia and Singapore. The money to (1) .......... these events comes from fast food, casinos, and even heartburn medicine brands that want to get (2) .......... . There have been eating (3) .......... since time immemorial, but the promoters of the competitions claim some of the credit for making the (4) .......... a sport. Most of those who (5) .......... a competitive eating event for the first time are surprised by one thing – the contestants are not (6) .......... . As one contestant Joey ‘Jaws’ Chestnut explains, ‘My mentality is to be fit – you can’t be unhealthy and push yourself.’ Like more (7) .......... athletes, he has a training regime. Before a big competition, he will fast for three days, as he wants to make sure he is (8) .......... empty. ‘I make sure I’ve got a reason to eat that much,’ he confides. 0 A platforms

B stages

C positions

D venues

1 A sponsor

B invest

C pay

D afford

2 A advertisements B publicity

C press

D news

3 A trials

B battles

C conflicts

D contests

4 A concept

B abstract

C impression

D theory

5 A appear

B attend

C turn up

D follow

6 A outsize

B ample

C overweight

D weighty

7 A common

B correct

C accepted

D conventional

8 A absolutely

B vastly

C enormously

D hugely

PART 2 – Open cloze For questions, 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits the gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

THE ETON WALL GAME been This mix of rugby and soccer has (0) .............................. played at an exclusive English private school, Eton, for (1) .............................. than 300 years. It is always played (2) .............................. the same place with a long, slightly curved wall down one side. The aim is for the two teams to try to get the ball (3) .............................. a scoring zone, then kick it against a target – a garden door for one team and a tree for the (4) .............................. . It sounds simple (5) .............................. you realise that the method of actually moving the ball into position involves all the players on both teams piling up along the wall and slowly inching the ball up to the extreme discomfort of any players backed up (6) .............................. the wall. Occasionally, the ball pops free and someone kicks it upfield, (7) .............................. leads to a mad scramble to get it back and then the whole process starts again. Unsurprisingly, not a lot of goals (8) .............................. scored – the last one was in 1909!

106

7 PART 3 – Word formation

! | Exam Strategies • If your answer is a noun, check carefully whether it needs to be in the singular or plural form to fit the structure of the sentence. • I f your answer is an adjective, check carefully whether it should be in the positive or negative form to fit the meaning of the text. • Think carefully about the full range of forms of the stem. • Read the sentence and surrounding text several times before deciding on your answer.

For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

THE HISTORY OF THE PARALYMPIC GAMES originally The Paralympic Games were (0) .............................. created by a small group of British World War II survivors in 1948. It is now one of the biggest international sport events. The competitors are athletes with various disabilities. The Paralympics has grown from having (1) .............................. 400 athletes from 23 countries in 1960 to thousands of competitors from over 100 countries in the London 2012 Games. There are Summer Paralympic Games, and the competition is (2) .............................. in the Winter Games. Paralympic athletes fight for their (3) .............................. that they should have an equal treatment to non-disabled Olympic athletes. Unfortunately, there is a big difference between what Olympic and Paralympic athletes are paid. Not enough has been (4) .............................. about this. Hopefully, they will achieve (5) .............................. soon. Given the variety of disabilities that Paralympic athletes have, there are different categories in which the athletes use all their (6) .............................. to compete in. (7) .............................. in fact, the International Paralympic Committee (IPC) gives sport opportunities to people with all kinds of disability. The organisation is very (8) .............................. about helping create a more inclusive society for people with a disability through sport.

ORIGINATE

APPROXIMATE

REVIVE BELIEVE

WRITE EQUAL ENERGY HAPPY ENTHUSE

107

Crime & Punishment

Vocabulary: Crime 1 Grammar: Be/Get used to + verb + -ing Listening: Part 4 Speaking: Part 4 Vocabulary: Crime 2 Reading and Use of English: Part 6 Vocabulary: Prefixes Writing: Part 2 Grammar: Past Perfect; Past Simple; Past Perfect Continuous; Past Continuous READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 2, 4

Warmer 1 Work in small groups and brainstorm these tasks. 1 Write down the names of six types of crime, then write down four types of punishment. 2 By talking to other groups, collect the names of another four crimes and another two punishments.

Vocabulary  Crime 1 2 Complete the word puzzle: someone who... 1 steals people’s wallets 2 intentionally kills another person 3 illegally takes over a plane/ship, etc. 4 threatens and steals from a person on a street/bus, etc. 5 steals 6 takes a person away illegally usually for a financial reward 7 deliberately sets fire to houses, etc. 8 breaks into houses and steals property

108

1

C R 3 I 4 M 5 I 6 N 7 A L 8 2

8 do? Write the verb or verbs related to each of them.

Grammar  Be/Get used to + verb + -ing

1 .............................................................................................................

See page 115

3 What do the criminals mentioned in exercise 2

6 Look at the text below and underline the

2 .............................................................................................................

examples of be/get used to + verb + -ing. Be careful not to confuse used to + bare infinitive (see Unit 4) with be/get used to + -ing.

3 ............................................................................................................. 4 ............................................................................................................. 5 ............................................................................................................. 6 ............................................................................................................. 7 ............................................................................................................. 8 .............................................................................................................

4 Write the correct word below next to each

5

definition. lawyer • fine • witness • police • prison prosecute • commit • jury • trial • defence 1 to initiate criminal or civil court action ..............................

10

Before I moved to New York, I was used to crossing the road anywhere I wanted and I wasn’t used to crossing at designated crossings. At first, in New York, I used to get regularly told off by cops and I was told that I would get a fine. However, after several months of living here, I’ve got used to not jaywalking and I’m pleased to say I haven’t been fined once. I’m sure I’ll get used to behaving like a true New Yorker.

2 a group of people who hear the facts of a court case and decide if a person is guilty or not guilty .............................. 3 the people or person who represent someone accused of a crime .............................. 4 a law enforcement agency .............................. 5 a place of confinement for people who have broken the law .............................. 6 a person who sees a crime take place .............................. 7 to carry out (a criminal offence) .............................. 8 a person who gives legal advice .............................. 9 a sum of money that has to be paid when an offence has been committed .............................. 10 a court case ..............................

5 With a partner explain the difference between these pairs of words. 1 a mugger and a pickpocket 2 a burglar and a thief 3 a criminal court and a civil court 4 the responsibility of a judge and the responsibility of a jury 5 a lawyer for the prosecution and a lawyer for the defence

 DISCUSS 7 In pairs, discuss the difference in how we use be and get followed by used to + -ing. Then write five sentences of your own using these structures. 1 ............................................................................................................. 2 ............................................................................................................. 3 ............................................................................................................. 4 ............................................................................................................. 5 .............................................................................................................

109

Crime & Punishment Listening  PART 4 – Multiple choice  CRITICAL THINKING 8 You are going to hear an interview with a criminologist, Helen Bywater, about trends in crime. Before you listen, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 Do you think crime is increasing, decreasing, or staying at about the same level in your country? Why do you think this? 2 Why do you think people commit crimes? 3 What can be done to reduce crime? 4 What punishments are used in your country? Do you think they are effective?

5 What type of crime is common in England? A bicycle theft B pickpocketing C car-related crime 6 What does Helen say about fear of crime? A It harms people’s quality of life. B It is made worse by the media. C It is out of proportion when compared with crime rates. 7 According to Helen, why is cybercrime such an important issue? A It crosses national boundaries. B It involves vast sums of money. C It affects millions of ordinary people.

 CRITICAL THINKING 10 Discuss these questions in small groups. 9

1-13 Now listen to the interview. For questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

1 According to the statistics, what happened to the crime figures in the mid 1990s? A They increased. B They levelled off. C They fell. 2 Why aren’t crime figures accurate? A The police do not keep all records. B Not everyone reports a crime to the police. C Different countries record crimes in different ways. 3 What change in attitude among the public has Helen noticed over the last ten years? A People don’t accept criminal behaviour so easily. B People have more confidence in contacting the police. C People increasingly want to make insurance claims. 4 Helen believes the main reason for the increase in crime is A the rise in drug-related crimes. B the greater mobility of the population. C the increase in the ownership of portable consumer goods.

110

1 How do you feel about cybercrime? Have you heard of anyone who has had their credit card details stolen on the internet? 2 What do you think of computer-dating agencies? Are they a safe way of finding a boyfriend or girlfriend, or could they lead to cyberstalking? 3 What do you think of people who create computer viruses and try to destroy everyone’s computers?

8 Speaking  PART 4 – Discussion 11 Answer the following questions to help you assess your pronunciation. 1 How do you feel about speaking in English? A fine

B OK

C uncomfortable

2 How much opportunity do you get to practise speaking in English? A enough B nearly enough

C not enough

3 Do you hesitate when you speak English? A seldom B sometimes

C frequently

4 How often do you have to search for words? A seldom B sometimes

C frequently

5 Are there any sounds in English that you find hard to pronounce? What are they? 6 Underline the stressed syllables in these words, e.g. photographer.

Vocabulary  Crime 2 14 Match the words that you will read in the text on page 113 (A-M) with their definitions (0-12). A guilty

H to acquit

B to punish

I to set free

C court

J jail/gaol

D to investigate

K to arrest

E verdict

L sentence

F juvenile

M rehabilitation

G offence 0

I

to release

1

legally not an adult

2

punishment given by a court

3

official assembly to administer justice

4

to find someone not guilty

5

preparation for an honest life after release from e.g. prison

A investigate

D unacceptable

B offence

E vulnerable

6

illegal act

C acquit

F coincidence

7

to take into police custody

8

to impose a penalty

9

responsible for a crime

7 What about intonation? Do you make your voice go up at the end of yes/no questions and down at the end of wh questions? 8 Do you stress important information in a sentence to help the listener understand?

10

the decision of a jury

11

to conduct an official enquiry

12

prison

 DISCUSS 12 How important do you think it is to have clear pronunciation? Discuss this question with a partner.

 CRITICAL THINKING 13 In small groups, discuss these questions. When you speak, focus on pronunciation. 1 What do you think of the laws in your country? Are they strict enough?

15 Put words from exercise 14 into these sentences. You may have to change the form to fit the sentence grammatically. 1 The suspect was .................... at the airport just as he was about to leave the country. 2 Much to the relief of her family, she was .................... and could get her life back to normal after weeks of attending .................... every day.

2 Do you think the police have a good relationship with the public in your country? Why/Why not?

3 The police decided not to bring charges against the boy as he was still only a .................... and his .................... had been comparatively minor.

3 What do you think are the main causes of crime in your country?

4 I think the .................... fits the crime. He got what he deserved.

4 Would you like to be a police officer, a lawyer, or a judge? Why/Why not?

5 The burglar was .................... to nine months in .................... .

111

Crime & Punishment Reading and Use of English  PART 6 – Gapped text 16 You are going to read a magazine article about a play that is touring the US. Before you read it, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 If a teenager commits a minor crime, such as stealing something from a shop, what do you think the punishment should be? 2 If a young person commits a serious offence, such as killing someone, what do you think the punishment should be? 3 Do you think that young people should be put in prison with adults? Why/Why not?

17 Six sentences have been removed from the article on page 113. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A Another point he makes is that the kid’s father didn’t appear at all in the play. B The high energy, drama and foul language draw in the teenage audience. C And if so, how should he be punished? D He says the driver got out and chased him, but he didn’t get caught – at least not that time. E In addition, the media seem to point out the bad news about teenagers and ignore the many good things they achieve. F He thinks it does a good job of presenting the complexity of juvenile justice. G In fact, he wonders whether they really got the message of the play.

18 Work in groups of three. Imagine you are Robert, Paul and Francis. You are going to tell each other what you thought about the play. Before you start, read the text again and make notes about your character’s opinions. Role-play your discussion. Try not to rely on your notes too much. Focus on communicating your character’s opinions.

Vocabulary  Prefixes 19 In the reading text, you saw this sentence: the teenage audience was split almost equally into three groups – guilty, not guilty, and undecided. What does undecided mean?

20 A prefix is a letter or group of letters added to the beginning of a word to make a new word. In each of the following sentences, underline a word with a prefix. Then work out from the context what the word means. 1 This type of behaviour is unacceptable to most people living in the neighbourhood. 2 The judge had to find a translator who was bilingual in English and Japanese. 3 I think it’s completely amoral to rob the vulnerable elderly. 4 The victim and the accused avoided looking at each other as they waited in the anteroom before going into the court room. 5 The superintendent at the police station took care of all the paperwork. 6 The disadvantage of the legal system is that it can take years for cases to come to trial.

! | Exam Strategies

7 He was enraged by the court’s decision.

1 Read the base text first so that you get a general understanding of what it is about.

9 I felt it would be inappropriate to say what I really felt.

2 Start reading the text again and read before and after the first gap. Predict what sort of information might be missing. 3 Look at sentences A-G and check if there is anything that matches the missing information that you predicted. 4 Check if there are any vocabulary clues or grammatical clues which confirm your choice. 5 Provisionally put your choice in the gap. Read the text before the gap, the completed gap, and the text after the gap to check that it makes sense.

112

 CRITICAL THINKING

8 The accused’s ex-wife testified against him.

10 I must admit I thought the barrister for the defence was overconfident.

8 Should teenagers be sent to jail? A 13-year-old teenager throws a rock off a bridge over a motorway. The rock hits an oncoming car, killing the Should driver. Is the teenager guilty of murder? 1 he go to an adult prison or should he be rehabilitated? 5

10

15

A play touring the US is asking these questions of teenage audiences and getting some surprising answers. Two actors re-enact the story based on a true case. In real life, the teenager involved was eventually tried in an adult court before a jury. However, even the police investigating the case couldn’t agree on a verdict. In the play, the actors switch roles from policeman to parent to judge to school headteacher. They perform acrobatic feats, dive into the audience, play guitar loudly, and swear profusely throughout the show.

2

20

25

30

35

For one group of teenagers in the audience, the play really hits home. They’re residents of a state residential treatment centre for juveniles who have committed major property offences and crimes against people. One of them called Robert says, ‘It made me look back at some of the things that I had done. Like when I was younger, because I threw a rock off a bridge too, but I didn’t hurt anyone – it just broke the windscreen.’ 3 At the end of the play, the boy is acquitted and set free but Robert thinks he is really guilty. However, he doesn’t think juveniles should go to jail with adults. Statistically, most young males that grow up 4 without fathers get into more trouble than people who grow up with their fathers. When they were asked to vote whether or not they thought the teenager in the case was guilty, the teenage audience was split almost equally into three groups – guilty, not guilty, and undecided. Paul, another teenage resident, says he looked at the other kids in the audience – kids who have never been

21 Add a prefix below to the word given so that it fits the meaning of the sentence. im • extra • dis • anti • out • il • post • ir

arrested and don’t know what it’s like to get into serious Paul says, ‘Some people really don’t trouble. 5 understand how valuable your freedom is and how a stupid action like throwing a rock off a bridge can jeopardize it. Then when they get caught they wonder why they did it in the first place but the whole point is that they should never have done it.’ Paul feels that the kid in the play is definitely responsible for his actions but at his age, he thinks it’s more important to try to rehabilitate him than to punish him by sending him to prison.

40

45

Another person in the audience is Francis, a senior coordinator for the residential centre who watched the At a time when many play with interest. 6 teenagers are facing adult sentences for their crimes, he feels it’s important that people look at all sides of the issue. He says, ‘I hope this play will help people to recognise that when young people get into trouble, they can still change and learn from their mistakes, and they shouldn’t just be discarded like so much rubbish.’ From his point of view, some kids just have a bad start in life and drift into crime through the company they keep and maybe also because they have no adult role models to guide them.

50

55

60

For the actors, the driving force behind the production is to present things from a different angle, hoping to make people aware that things are not always just black and white or good and evil.

5 The company had been involved in some very .......regular dealings which aroused suspicion.

1 His .......honesty led him into more and more trouble.

6 He’s doing a .......graduate course in forensic science.

2 It was .......possible to tell if the defendant was lying or not.

7 It’s .......legal to buy alcohol under the age of 18 in the UK.

3 The detective’s record for solving crimes was ....... standing.

8 There had been great hope that the law might be radically changed but in the end only minor amendments were made. It was a great ....... climax to our campaign.

4 It was an .......ordinary coincidence but she had met her attacker the month before at a party.

113

Crime & Punishment Writing  PART 2 – Article See Writing Bank on page 247

22 You have seen this announcement in an English-language magazine specifically aimed at teenagers. The punishment should fit the crime Give us your opinions. We will publish the most interesting articles. Before you start writing, read the action points below and tick the ones you find difficult.

2 Look at the timeline below which shows how the Past Perfect is used and answer these questions. A Did the police catch the robbers? B Which action happened first? By the time the police arrived, the robbers had already escaped. the robbers escaped Past

the police arrived

 Y

 Z

Present

1

Brainstorm what you are going to say and decide what you are going to focus on.

3 If we don’t need to emphasise the fact that one event happened before the other in the past, which tense do we use?

2

Make a plan so that you can present your ideas in a logical order.

4 We also use the Past Perfect Simple to talk about experience. For example:

3

Think of a headline, a strong opening sentence and a strong conclusion.

4 5

6

Decide what linkers to use, such as because, therefore, as, since, etc. Think about how to express your opinions, e.g. in my opinion, I think, from my point of view, etc. Decide which tenses and vocabulary to use.

Discuss how you can improve these points.

Before I was 10, I had never broken the law. He had been in prison for so many years that it felt like the only home he had. In pairs, write two sentences including the Past Perfect Simple and then discuss how you have used it to talk about experience. 5 Look at this example of the Past Perfect Continuous and, in pairs, discuss how it is used. The police had been watching the gang for months before they decided to arrest them.

 GET CREATIVE 23 Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

 Past Perfect and Past Simple 25 Look at the dialogues below. Underline the verbs in the Past Perfect and Past Simple and explain their use.

! | Exam Strategies When you write an article, remember that you must attract and then keep the reader’s attention.

A: Was the policeman there when you got home? B: No, he had just left. A: Was the policeman there when you got home? B: Yes, but he left soon afterwards.

Grammar  Past Perfect Simple

VIDEO

and Continuous See page 115

24 Answer the following questions in pairs. 1 In the text you read on page 113, Robert said, ‘It made me look back at the things I had done.’ Had done is the Past Perfect Simple. Why does the speaker use it here?

114

 Past Perfect Continuous and Past Continuous

26 Compare the two sentences below and, in pairs, discuss the difference in meaning. A The lawyer was tired because she had been working hard. B The lawyer was tired because she was working hard.

Workbook Grammar Reference Be/Get used to + verb + -ing Be used to + verb + -ing expresses to be in the habit of. – I am used to living in a crime-free city. Get used to + verb + -ing expresses become accustomed to. – She’s used to getting up early. – It took me a long time to get used to locking all the windows before I went out. – I can’t get used to driving in heavy traffic.

Past Perfect Simple and Continuous

VIDEO

The Past Perfect Simple is used: 1 to emphasise that one action happened before another in the past. – By the time the police arrived, the thieves had got away. 2 to talk about experience. – Before he committed his first crime, he had always been a model citizen. 3 in indirect speech (see Unit 14, page 199). The Past Perfect Continuous is used: 1 to talk about duration. The police had been observing the house for months before they raided it. 2 in indirect speech (Unit 14, page 199).

1 Put the correct form of the verb into the

4 Put the verb into the correct tense – Past

sentences below.

Continuous or Past Perfect Continuous.

1 She used to ............... (read) several books a month but now she doesn’t have the time.

1 I tried to catch the shoplifter but I couldn’t. He .................... (run) very fast.

2 I am not used to ............... (get) up early.

2 We .................... (wait) for months for the law to change when suddenly the government acted very quickly.

3 He didn’t use to ............... (drink) a lot of coffee. 4 How long did it take before you got used to ............... (drive) on the other side of the road?

2 Complete with the correct tense (Past Perfect Simple or Continuous) of the verb given. You may have to change the position of the adverb. 1 He .................... (wait) for more than two hours before the police arrived. 2 By the time I arrived at the court, the jury .................... (already take) their seats. 3 The judge dismissed the evidence because he said that it .................... (be) invented. 4 The thief tried to make a quick getaway in the stolen car but skidded because it .................... (rain). 5 The inspector was very tired because he .................... (spend) most of the night reading the documents.

3 Complete with the correct tense (Past Simple or Past Perfect Simple) of the verb given. 1 The crowd .................... (dispersed) by the time the riot police arrived. 2 The burglar .................... (manage) to avoid arrest even if the alarms went off. 3 They felt very tired after their visit to the High Court so they .................... (go) straight to bed.

3 When the policeman got back to the station, his colleagues .................... (sit) at the table with empty mugs in front of them. They .................... (drink) coffee.

5 Put the verbs in brackets into the correct past tense. 1 I .................... (be) happy to find the book as I .................... (look) for it all afternoon. 2 It .................... (be) more than a month before we .................... (find out) what .................... (happen) to him. 3 The newspaper report .................... (say) that several houses .................... (burgle) in the neighbourhood. 4 We .................... already (work) on the project for a couple of months before we .................... (realise) that we .................... (made) a serious mistake. 5 The doctor .................... (ask) me how long I .................... (have) the symptoms. 6 Before my friend .................... (knock) on my door, he .................... (look) for a parking space for 10 minutes.

115

Workbook - Crime & Punishment

Practice 1a Write the following words in the correct column. Some words are used in the same form for both the crime and the verb. mugger • shoplifting • vandal • hijacking forgery • smuggling • burgle • hijacker • rob kidnapper • fraud • assault • murder • burglar forger • mug • vandalise • robber • smuggle forge • murderer • kidnapping • defraud robbery • shoplifter • burglary • mugging shoplift • vandalism • kidnap smuggler • fraudster • assailant • hijack Crime

mugging

Criminal

mugger

Verb

mug

1b Now match a crime from exercise 1a with a definition below. 1 killing somebody intentionally .............................. 2 seizing an adult or child, holding them prisoner and asking for money .............................. 3 attacking somebody violently in order to steal their money or possessions .............................. 4 breaking into a house or office and stealing things .............................. 5 stealing money or goods from a bank, office, etc. especially with violence .............................. 6 taking control of a vehicle or aircraft and forcing it to change its route .............................. 7 destroying or defacing property for no particular reason .............................. 8 stealing things from places where they are on sale ..............................

2 Write the correct form of these verbs to complete each sentence. arrest • break • commit • dismiss impose • reach • receive • report 1 The case was very complicated and the jury took two days to .............................. a verdict. 2 If I ever .............................. a crime, I would have a terribly guilty conscience. 3 There was insufficient evidence, so the judge .............................. the case. 4 When we got up this morning, we saw that there had been a break-in during the night, so we .............................. it to the police immediately. 5 The judge .............................. a stiff penalty on the mugger, because the victim was badly injured. 6 There was a stunned silence in the courtroom as the accused .............................. his sentence. 7 DNA analysis enabled police to identify the offender and .............................. him. 8 .............................. the law will almost always get you into trouble.

116

8 3 Underline the correct verb form in the following sentences. 1 I had slept/had been sleeping very badly that night, so I felt awful the next day. 2 Darren was red in the face and out of breath so I asked him if he had run/had been running. 3 When we opened the office door everything was upside-down, so we assumed that burglars had broken/had been breaking in during the night.

5a Choose a prefix below to add to each of the words 1-12. dis (x2) • un (x4) • in • re • en • over • super • ex 1 People may feel that a short prison sentence is ..........appropriate for a very serious crime. 2 It’s regarded as ..........acceptable to take home the towels you are given in a hotel. 3 One ..........advantage of the prison system is that criminals are ..........likely to find work after their release, so they commonly ..........-offend.

4 When Toby went back to his car, it wasn’t there, so he wondered if someone had stolen/had been stealing it or if the police had towed/had been towing it away.

4 The judge was shocked to hear that the accused was an ..........-policeman.

5 Frank was furious with his son because he had used/had been using his car for weeks without his permission and had scratched/had been scratching the door on the gate-post.

6 The people watching the trial remained ..........convinced that the right person had been accused.

6 By the time the robbers were caught, they had got/had been getting rid of all the stolen property. 7 Amanda had only piloted/had only been piloting a plane once before she took part in the rescue operation. 8 Our cat disappeared for several days last month, and when he came back it was clear that he had fought/had been fighting with another cat.

5 Victims should feel ..........couraged to report crimes to the police as soon as possible.

7 After a series of successful robberies, the gang became ..........-confident and made a simple mistake. 8 The money ..........appeared from the safe at some time on Thursday morning. 9 The police officer said it was ..........clear who the last person to see the missing man was. 10 The inspector has recently been promoted to the rank of ..........intendent.

5b Which of the words you have formed are 4 Use these phrases to complete the sentences with a form of (not) be/get used to + -ing. wear contact lenses • drive on the left the birds singing • all the insects wear high heels • drive a car with gears 1 Although I’ve been living in England for twenty years, I can’t ............................................................................... .

a) adjectives, b) verbs or c) nouns? a ............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. b ............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. c ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

2 At first, the sounds of the countryside bothered me, but now ........................................................... at dawn. 3 Amy has ..................................................................... , but the first time she wore them, she sprained her ankle. 4 After years of wearing glasses, it can be difficult to ..................................................................................................... . 5 If you learnt to drive on an automatic, ................................................................ can take a few days. 6 When we moved to the country, I couldn’t ........................................................................... that came into the house.

117

Workbook - Crime & Punishment 6 Match each of the expressions connected with crime (A-L) with its definition (1-12). A 3

turn a blind eye to

1 spend a period in prison

B

a leopard can’t change its spots

2 start a new, honest life

C

do time

3 pretend not to see

D

turn over a new leaf

4 a person can never eliminate his faults

E

give the game away

5 tell lies which someone gullible believes

F

keep to the straight and narrow

6 live an honest life

G

be behind bars

7 profits that didn’t have to be worked for

H

money for old rope

8 be in prison

I

be caught red-handed

9 be seen and arrested while committing a crime

J

get off scot-free

10 not be punished for some wrong-doing

K

pull the wool over someone’s eyes

11 find oneself gradually leading a more and more dishonest life

L

drift into crime

12 speak or act in a way that reveals a secret or criminal action

Reading and Use of English  PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

Crime Statistics information about crime We often hear statistical (0) .............................. rates on the news. We find it (1) .................... to hear that crime is on the increase, especially if the figures relate to the area where we live. (2) .................... , it’s a relief to hear that there’s been a (3) .................... in crime rates in an area because it suggests that we are safer and there are fewer (4) .................... operating there. But how (5) .................... are these statistics? We need to look at them in context in order to understand their true (6) .................... . For example, if the number of muggings in an area falls by 50%, that sounds good. But if this means that there’s now one case every day instead of two, it would still be a rather (7) .................... place to visit. Also, statistics are often based on the number of crimes being reported. If victims of crime stop reporting the incidents to the police, there can be an (8) .................... in the statistics, but it doesn’t mean there’s less crime.

118

INFORM WORRY SIMILAR REDUCE CRIME RELY SIGNIFY

SAFE

IMPROVE

8 Listening  PART 3 – Multiple matching 1-14

You will hear five short extracts in which people are talking about a crime they were affected by. For questions 1-5, choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker feels now. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use. A

worried that it might happen again

B

sorry to have ignored good advice

C

surprised about where it took place

D

angry that nobody offered help

E

convinced it could have been avoided

F

Speaker 1

1

Speaker 2

2

Speaker 3

3

fortunate compared to other victims

Speaker 4

4

G

disappointed with the response of the police

Speaker 5

5

H

shocked by how quickly it happened

Writing  PART 1 – Essay In your English class you have been talking about crime and punishment. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

An increasing amount of crime now takes place on the internet. How can people protect themselves against this type of crime?

Notes Write about: 1 the types of crime committed over the internet 2 why people become victims of internet crime 3 …………………………..............… (your own idea)

Write your essay in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

119

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

PICKPOCKET PICKS THE WRONG PERSON C as she waited at a bus The victim was a small middle-aged woman who must have looked an easy (0) .......... stop. What the pickpocket did not know was that a detective was standing right behind her in the (1) .......... . When she shouted that her purse had been stolen, the detective (2) .......... the pickpocket straight into an oncoming busload of police officers who just happened to be in the area on a crime (3) .......... exercise. A spokesman for the police later said that the pickpocket had been (4) .......... and the purse recovered, pointing out that it was (5) .......... for the woman that the thief had run past a busload of police and had been caught so quickly. As for the victim, she (6) .......... some responsibility for the incident because she had left her bag wide open while she was on her mobile phone. The police spokesman added that crimes like this were pretty (7) .......... and that the victim shouldn’t (8) .......... herself. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A A

goal queue ran avoidance taken cheerful leaked common accuse

B B B B B B B B B

aim file tracked stoppage obstructed fortunate agreed conventional put down

C C C C C C C C C

target row hunted elimination arrested happy admitted daily fault

D D D D D D D D D

object line chased prevention raided favourable disclosed accepted blame

PART 2 – Open cloze For each question 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

A HAIR FOR A HAIR – THE PUNISHMENT TO FIT THE CRIME where they approached a pretty three-year-old Two girls, aged 11 and 13, were at a fast-food outlet (0) .................... girl with long blonde hair and pretended to befriend (1) .................... . They were laughing and joking but (2) .................... they did next was more than a little unfriendly – they chopped off the little girl’s ponytail. (3) .................... the incident came to court, the judge came up (4) .................... a deal in order to reduce the length of community service the older girl was (5) .................... as a punishment. He asked her mother to cut off her daughter’s plaits then and there in the courtroom (6) .................... that she would experience for herself how the little girl (7) .................... felt. As for the 11-year-old, she was ordered to get a haircut at a later point but the judge added that she (8) .................... have her hair cut in the same style as the judge. Unfortunately for the 11-year-old, the judge had a crew cut!

120

8 PART 4 – Key word transformation

! | Exam Strategies • Do not change the word given in any way. • Write two to five words, including the word given. • I f there is a verb in the second sentence, look at it carefully because it may indicate if your answer needs to be in the singular or plural form. • Remember that contractions (except for can’t) count as two words. • Read your completed sentence carefully to make sure that it is grammatically correct and makes sense.

For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You can use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 The police took the thief to prison. TAKEN

was taken to prison

The thief ................................................................................ by the police. 1 Paul arrived late this morning because his plane was delayed. TIME If the plane ................................................................................ Paul would not have arrived late this morning. 2 Although the police chased them, the robbers didn’t get caught. EVEN The robbers managed to get ................................................................................ the police chased them. 3 ‘I have an interview tomorrow so I ought to get an early night,’ Petra said. BETTER ‘I have an interview tomorrow so I ................................................................................ an early night,’ said Petra. 4 She finally managed to finish her essay on cybercrime. SUCCEEDED She finally ................................................................................ her essay on cybercrime. 5 I had never been to hear a criminal case in court before. FIRST It ................................................................................ I had ever been to hear a criminal case in court. 6 The last time Patrick saw Robert was during Fresher’s Week. SEEN Patrick has ................................................................................ Fresher’s Week.

121

Food & Food Issues

Speaking: Part 1

Vocabulary: Food

Reading and Use of English: Part 7 Vocabulary: Verb + dependent preposition

Grammar: Modal verbs of certainty/probability Writing: Part 1 Listening: Part 1

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 2, 3

Warmer 1 Tick the words you know the meaning of. Put a question mark next to the ones you’re not sure about. Put a cross next to the ones you don’t know. 9

1

cages

5

fast food

2

free range

6

local produce

3

market stall

7

laboratory conditions

4

sun-ripened

8

genetically modified

A

B

2 Now try to change some of your question marks and crosses to ticks by asking other students or your teacher. For example, Do you know what… means?

122

C

10

additives battery farming

D

3 Work in pairs. Use some of words to talk about the pictures. For example:

I love buying local produce from a market stall. There’s nothing tastier than sun-ripened tomatoes.

9 Vocabulary  Food

6 Now think of some food or dishes which you could describe with these adjectives.

4 In small groups, brainstorm words to fit these categories. fruit

apples

7 In Part 1 of the Speaking test you are often

carrots

meat

beef

Speaking  PART 1 – Interview

vegetables

asked about your likes and dislikes. Look at these questions and make notes of your answers. fish

1 What sort of things do you like cooking?

salmon

2 Do you prefer eating at home or eating out? Why? 3 Do you like eating on your own or with other people? Why?

5 Match the pictures to the adjectives. 1

spicy

4

sour

2

rotten

5

tough

3

tasteless

6

sickly

4 How important do you think it is to eat healthily? 5 Tell us about a special meal you had.

8 A

C

B

D

1-15 Now listen to Martha answering question 1 in exercise 7. Tick the points she mentions.

1

her cooking ability

2

who she cooks for

3

the meal she likes cooking

4

an example of what she cooks

5

where she buys her food

6

how long it takes her to cook the meal

7

people’s reactions to the meal

8

how expensive the food is

9 Look at your notes from exercise 7 and make sure you have four points to mention, just like Martha did. Work in pairs and ask and answer questions 2-5 in exercise 7. E

F

! | Exam Strategies 1 Make sure that you answer the question. 2 Use a good range of vocabulary. 3 Give an example. 4 Give an opinion/reaction/comment.

123

Food & Food Issues

Cooking for fun Four food shows on TV

A

5

10

15

20

Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat is a food show on Netflix. New York Times journalist Samin Nosrat presents this down-to-earth, easygoing series which is based on her award-winning cookbook. Nosrat believes that there are four main elements that make all food taste good for everybody, all over the world: salt, fat, acid and heat. Her main objective is to make people understand that they can cook delicious food quite easily. In the Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat series she first goes to Japan to learn about salt, where it is used in the production of dried fish; then to Italy, where she wants to improve her knowledge of using ‘healthy’ fat in the kitchen by working with olive oil; after that, she heads to Mexico, where acidity is an essential element in their cooking. They use a lot of citrus juices, such as lemon, for example. Finally, she goes back to her home in Berkeley, California. Here she specifically explores the use of heat by making ‘tadig’ rice with her mother. It is important to use heat correctly in order to make the dish: the rice should be soft at the bottom with a harder, golden-brown top.

B 25

30

35

40

45

50

55

60

65

70

75

80

Man vs Food

The interesting cult series Man vs Food, is connected to the all-you-can-eat buffet and competitive eating culture. In the USA especially, there are still many competitions where the participants win if they eat the most food. The series follows presenter Adam Richman’s travels across America. His aim is to find the country’s biggest, spiciest and most ridiculous food and then eat it. He managed to finish a massive barbecue in North Carolina, a multi-layer cheeseburger in Arizona, a huge breakfast burrito in Colorado and a metre-long bratwurst (German sausage) in Minnesota. Yet nothing beat Richman’s most difficult challenge, which were some extremely spicy ‘hot chicken wings’ in Brooklyn, where he was born. The chilli chicken almost made the heroic presenter cry. After four series, the score was Man 48 and Food 38: so Richman has won most of the food challenges. Richman then retired due to possible problems for his health if he continued with the show. There is a good reason why it’s important to eat healthy food!

D

Jamie’s Kitchen

Jamie Oliver first became globally famous through this five-part documentary. The series followed Oliver as he tried to properly prepare young people from a disadvantaged background to work at his new London restaurant, called Fifteen. The difficulties of training his pupils, as well as the pressure of making sure his new business didn’t fail, often made Oliver frustrated. It was all worth it as Fifteen is now a charity organisation and a very successful chain of four restaurants. This wasn’t enough for Oliver who had other plans as well. His mission to make school meals healthier in Britain has had excellent results. What will happen next? We can’t wait to see what he will achieve.

124

C

Salt, Fat, Acid, Heat

The Great British Bake Off

The different components of this show don’t seem like the obvious choice for a food series on TV: twelve British citizen making cakes in a marquee, a large tent usually set up for outdoor events. On the contrary, The Great British Bake Off was one of the most watched shows in the UK. This has to do with the light sense of humour of the presenters and the contrast between the two judges of the competition, Paul Hollywood and Mary Berry. Paul tells you immediately if he doesn’t like your food and is not easily impressed. On the other hand, Mary is extremely knowledgeable but more gentle with her feedback. The participants compete for the title of best baker.

9 Reading and Use of English  PART 7 – Multiple matching  DISCUSS 10 You are going to read an article in which four different food shows on television are described. Before you start reading, work with a partner and discuss these statements. 1 Every cookery show promotes healthy eating. 2 There are too many food shows on television these days. 3 The best way to learn how to cook is by observing someone in real life, in their kitchen. 4 Being a chef has nothing to do with working for a charity.

2 If we compare the difficult situation in which Jamie Oliver started with the success he has now, there is a big difference. 3 More and more people are insisting on only watching interesting food programs that promote healthy eating.

13 In the sentences below, choose the appropriate preposition. 1 She agreed ..... her friend that the ice cream was the best she’d ever eaten. A to

(A-D). The show may be chosen more than once. In which show 1

does the presenter travel across America?

2

did the pupils almost leave the presenter in tears?

3

are there two judges?

4

did the presenter experiment with ‘healthy’ fats?

5

D on

B on

C with

D by

3 He won’t succeed ..... becoming a chef unless he works a bit harder. A on

do the presenters have a good sense of humour?

C with

2 I can’t concentrate ..... following the recipe if you keep talking to me. A to

11 For questions 1-10, choose from the shows

B from

B by

C through D in

4 They thanked us ..... the meal. A on

B for

C by

D from

5 He apologised ..... spilling the soup. A for

B in

C by

D with

14 Complete the sentences with the correct preposition.

could the presenter’s challenges lead to health risks?

6

did the presenter eat a very big burrito?

7

are the viewers encouraged to cook nice meals, as it’s not too difficult?

8

do young people work in a new restaurant, which is now a charity?

9

is the focus on four different cookery elements?

10

1 Many people are known to care deeply ............... healthy eating habits. 2 Samin Nosrat believes ............... using four main elements to make food tasty. 3 Jamie Oliver is admired ............... doing something about children’s eating habits. 4 He borrowed a cookbook ............... his sister. 5 The food was so bad in the restaurant that they complained ............... the head waiter ............... it. 6 She explained ............... her friend how she had made the dessert.

Vocabulary  Verb + dependent preposition 12 Look at the sentences below and underline the verb + dependent preposition. 1 Mary Berry and Paul Hollywood agreed on the fact that the cake was excellent.

7 They helped their friends ............... the barbecue. 8 She invited her class ............... dinner to celebrate her birthday. 9 We objected ............... the price we had to pay for a simple pizza. 10 I prefer pasta ............... potatoes any day.

125

Food & Food Issues 15 With a partner, discuss how you are going to remember the verbs and dependent prepositions, e.g. writing them down on a piece of card and then writing a sentence in context using them.

Grammar  Modal verbs

VIDEO

of certainty/probability See page 129

16 The modals will, must, should, might, could, may and can’t are used to make logical deductions or guesses about people or things based on the information the speaker has. With a partner, look at the table below and fill in the gaps with a sentence adapted from the sample sentence given. The first one has been done as an example (0). Level of probability

Modal verb

Time = to talk about the present and future

Time = to talk about the past

He will definitely get the job as a waiter.

He will definitely have got the job as a waiter.

certainty

will/won’t

impossibility

can’t/couldn’t

strong probability

must

probability

should/shouldn’t

...................................................

possibility

might/might not

They might win the cookery competition.

...................................................

possibility

may/may not

...................................................

She may not have made the peach tart by herself.

possibility

could

................................................... They must be right as they’re the food experts.

What is the difference in form between the present/future and the past forms?

18 Choose the modal verb which best fits the sentences. 1 ‘Do you think the dinner will start on time?’ ‘I don’t know, it ...... start later if people don’t arrive on time.’ B must

C should

2 Maria’s just got a summer job in an ice cream parlour. Her parents ...... be delighted she’s finally working. A shouldn’t

126

B must

................................................... Our guests should have been here by now.

This pizza could be the winning recipe.

17 Look at the six sentences you have just written.

A may

She couldn’t have written the cookbook by herself.

C could

...................................................

3 He has just bought her a recipe book for her birthday. She ...... like it as she doesn’t really like cooking. A might not

B must not

C will

4 Marco is applying for every new job he sees advertised so he ...... be very happy where he works now. A might

B must

C can’t

5 I need someone to repair my food mixer. I expect Paul ...... be able to do it as he’s a whizz with electrical equipment. A mustn’t

B will

C won’t

9 19 Write five sentences making predictions about your own future expressing certainty and probability.

! | Frequent Mistakes

1 ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

She won’t be home yet, it’s only 6 o’clock. NOT She should be home yet, it’s only 6 o’clock.

2 ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

He must be happy working as a chef. NOT He must to be happy working as a chef.

3 ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

The fish might not be as fresh as you think. NOT The fish might been as fresh as you think.

4 ............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. 5 ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

She can’t have cooked all this in just 30 minutes! NOT She mustn’t have cooked all this in just 30 minutes!

Writing  PART 1 – Essay See Writing Bank on page 244

20 Below is a checklist that many teachers use for marking essays. Read it carefully and ask your teacher if there is anything you don’t understand. Teacher’s checklist Content

Organisation and cohesion

Neutral register

– Explanation of modern food production methods

Clear:

– Agreement/disagreement with statement

– Body of essay 2/3 paragraphs

– Examples to support opinions Range of vocabulary

– Use of some specific topicrelated vocabulary

Appropriacy of register

– Introduction – Conclusion – Evidence of linkers Range and accuracy of grammar

– Evidence of a range of tenses – Few/no grammatical errors

Target reader

– Would be able to read the essay easily

– Evidence of correct use of prepositions

– Would understand all the writer’s points

– Little or no repetition

– Would be interested in the content

 GET CREATIVE 21 Read the essay writing task on the right. Plan your essay using the teacher’s checklist to help you. In your English class you have been talking about food. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view. Write your essay in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

Modern food production methods mean we can no longer trust the food we eat. Do you think modern food production methods can in fact improve food? Notes Write about: 1 farmers using chemicals (fertilisers and pesticides) 2

genetically modified food

3

........................................ (your own idea)

127

Food & Food Issues Listening  PART 1 – Multiple choice  CRITICAL THINKING 22 Before you listen to different people talking about eating, food and cooking, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 Have you got a sweet tooth or do you prefer savoury food? Do you think food preferences are inherited or learnt? 2 If you could choose a famous person to take you to a posh restaurant, who would you choose and what would you eat? 3 Do you think women are better cooks than men? Why/Why not? 4 Do you think cookery should be taught at school? Why/Why not?

! | Exam Strategies Before you listen, highlight the key words in the questions and options.

23

1-16 For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

1 You hear a woman talking about a restaurant. She was disappointed with the restaurant because A the food was poor quality. B the service was bad. C the bill was higher than expected. 2 You hear a man talking about cooking. How did he become interested in cooking? A His grandmother was a great cook. B He found an old cookery book. C His girlfriend couldn’t cook. 3 You hear two students talking about their course in food technology. What are they enjoying about their course? A It’s preparing them to work in a range of jobs. B The content is really up to date. C The lecturers are exceptionally good. 4 You hear two friends talking about Japanese food. The girl likes Japanese food because

5 You hear two friends talking about genetically modified food. What is the boy concerned about? A whether it can be dangerous to health B whether it can damage the environment C whether it will increase the cost of food 6 You hear a man talking about fast food. These days he eats fast food A when he’s really busy. B when he’s on holiday. C when he’s trying to save money. 7 You hear a woman talking about her local supermarket. What’s new in the store? A They now make their own bread. B They have a Global Foods section. C They promote locally grown produce. 8 You hear a brother and sister talking about the food they eat at home. What do they particularly appreciate about it? A the variety B the quality C the taste

 DISCUSS 24 Discuss these questions in small groups. 1 Which speaker(s) in the Listening in exercise 23 did you find most interesting? Why? 2 What did you find easy or hard about the listening questions in exercise 23? 3 What do you think you can do to improve your listening skills?

25 Work in pairs. Choose one of the topics below and take turns to speak about your topic for one minute without stopping.

TOPICS Fast food Eating in restaurants People who like cooking A career in the food industry A different country’s cuisine Genetically modified food Your local food stores Your mother’s/father’s cooking

A it’s healthy. B it looks attractive. C it’s quick to prepare.

128

What have you learnt from your partner about their topic?

Workbook Grammar Reference Modal verbs of certainty and probability

VIDEO

Certainty

Possibility Might/might not/may/may not/could + base infinitive express possibility in the present/future. – The meal might turn out better than you hope.

Will/won’t + base infinitive express certainty in the present/future. – He will definitely get an interview for the chef’s position. Will/won’t + perfect infinitive express certainty about the past. – She won’t have finished her nutritional training course yet. Probability Must/should/shouldn’t + base infinitive express probability in the present/future. – He must be happy working in the restaurant as he never complains. – They should be on their way to the pizza parlour by now. Must/should/shouldn’t + perfect infinitive express probability in the past. – He must have been happy working as a waiter as he did it for 30 years.

– The fish might not be as fresh as you think. – She may not be able to follow the recipe. – He may cook paella better than you can. – It could be the best meal you’ve ever tasted. Impossibility Can’t + base infinitive expresses impossibility in the present/future. – She can’t prepare a three-course menu by herself in 30 minutes. Can’t/couldn’t + perfect infinitive express impossibility in the past. – He couldn’t have invented the recipe himself. – She can’t have made the sauce as she is only just learning how to cook.

– It shouldn’t have been difficult to find the café.

1 Match these sentences to the use of the modal verb. 1

They can’t have grown these fruit in Europe because they need a tropical climate.

2

He won’t like this menu because there’s not much for vegetarians like him to choose.

3

It could be organic meat because I bought it from a very good butcher’s.

4 5 6

You must have forgotten to add salt – this soup doesn’t taste quite right. The cake should be nearly ready; it’s been in the oven for 40 minutes. I won’t have won the cookery prize – my dish was a disaster!

2 Rewrite the sentences using a modal verb of certainly or probability. Sometimes more than one answer may be correct. Example: My brother didn’t cook this dish; it’s impossible!

My brother can’t/couldn’t have cooked this dish! 1 It’s possible that this dessert is too sweet for you. 2 I’m certain the local farmer isn’t going to use that new pesticide. 3 These are probably free-range eggs. 4 I’m sure Mike put the ice cream in the freezer.

A Possibility about the present or the future

5 It’s impossible to find a good restaurant near here.

B Probability in the present or future

6 Susan probably ate lunch at the cafeteria.

C Impossibility in the past D Certainty about the past E Probability in the past F Certainty about the present or future

7 It’s possible that I didn’t bake the cake for long enough. 8 He’s probably fed up with all these cookery programmes on TV.

129

Workbook - Food & Food Issues

Practice 1 Underline the correct word in each sentence. 1 He has always preferred eating home cooked meals over/for/from fast food. 2 My aunt really admires my mum for/in/to taking part in that cookery show. 3 We borrowed some sugar to/from/about our neighbour. 4 Can you explain about/to/for me exactly how you managed to break all those eggs? 5 Sylvia and Brian have invited us over to their house about/to/for lunch, but I’m not feeling too well today. 6 How could Sophie object about/of/to going to that fish and chip place? It looked amazing and also quite cheap! 7 When I became a vegetarian, I complained about/to/for my dad to/with/about the fact that he hardly ever cooked vegetables without some meat.

3 Choose the best preposition below to complete these sentences. Some may be used more than once. in • for • on • with • to 1 Our garden provides us .................. a constant supply of fruit and vegetables all year round. 2 We all like poultry but we can never agree .................. whether to choose chicken, turkey or goose for special occasions. 3 Susan apologised .................. her mother .................. burning the cake. 4 I’m really interested .................. the macrobiotic diet – I hope it helps me to lose weight. 5 Everybody blamed the cat .................. stealing the fish, but I suspect it was actually the dog. 6 After many attempts, Jane succeeded .................. making the perfect chocolate mousse. 7 Everybody congratulated Harry .................. winning first prize in the cookery competition.

2 Put the words below into the correct column

4 Choose the correct word below to complete

of the table according to their meaning.

the idiomatic expressions based on food.

stir • boil • chop • bake • squeeze grate • cut • beat • steam • peel whisk • slice • add • fry • melt • heat preparing

mixing

cooking

cool • spill • pinch piece • pod • go 1 If I tell my dad I’ve dented his car, he’ll .................. bananas. 2 You have to take most of what Daphne says with a .................. of salt – she tends to exaggerate! 3 We were all expecting Robert to be nervous when he played the piano in public the first time, but actually he was as .................. as a cucumber. 4 Although they’re not twins, it’s almost impossible to tell the two sisters apart. They’re like two peas in a .................. . 5 The test was a .................. of cake and I finished it easily in about half the available time. 6 Trust Mark to .................. the beans! I told him to keep the information secret, but he couldn’t resist telling his best friend.

130

9 5 Choose the best phrase (A, B, C or D) to fill the gaps in the conversations.

3 – The fish I bought for lunch is on the floor. Do you think it was the dog? – No, it ............................. the cat, because the dog was out in the garden

1 – I thought I saw your cousin Mark in town yesterday. I waved, but the person didn’t wave back. – Well, relax! It ............................. him because he’s in Miami. A mustn’t be B can’t have been

C can’t be D couldn’t be

A must be B may be

4 – Hilary ............................. back by now – it’s past midnight. – Have you tried calling her? A must have been B must be

2 – I can’t find my phone. I know I had it when I got home last night because I sent a text. – You ............................. it in the bathroom. You’re always doing that. A may have left B may leave

C must have been D has to be

C has to be D should be

5 – Mum, we did a test at school today and Jane told me all the answers!

C must leave D should have left

– Well, she ............................. that – it’s dishonest. In any case, how do you know they were the right answers? A shouldn’t do B mustn’t do

C needn’t do D shouldn’t have done

Reading and Use of English  PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 Simon had never tried Japanese food before. FIRST It was ………………………………………. Simon had ever tried Japanese food. 2 Kate couldn’t make the pizza base because they had no flour left. RUN Kate couldn’t make the pizza base because they ………………………………………. flour. 3 Clea found the cookery programme really fascinating. BY Clea ………………………………………. the cookery programme. 4 Adapting to drinking coffee without sugar can be hard. USED It can be hard ………………………………………. drinking coffee without sugar. 5 Stella’s grandmother asked her to get the table ready for dinner. LAY ‘Would you ………………………………………. for dinner, please Stella,’ said her grandmother. 6 Paul had always wanted to open his own restaurant. AMBITION He had always ………………………………………. open his own restaurant.

131

Workbook - Food & Food Issues Reading and Use of English  PART 5 – Multiple choice You are going to read about a family’s experience in a restaurant. For questions 1-6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

5

10

15

20

25

30

132

William was on holiday with his mum, his dad and his older sister in Orlando, Florida. They had spent all day in the Universal Film Studios and they were all in a very good mood. It had been such a good day! Going on the big rollercoaster rides had given William a rush of adrenaline. The four of them had had a quick lunch in the theme park, but now they were all very hungry and they were thinking of where to go for dinner. Encouraged by the nice look of the building, they decided to try the small hamburger place near their hotel in town. It looked like the kind of restaurant where they made proper hamburgers! As they walked in, the problems began straight away. The hostess, who was on her phone, eventually told them they would have to wait at least ten minutes in the bar area before getting a table. Half an hour later William’s family was shown to their seats by the same hostess. It had to be said that at least the furniture and the decorations were very pretty inside the restaurant as well as the outside. William did notice this, but was soon distracted by another issue. In fact, when their waiter arrived and saw the expensive lemonades that they had got from the bar area he decided that they obviously didn’t want more drinks: he’d get them water. He then immediately walked away. “What if we had wanted something else to drink?” thought William. After he put a bottle of water on their table, the waiter asked if they wanted to order. The family asked for the grilled aubergines as a starter dish. They all asked for the classic hamburger. After this, the waiter told them a list of side dishes (neglecting to mention that all these were to be paid extra). The hamburgers came with a choice of chips, baked potatoes or rice, but you paid extra for everything else. “Honestly, which restaurant serves hamburgers without any vegetables or salad at all?” William asked his mum, when they found out. Even the pepper sauce was extra! Twenty minutes later a different waiter arrived with their main courses, but without the starter dish. When they asked him if he knew where their starter was, his response was: “I don’t know. You’re not my table; you need to ask your own waiter.” It turned out that the waiter they had spoken to earlier had forgotten to place the order, but they did receive the grilled aubergines soon afterwards. The hamburgers were nice, but William soon discovered that the chips had been cooked in the microwave and were very hard and difficult to eat. They decided not to have dessert as they didn’t know what to expect. By the end of the meal, the family laughed about the whole experience. They were all having such a good time on their holiday that they thought that one dinner didn’t really make a difference. William’s sister made a joke and said: “Well, nothing else can go wrong.” Of course, as could be expected, when the bill arrived it was not correct: they had eaten four hamburgers, not five! They also had to leave a tip as, in the United States, it is very impolite not to do so. As William’s sister said afterwards, apart from the long wait, the bad chips and the expensive drinks, the bread was excellent!

9 1 When they first saw the hamburger place, William’s family

4 The word ‘they’ (line 28) refers to A people in the restaurant.

A decided to try it, although it looked small.

B staff in the restaurant.

B went in because it looked nice from the outside.

C the desserts.

C was encouraged to go in by the hostess.

D William’s family.

D went in because the hamburgers looked nice. 2 In the second paragraph, we learn that the side dishes A were neglected by the waiter. B served by the restaurant were only chips, baked potatoes or rice. C mentioned by the waiter weren’t included in the price of the hamburgers. D mentioned by the waiter had to be paid extra if you wanted the pepper sauce. 3 What does the family discover in the third paragraph? A That a different waiter brought them their starter dish. B That their waiter hadn’t ordered their starter dish. C That their waiter had forgotten to bring them their starter dish. D That their waiter had forgotten to place the aubergines on the grill.

5 By the end of their meal, William’s family A isn’t too upset because they are still having a lovely holiday overall. B isn’t too upset yet because they still have to pay the bill. C find the whole experience very funny. D find the whole experience indifferent. 6 By the end of the extract, we understand that William’s sister thinks A the nice bread hadn’t made up for the rest of the issues. B the restaurant was nice overall. C the nice bread made up for the rest of the issues. D they should have been given more bread.

Writing  PART 2 – Report Write an answer to the question below. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

A chain of fast-food restaurants is planning to open a branch in your area. The chain’s website has asked local students to write reports. It wants to know what type of people would use the restaurant, what type of food it should serve and where it should be located. The best report will win a prize.

Write your report.

133

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze

! | Exam Strategies • Read the four options carefully before you choose your answer. • Think carefully about words that have similar meanings. • Make sure your answer fits into the sentence. • Never choose more than one option.

For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

DOES YOUR FOOD SOUND GOOD? A recent study found that the taste of B by changing the food could be (0) ............... sonic properties of a background soundtrack. Although scientists are not (1) ............... sure what happens in the brain yet, something does happen. A famous British chef, Heston Blumenthal, has (2) ............... with this idea and has created a dish called the ‘Sound of the Sea’. It is served with an iPod playing sounds of the seaside and Heston is (3) ............... that it makes the food taste fresher. One crisp company changed the material it used to make packets, as the crunchier sound made the crisps taste fresher to (4) ............... . But more (5) ............... uses are being developed. One that could have an important (6) ............... is the use of music to remove unhealthy (7) ............... without people noticing the difference in taste. Potentially, you could (8) ............... the sugar in a food but use music to make it seem just as sweet to the person eating it.

134

0

A disrupted

B adjusted

C exchanged

D compromised

1

A entirely

B only

C extremely

D merely

2

A tested

B researched

C investigated

D experimented

3

A satisfactory

B thoughtful

C realistic

D convinced

4

A users

B consumers

C diners

D bestsellers

5

A overall

B inclusive

C widespread

D expanding

6

A impact

B weight

C cause

D basis

7

A items

B ingredients

C characteristics

D features

8

A drop

B sink

C reduce

D settle

9 PART 2 – Open cloze For each question 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

FAST FOOD: IS IT REALLY THAT BAD? is If fast food (0) .................... unhealthy, why is anybody (1) ........................ eating it? The answer is, because it’s cheap and because it’s right there. The USA is a country (2) ........................ one in four people visits a fast food restaurant every day. This might also be because if a fast food chain is (3) ........................ closest place to get hot food, people are going to eat there. But is it really that bad? Well, eating fast food regularly can lead to many health problems. Fast food restaurants often target children and teenagers. They give (4) ........................ lots of toys and gadgets so that they keep wanting to go back to eat there. In fact, in the USA, the fast food industry (5) ........................ billions of dollars on marketing and advertising! Why spend so much money (6) ........................ this publicity? Because it works. These advertising campaigns (7) ........................ children and teenagers want unhealthy food. In the USA, most young people watch over 40,000 commercials a year, so it’s not surprising that they want (8) ........................ eat fast food.

PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capital letters at the end of some of the lines to form a new word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

EAT MORE ALGAE solution Algae could provide a (0) .............................. to some of the world’s most complex problems. One problem researchers are struggling with is food (1) .............................. due to rising populations around the world. Algae can be (2) .............................. in the ocean, a big bonus with land and fresh water (3) .............................. in demand. Researchers who are interested in (4) .............................. food predict that algae farming could become one of the world’s biggest crops. It has long been a common food in some countries (5) .............................. Japan. Currently there is no large-scale, (6) .............................. algae farm in the UK, although such farms could easily work there and be very successful. The great thing about algae is it grows at a phenomenal rate, it’s (7) .............................. the fastest-growing plant on earth. Many (8) .............................. also say the biofuel derived from algae could help reduce the need for fossil fuels. That would be a wonderful additional benefit.

SOLVE SHORT GROW INCREASE SUSTAIN INCLUDE COMMERCE QUESTION SCIENCE

135

Nature & Endangered Species Vocabulary: Animals

Vocabulary: Linkers of sequencing and addition

Listening: Part 2

Reading and Use of English: Part 5

Grammar: Gerund and infinitive Speaking: Part 2

Vocabulary: Collective nouns Writing: Part 2

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 2, 3, 4

Warmer 1 Work in small groups. Look at the pictures and answer the following questions. 1 Can you name the animals in the pictures? 2 What wild animals can be found in the country where you live? How do people feel about them? A

B

C

D

E

F

136

10 Vocabulary  Animals

4

2 Use these words to complete the table. Some words can go in more than one column. hop • bark • climb • roar • pounce neigh • jump • gallop • hiss miaow • run • glide • thump Animal

0

cat

1

dog

2

horse

3

lion

4

rabbit

5

swan

Movement

climb, pounce

Sound

miaow

1-17 Listen to the recording. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

By protecting what are called species, many other 1 animals living in the same habitat are also protected. The greatest threat to North Atlantic whales comes from accidents involving 2

.

The speaker’s organisation is carrying out research on the impact of 3 on marine wildlife. According to the speaker, 4 is the most successful way of combating risks to endangered species. A group called 5 investigates the illegal trade in whales. The speaker likens the material of the Baleen whales’ feeding apparatus to human . 6 The weight of a large blue whale is equivalent to elephants. 7 In the Narwhal whale, a large tooth grows from its . 8 In the 16 century, the tooth of the Narwhal whale was believed to have 9 powers. The speaker believes that people have not been aware of the problems with ocean wildlife because it is less 10 .

Listening  PART 2 – Sentence completion  CRITICAL THINKING 3 You will hear a conservationist talking about wildlife conservation. Before you listen, discuss these questions with a partner.

 CRITICAL THINKING 5 Now discuss these questions in small groups. 1 Do you agree with the speaker when she says that we are less aware of the endangered species that live in the oceans? 2 How important is it for us to monitor changes in the oceans? Why?

1 What do you think are the main reasons some animals have become endangered species?

3 Many people believe that global warming could result in the thawing of the ice caps and a rise in sea level. What might the consequences be?

2 How important do you think it is to protect endangered species? What will happen if they die out?

4 Small plants called plankton are an important part of the food chain of the oceans. What do you think will happen if they die out?

137

Nature & Endangered Species

The Hunters That Became The Hunted

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

138

In the sixteenth century, the fabulously rich Mogul Emperor Akbar supposedly had a thousand cheetahs as part of his hunting entourage. Since then, however, India’s cheetahs have turned from the hunter to the hunted. The last three specimens were thought to have been shot in 1947. This Asiatic cheetah, once common in India and treasured by aristocrats for its ability to outrun and bring down antelopes, has been driven to the brink of global extinction. Just a few survive in a remote and mysterious region in Iran. India had hoped to import a breeding pair from there but has met with refusals from Iranian authorities who have also turned down requests for a sample of tissue to use in a cloning experiment. However, the Indian Government now plans to import cheetahs from Africa. Like a very similar species, their Asiatic cousins, African cheetahs stalk their prey in semiarid grasslands. Interestingly, their introduction might well encourage better land use in the areas where the animals will be encouraged to settle, although this is not stated in the plan. Suitable habitats are abundant in India but are not taken care of very well often due to a lack of staff. Experts hope that the cheetah, once reintroduced to India, will no longer be in danger of extinction. But wildlife lovers are unlikely to be reassured as India’s record for big cat conservation is not necessarily squeaky clean. Tigers, themselves a protected species, continue to decline in number despite a very expensive emergency plan. The tiger population has shrunk from 40,000 a century ago to just over 1,400. The problem lies in the fact that some forest rangers, some of whom are actually government employees, or other forest workers are under-paid, with the result that tiger skins are regularly advertised for sale – on the ‘black’ market of course. Members of the cheetah reintroduction programme will draw up a preliminary budget, likely to run into millions, to cover the import of cheetahs from Africa. However, looking back at the experience with tigers, there are some doubts as to whether sufficient resources will be dedicated to the cheetah. Above all, members are aware that the cheetah suffers from a weak immune system, which could result in high rates of mortality among newborns. The programme is going to found a captive breeding site for the cheetahs, where they will be kept at the start of the project. Once the breeding centre has been established and is working well, the cheetahs will be introduced into suitable habitats in different regions.

Supporters of the cheetah plan can, nevertheless, point to one great success story – the Gir Forest in Gujarat where there is a population of around 350 wild Asiatic lions. There are, however, large-scale deaths in the population annually because of ever-increasing competition between human and animal overcrowding. Furthermore, Asiatic lions require large territories but there is limited space at Gir wildlife sanctuary which is boxed in on all sides by heavy human habitation. Therefore, the goal is to establish a second independent population of Asiatic lions at a wildlife sanctuary in the Indian state of Madhya Pradesh. This is a warning to other wildlife protection projects to think carefully about the extent of the land provided for any wild species. If India can provide the same resources, care and determination to the reintroduction of the cheetah as it has to the Asiatic lion, the cheetah has a good chance of survival.

50

55

60

10 Reading and Use of English  PART 5 – Multiple choice  CRITICAL THINKING 6 You are going to read an article about

5 In the fourth paragraph, what does the writer emphasise about the cheetah reintroduction programme? A The survival rate of cheetah cubs might be quite low.

endangered big cats. Before you read it, discuss these questions in pairs.

B The difficulty of breeding cheetahs in captivity has been underestimated.

1 What value do zoos have?

C Releasing cheetahs from the programme into the wild will be the most critical stage.

2 Should the trade in endangered species be banned? Why/Why not?

7 For questions 1-6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

! | Exam Strategies Remember the questions are in the same order as the information in the text. You could just read question 1, find the answer and then go on to question 2, etc. 1 Why was the cheetah valued by the Moguls? A It was seen as a symbol of wealth. B It was believed to have magical qualities. C It was already considered a rare animal. D It was valued for its incredible speed.

D Finding sufficient funding won’t be a great challenge. 6 What has been learnt from the experience of providing a sanctuary for lions? A A wildlife sanctuary should encourage the public to visit it. B The size of a wildlife sanctuary is critical. C A wildlife sanctuary’s success depends only on its location. D Education programmes should form part of a wildlife sanctuary’s activities.

8 Find words and phrases in the text which have these meanings. 1 on the point of dying out around the world (paragraph 1) 2 refused (paragraph 1) 3 become smaller in number (paragraph 3)

2 According to the second paragraph, what could be the unintended benefit of importing African cheetahs? A Opportunities for employment will increase.

4 have a health problem (paragraph 4) 5 aim (paragraph 5) 6 continued existence (paragaph 5)

B Other wild animals will be better protected. C Awareness of endangered species will be raised. D Habitats suitable for cheetahs will be managed more effectively. 3 What is meant by ‘squeaky clean’ in lines 25-26? A B C D

dishonest hypocritical faultless innocent

4 What is the main reason for the continuing decline of the tiger population in India? A No national policy to protect them exists. B There is an illegal demand for tiger products. C Forest rangers lack sufficient training. D Their natural habitat is being destroyed.

139

Nature & Endangered Species Vocabulary  Linkers

Grammar  Gerund and infinitive

See Appendix 2 on page 305

See page 143

9 Look at the sentence below from the text you have just read on page 138.

14 Read the article and underline the gerunds and

Furthermore, Asiatic lions require large territories...

infinitives in the text.

Furthermore is a linker you can use when you are adding information. Write down three other linkers of addition.

Survivor the Elephant

10 Complete the linkers. The first letter has been given. 1 You are late for biology again. F ............... , you haven’t brought your text book.

5

2 I... a............... to his book on African elephants, you can also find a collection of his photos in the library. 3 The weather was hot. M............... , the air was very humid.

10

4 Grizzly bears are dangerous. W......... i... m.......... , they increasingly come into towns looking for food. 5 Wolves have been found on farmers’ land where they are a threat n.......... o.......... to sheep b.......... a.......... to humans

15

11 To describe a sequence of events, we use words such as first, second, third and finally to provide a logical structure. What other words can we use to describe a series of events?

20

12 Using sequencing linkers, write a cohesive paragraph describing your typical day. 25

13 Complete the text using linkers of addition and/ or sequencing linkers.

The arguments against hunting are clear. (1) .........., as a type of free time activity it is really questionable. Who thinks that killing is a sport? (2) .........., a significant number of people are killed or injured while hunting. (3)  .........., it is not necessary as a way of controlling the population of certain wild animals; nature has a way of controlling numbers without human intervention. (4) .........., hunting should never be considered as a free time activity or as a means of animal population control.

140

VIDEO

Elephants have been so heavily poached that they are extremely afraid of coming up close to humans. Each time this herd of elephants saw us they ran away. We desperately wanted some of the elephants to accept us and we needed to know that our conservation programme was working. Then, one afternoon, we heard loud rustling noises and we watched in wonder as an elephant stood right on the edge of camp. We had built our camp here because the Marula trees offer shade in the hot season, but this elephant’s family had probably been coming to eat the fruits for many generations. Now our camp stood in his way. The elephant took one step toward the fruits. Then he stopped and was obviously not prepared to risk coming any further. We hoped he’d keep on coming. For 20 minutes he stood there and then finally he dared to walk quickly into the camp to within ten yards of the office cottage, where he began feeding on the fruits. That was just the beginning. The elephant started coming every day. Seventy per cent of the elephants in this area had been shot by poachers before we came. The ones that remain are cunning, alert and worried about being close to man. But this elephant had learned to trust us. He represents hope for all elephants so we named him Survivor.

10 15 Look at the words you’ve underlined. Certain verbs such as dare, prepare and want are always followed by the infinitive, while risk is always followed by the gerund. Learning these patterns can be a challenge. One rule is that, in general, prepositions are followed by the gerund. Look at the table below, choose three verbs from each column and write sentences of your own. verb + preposition + gerund

be + adjective + preposition + gerund (see also Unit 4)

apologise for

be afraid of

approve of

be ashamed of

argue about

be capable of

complain about

be critical of

consist of

be enthusiastic about

depend on

be familiar with

forgive someone for

be famous for

give up

be fond of

interfere with

be nervous about

look forward to

be proud of

succeed in

be responsible for

talk about

be sad about

take part in

be tired of

there’s no point in

be worried about

16 Now choose three verbs from each column of this table and write sentences. verb + gerund

verb + infinitive

admit

agree

advise

afford

avoid

arrange

delay

choose

discuss

consent

feel like

dare

finish

decide

imagine

expect

miss

fail

recommend

hope

regret

intend

resist

manage

suggest

plan

understand

tend

17 Some verbs such as like, love, hate, begin, start and prefer can be followed either by the infinitive or the gerund. 1 When like, love, hate, begin and prefer are used with would, are they followed by the infinitive or the gerund? 2 What verb form do you use after I’d rather? 3 Write two sentences using these verbs – one must be in the would form.

18 There are some verbs, however, which can be followed by either the infinitive or the gerund, but the meaning changes. What is the difference in meaning between the pairs of sentences below? 1 A I remembered to feed the parrot this morning. B I remember feeding the parrot its favourite food. 2 A He forgot to post the card. B He’ll never forget posting the card. 3 A She stopped the car to help the injured animal. B She stopped going to wildlife parks. 4 A If you seriously care about conservation, it means taking the time to do something about it. B She meant to take some photos of the elephants but she ran out of time. 5 A The speaker from WWF went on talking about the destruction of the forests until the end of his speech. B The speaker from WWF then went on to talk about the destruction of the forests until the end of his speech. 6 A She tried to take photographs of the giraffe. B She tried photographing the giraffe.

! | Frequent Mistakes I’m looking forward to seeing you. NOT I’m looking forward to see you. He was afraid of the monkeys. NOT He was afraid with the monkeys. I can’t imagine working with snakes! NOT I can’t imagine to work with snakes! She agreed to give a large donation to the wildlife fund. NOT She agreed giving a large donation to the wildlife fund.

141

Nature & Endangered Species Speaking  PART 2 – Long turn 19 Work in pairs. Student A, look at photographs A and B. They show people working in different situations. Compare the photographs and say why the people might have chosen to work in these situations. Student B, check that student A: • speaks for one minute • uses modal verbs to talk about the past (write examples down) • uses words from this unit (write examples down) • uses linkers from this unit (write them down)

Vocabulary  Collective nouns 22 We have seen that the collective noun for a group of elephants is herd. Work in pairs and match the collective nouns (1-6) to the animals (A-F). Use a monolingual dictionary to help you. 1

school

A snakes

2

swarm

B flies

3

flock

C sharks

4

nest

D wolves

5

pack

E oysters

6

bed

F sheep

Writing  PART 2 – Review See Writing Bank on page 245 A

B

 GET CREATIVE 23 You recently saw this notice in an international nature magazine.

20 Change roles. Student B, look at photographs C and D. They show animals in danger in different situations. Compare the photographs and say which situation can be more easily prevented. Student A, check that student B: • speaks for one minute • uses gerunds and infinitives (write examples down) • uses words from this unit (write examples down) • uses linkers from this unit (write them down)

Reviews needed We are starting a new section in the magazine called ‘Great Nature Programmes around the World’. Could you write a review of your favourite documentary for this section? In your review, say what the documentary is about, what kind of impression it made on you, and why you liked it so much.

Write your review in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

! | Exam Strategies 1 Brainstorm your ideas. C

D

2 Organise your ideas into paragraphs. 3 Think of the linkers you are going to use, e.g. addition or

sequencing, etc.

21 When talking about the pictures, could you... 1 2 3 4 5

142

say what you wanted to say? use precise vocabulary to describe them? use grammar accurately? pronounce words clearly? give your talk a logical structure?

4 Think about what kind of language you are going to use,

e.g. the language of describing, explaining, giving opinions, etc. 5 Decide which register you are going to use, e.g. formal/

informal/neutral.

Workbook Grammar Reference Gerund and Infinitive

VIDEO

The gerund is used: 1 after prepositions. – By protecting endangered species, we are preserving the planet’s diversity. 2 after certain verbs such as finish, regret, consider, miss, avoid, delay, admit, deny and imagine. – The safari park would not consider calling in a wildlife specialist due to the expense. – They had delayed protecting the animals until it was virtually too late. – The fishermen admitted catching dolphins in their nets. 3 after phrasal verbs. – They carried on destroying the natural habitat of elephants. – The only way to save cheetahs is to go on protecting them. – They have given up hunting foxes. 4 after certain expressions. – Would you mind emailing the report on whaling? – It’s no use making laws against the destruction of the rainforest. – It’s not worth organising a campaign to save sharks as many people are scared of them. – I look forward to reading the report on gorillas in the wild. 5 after verbs followed by prepositions. – The children were interested in finding out about butterflies. – The Prince of Wales has been involved in educating people about the countryside.

1 Put the verbs into the correct form, infinitive or gerund. 1 They will never get away with .................... the ocean like that. (pollute) 2 I’d rather .................... on a wildlife safari holiday than just lie on a beach somewhere. (go) 3 My brother intends .................... for an animal rescue organisation if possible. (work) 4 There’s no point in .................... about that now. (worry) 5 Hadn’t we better .................... the article about polar bears before doing our homework? (read) 6 The guide warned us .................... the monkeys. (not feed)

The infinitive is used: 1 without to after certain verbs. (see also modal verbs in Units 7, 9 and 15) – He would rather work for the WWF than for a safari park. – I had better check if the organisation really does protect the animals. – He would sooner see the giraffes in the wild than in a zoo. 2 with to after certain verbs. – He wants to work in animal conservation. – They didn’t manage to see the lions. – She arranged to meet the ranger at dawn. – We agreed to donate €20 to the Save the Giant Panda campaign. 3 after certain verbs, which are followed by the object + to. – They expect us to deliver the results of the survey on zoos by next week. – The government encourages people to protect wildlife. – The guide warned the tourists to be careful of kangaroos on the road. After certain verbs either the infinitive or the gerund can be used, e.g. love, like, hate and prefer, try, stop and mean, but the meaning can change. • see/watch/hear + object + gerund refer to an incomplete activity. – I saw the lions drinking at the waterhole = they hadn’t finished drinking. • see/watch/hear + object + base infinitive refer to a completed activity. – I watched the lamb drink the bottle = it had the drink and finished it. 7 I’m really looking forward to .................... the documentary. (watch) 8 Can you imagine .................... pandas in the wild? It must be amazing! (see) 9 The teacher’s going to involve the children in .................... a wildlife project. (do) 10 Would you mind .................... Jenny if I can go bird watching with her? (ask) 11 If the government doesn’t do something soon, we’ll end up .................... a lot of our native mammals. (lose) 12 I’d rather .................... a fake fur coat than a real fur one. (wear)

143

Workbook - Nature & Endangered Species

Practice 1 Choose the best linking word or phrase below to complete each gap in the text. as long as • although • therefore • what’s more • unless • due to • in addition to • despite • whilst

THE

GIANT PANDA

The giant panda is one of the world’s best known endangered animals and three-quarters of the remaining population now live in nature reserves. 1 ....................... this level of protection, the panda is still regarded as an endangered species, mostly 2 ....................... the fact that its natural habitat is disappearing. 3 ....................... it was once found in various parts of the country, the giant panda now only lives in six isolated mountain ranges in south-central China. The animal typically leads a solitary life and 4 ....................... it can find plenty of bamboo, which is its favourite food, spends most of its time quietly feeding. 5 ....................... being an internationally recognised symbol of conservation, giant pandas are also cute, and tourists go to China hoping to see one. 6 ....................... this tourism is good for the local economy, and so helps to protect the panda, it also brings development of roads and other facilities, which further break up the natural environment. The future of the giant panda, 7 ....................... , remains in doubt.

animal could easily move on to a new area once it had eaten up all the local bamboo, but these days this is more difficult. 9 ....................... more can be done

8 ....................... , finding a supply of fresh bamboo to eat is a problem for the panda. At one time, the

to protect its natural environment, the panda could still become extinct in the wild.

2 Use the correct form of these verbs to complete the following sentences. raise • pose • put • focus draw up • adopt • give in to 1 Global warming ....................... a huge threat to the survival of polar bears. 2 The organisation had so little money that a plan had to be ....................... to share it out fairly. 3 Eric was ....................... his own life at risk by diving into the river to rescue his dog.

144

4 I was trying to give up chocolate, but I ....................... temptation when I saw the cake my friend had made. 5 We need to ....................... people’s awareness of the importance of recycling plastic bottles. 6 Everyone’s attention was so ....................... on the penguins’ antics, that nobody noticed the pickpocket at work. 7 Deforestation is a big problem worldwide and we should all ....................... a responsible attitude and avoid buying hardwood furniture.

10 3 Choose the best word to complete the idiomatic

5 Complete the sentences with the correct

expressions.

preposition.

1 My grandfather just couldn’t understand how to use a mobile phone and he said that you can’t teach an old cat/dog/monkey new tricks.

1 If you’re not used to public speaking, it’s natural to be nervous ................ doing it the first time.

2 If you tell John’s girlfriend that you saw him with Helen, you’ll really be setting the cat among the mice/dogs/pigeons. 3 Sally was angry with her children because they made real pigs/donkeys/whales of themselves at the barbecue and later felt sick. 4 Monica is such a dark puma/horse/sheep; she’s gone off to Australia to work on a sheep ranch without telling anybody. 5 Robert is the black goat/wolf/sheep of the family. His brothers are all lawyers, but he ended up in prison.

2 I wasn’t satisfied ................ the meal I was served in the restaurant, so I complained to the management. 3 People who are fond ................ cats generally don’t like dogs, and vice-versa! 4 The children were really enthusiastic ................ visiting the dolphin pool. 5 Zoo animals must get tired ................ people staring at them all day.

6 Complete the sentences with one of the words below. schools • swarms • flocks • nests beds • packs

6 Melanie decided it was time to take the cow/goat/bull by the horns and tell her brother how much his attitude annoyed her.

1 ......................... of flies can be very annoying!

7 Mary took to kick-boxing like a duck/fish/dolphin to water.

2 There are big ................ of wolves in the forest. That’s a scary thought!

8 The villain in the film seemed very nice at first, but turned out to be a cow/wolf/fox in sheep’s clothing.

4 Write the correct form of the verb in brackets in each sentence. 1 If you enjoy ......................... (work) in the open air, why don’t you apply for a job as a forest ranger? 2 Many people stopped ......................... (smoke) simply because they couldn’t afford it, but then discovered the enormous health benefits.

3 Do you think there are many ......................... of oysters in the Mediterranean? 4 The farmers need to look after their ......................... of sheep and the rest of their animals, especially in winter. 5 My sister went scuba diving last year and she saw some ......................... of sharks, but not the dangerous kind. They are called nurse sharks. 6 I was so afraid to come across ......................... of snakes. They have some really poisonous ones in Australia!

3 The coach stopped ......................... (pick up) some passengers, so we took the opportunity to get a breath of fresh air. 4 I’m sure I locked the door before we went out, but I don’t remember ......................... (close) the windows. 5 If you decide to get a pet, it means ......................... (take) responsibility for its well-being. 6 We can’t wait ......................... (meet) the guide who’s going to take us round the wildlife park. 7 I advise you ......................... (take) the open-top bus tour when you visit the city.

145

Workbook - Nature & Endangered Species Reading and Use of English  PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). 0 A interested

B attracted

C fascinated

D keen

A parrot as a friend A in parrots as soon as I saw one on TV. I was I became (0) ……… watching a nature programme as a child. My parents eventually bought me a small blue one for my birthday. Parrots are (1) ……… unusual pets, all my friends had cats or dogs. As a kid, this (2) ……… me stand out and all my classmates wanted to come to my house and spend time with my parrot, I called him Freddy. I’d (3) ……… with him on my arm, running around the table and pretending to be a pirate. I have a strong (4) ……… that Freddy is one of the reasons why I’m studying Biology at university: he made me love nature. He still lives in my parent’s house; parrots have a very long live! Although he can’t stay with me as I study in a big city and he wouldn’t enjoy it, I go back often and I love (5) ……… a tick next to the short list of words I am trying to teach him. In the (6) ……… of three years I plan on getting a job in the countryside and look after him again. Parrots are very intelligent, but because of this they also (7) ……… to have a lot of care and attention. There are so many wonderful species of parrots but, because of deforestation, they are losing their natural habitat and some of them have become very rare (8) ……… .

1 A eventually

B relatively

C effectively

D usually

2 A enabled

B let

C made

D showed

3 A get away

B set off

C make out

D pass by

4 A belief

B chance

C hope

D wish

5 A checking

B doing

C crossing

D putting

6 A space

B time

C period

D gap

7 A last

B need

C take

D require

8 A enough

B indeed

C altogether

D yet

146

10 Listening  PART 1 – Multiple choice 1-18

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 You hear a man talking about his work with animals. What does he do now? A He’s a vet. B He’s a zookeeper. C He’s a forest ranger. 2 You hear a couple discussing solar energy. What do they agree about it? A It wouldn’t be very cost effective for them. B It’s inappropriate for the area they live in. C The equipment is unattractive to look at. 3 You hear part of a news item on the radio. What has caused problems for farmers this month? A high winds

7 You hear a man talking about a nature reserve he visited. How did he feel after the visit? A pleased with what he had achieved B angry with the management C sorry for his behaviour 8 You hear a tour guide talking to some tourists. What is she doing? A telling them about an unforeseen problem B recommending ways of avoiding a problem C advising them what to do if they have a problem

Writing  PART 1 – Essay In your English class you have been talking about whether zoos are a good thing or not. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

B high rainfall C high temperatures 4 You hear a teacher talking to his class about some written work. What is he doing?

Is it right to keep wild animals in zoos?

A setting a new deadline for it B suggesting a good topic for it

Notes

C recommending the best layout for it

Write about:

5 You hear two friends talking about a wildlife film they have seen. What do they think of it? A Some of the scenes were upsetting.

1 whether keeping animals in zoos is cruel 2 why zoos are important for conservation and education 3 ………………… (your own idea)

B The storyline was very predictable. C It presented an unrealistic view of animals.

Write your essay in 140-190 words.

6 You hear part of an interview with a game warden. He says that most of the tourists he works with A have little interest in the wildlife. B come unprepared for the conditions. C have unreal expectations of what they’ll see.

147

Reading and Use of English PART 2 – Open cloze

! | Exam Strategies • If your answer is a verb, make sure it agrees with its subject. • I f your answer is a pronoun, make sure it agrees with its subject; check whether it should be singular or plural, masculine, feminine or neuter. • D on’t worry if you think there are two correct answers. If there are two correct answers, choose only one. The mark scheme includes all correct answers.e.g. formal/informal/neutral.

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

THE KAKAPO PARROT in The kakapo parrot is a unique creature (0) ......................... several ways. Not only is it the world’s heaviest parrot weighing around 4 kilograms, (1) ......................... it is the world’s only flightless parrot. Moreover, it is the only nocturnal parrot. The kakapo parrot lives in New Zealand, an island country which had virtually (2) ......................... mammals living on it (3) ......................... millions of years. It was a place inhabited by birds and reptiles. The kakapo did (4) ......................... learn the defence mechanisms to combat or escape mammalian predators and this made the parrot very vulnerable when new animals (5) ......................... brought to the islands first by Polynesians and then Europeans. By the early 1970s kakapos (6) ......................... almost become extinct as predators such as rats and cats killed the helpless young birds in their nests on the ground. (7) ......................... an intensive programme of breeding and protection by the New Zealanders, currently there are fewer than 150 kakapos left in the wild – (8) ......................... few that almost all of them have names given to them by conservationists.

PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capital letters at the end of some of the lines to form a new word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

SHOOTING WILDLIFE – WITH A CAMERA challenging subject for cameras than wildlife. There is probably no more (0) .............................. This is why it is so (1) .............................. popular. Whether it is digital or film, polar bears or flycatchers, the hunt for the perfect shot is (2) .............................. . It is not like photographing a building, wedding or landscape where the subject matter is more willing or helpful. The subject is invariably erratic, (3) .............................. and difficult to find. However the search for this precious image is what makes it such fun and so (4) .............................. . It is an (5) .............................. that should never be carried out purely for money or in a (6) .............................. way. Sadly, there are some shameful photographers who seem to leave their code of ethics at home, if they ever had any. Even some well-known (7) .............................. care little for the delicate nature of their environment. Getting the image should never take (8) .............................. over ensuring no harm is done to the animal or the environment.

148

CHALLENGE UNIVERSE END DANGER REWARD ACT COMPETE PROFESSION PREFER

10 PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 Let’s take some photos of those monkeys as we’re going back to the hotel. WAY

on our way

Let’s take some photos of those monkeys ................................................................. back to the hotel. 1 Very few people came to the talk on pandas on Wednesday. TURNED Hardly ................................................................. the talk on pandas on Wednesday. 2 I don’t recommend keeping turtles as pets. ADVISABLE It is ................................................................. turtles as pets. 3 They might not find it easy to catch the kangaroos. COULD It ................................................................. them to catch the kangaroos. 4 They say photographers who work for that wildlife magazine get paid the most. HIGHEST They say photographers who work for that wildlife magazine are ................................................................. salaries. 5 The vet was bitten by the lamb because she was focusing on its injured leg. PAYING If the vet ................................................................. to the lamb’s injured leg, she wouldn’t have been bitten. 6 ‘Mr Botes, you sold these animal skins illegally,’ said the park ranger. ACCUSED The park ranger ................................................................. those animal skins illegally.

149

Work & Job Satisfaction

Listening: Part 3

Vocabulary: So and such (a) Vocabulary: Too and enough Vocabulary: Work Reading and Use of English: Part 6 Grammar: Relative pronouns and relative clauses Speaking: Part 3 Writing: Part 2 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 3, 4

Warmer  DISCUSS 1 Look at the pictures below and discuss these questions in pairs. 1 Which jobs do these pictures show? 2 Which of these jobs would you like to do? Why/Why not? 3 What sort of person is best suited to these jobs? What sort of personality should they have? A

B

C

2 Write ten other jobs. There is a hint next to each one. 1 b............................. (houses) 2 c............................. (wood) 3 c............................. (hotel)

150

4 c............................. (food) 5 d............................. (ouch!) 6 f.......................... a.......................... (airplane)

7 n............................. (hospital) 8 f.......................... o.......................... (dangerous) 9 e............................. (bridge)

11 Listening  PART 3 – Multiple matching 3 You are going to listen to five different people talking about job interviews. Before you listen, discuss with a partner. What do you think is important when you’re preparing to go for an interview? Write a list.

5 In pairs, complete phrases 1-5 for giving advice or making suggestions to a friend who’s going to their first interview. 1 If I were you, I’d... 2 Why don’t you... 3 Have you thought about... 4 You should perhaps... 5 You really ought to...

! | Exam Strategies 1 Read the context sentence carefully to get an idea of what the people will be talking about. 2 Read the options carefully. Highlight anything you think you may forget, e.g. option A in this task has a verb in the negative form. 3 Listen for synonyms of the options.

6 Work in pairs. Tell each other about a problem with your studies or work. Give your partner advice, using the phrases in exercise 5.

Vocabulary  So and such (a)

4 Beware of word spots, i.e. if you hear the word ‘skills’, it does not necessarily mean this speaker is talking about option G.

7 Look at the two sentences below. When do we

5 Be careful because there is often ‘distraction’ in what a speaker says. That means he/she may talk about one of the options but this may not answer the question.

B I have never seen him display such a range of skills.

6 Check carefully when you listen again.

use such and such + a/an? A I have never seen him display such confidence.

Now look at these two sentences. How do we use so and such? C I didn’t really enjoy my internship because the work I had to do was so boring.

4

1-19

For questions 1-5, choose from the list (A-H) the advice about interviews that each person gives. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use. A Don’t arrive in a panic. B Dress appropriately. C Get advice from all of your friends. D Find out why they need you. E Learn about the company. F Put your papers in a plastic bag. G Write down the skills needed in the job. H Make a list of your questions and notes. Speaker 1

1

Speaker 2

2

Speaker 3

3

Speaker 4

4

Speaker 5

5

D I didn’t really enjoy my internship because I had to do such boring work.

8 Rewrite the sentences using such instead of so. 0 The interview guide was so good that I read it to the end.

such It was .................................................. a good interview guide that I read it to the end. 1 He waited so long for the bus that he was late for work. He waited ................................................................................... ........................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................... 2 She was so determined to become a ballerina that she hardly went out. She had ........................................................................................ ........................................................................................................... 3 I liked the interviewer – she was so friendly. I liked ............................................................................................. ........................................................................................................... ...........................................................................................................

151

Work & Job Satisfaction  Too and enough 9 Look at the position of enough in the sentences below and explain the rule. A She didn’t get the job because she didn’t have enough experience. B She didn’t get the job because she wasn’t experienced enough.

Reading and Use of English  PART 6 – Gapped text  CRITICAL THINKING 12 You are going to read an article about job satisfaction. Before you read the text, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 What does job satisfaction mean to you?

Now look at the sentences below and explain how we use too. C The train arrived too late for her to get to work on time. D Too many students arrive late for class because they can’t get up in the morning. E Students often waste too much time on activities unconnected with their studies.

10 Use the phrases below to replace not + adjective + enough in the sentences. too young • too far • too expensive too slowly • too boring 0 The work is not interesting enough to motivate him. The work is too boring to motivate him.

2 How important is it to you to have a job that you like? 3 Many people define themselves by their job. Do you agree with this? Why/Why not?

13 Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A What you need to do is to step back and get an overview of which areas of your life are out of sync. B Luckily, when they do not, it’s good to know that it is possible to get job satisfaction from a practical and clear-headed choice of career.

1 The train is not cheap enough for commuters to use it to go to work.

C Or team up with a supportive friend and meet regularly to listen to each other’s successes.

2 She is not old enough to get a job.

D The money, prestige and control hold little value for you.

3 He doesn’t work fast enough to be able to achieve what he needs to.

E I sincerely doubt it.

4 The office isn’t close enough for her to walk to work.

F One tiny thing you can do is to be clear about what your job responsibilities actually are. G Certain features of your personality make some jobs a better fit for you than others.

 Work

14 Usually in a text, the first or sometimes the last

11 Match the two halves of these sentences about work. 1

His salary is paid into his bank account

2

Blue-collar workers receive their wages

3

Some employees receive a bonus

A every Friday. B on the last working day of the month. C which is generally a percentage of their salary.

152

sentence of a paragraph is the key sentence; it summarises the main point made in that paragraph. Underline and read the first sentence in paragraphs 1, 3, 4, 5 and 6, and the last sentence in paragraph 2.

 GET CREATIVE 15 Using the ideas from paragraphs 2-6, give your partner some suggestions for finding job satisfaction. Use phrases from exercise 5.

11 Getting the most from your job

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

For many of us, the idea of having a job that is truly satisfying – the kind where work doesn’t feel like work anymore – is the stuff of fantasies. There may well be some people who have found a way of doing what they love and getting paid for it such as musicians, professional sports stars or explorers, but most of us are not in that situation. Is there actually anyone out there who dreams of having a monotonous, boring job? 1 Dreaming of the perfect career is one thing but reality is another. When they happily coincide, then seize the moment and enjoy it. 2 Job satisfaction doesn’t have to mean chasing glamour or making pots of money from your hobby. The root of job satisfaction lies in your attitude and expectations. Whether you work on a fruit farm, in a factory, in the smallest office in a skyscraper or in a sports centre, the secret is to understand what makes you happy at work. People say that there are three basic approaches to work and you need to ask yourself whether it is a job, a career or a passion. If you see your work as a job, then it is probably the financial aspect that holds the most interest for you. This will have the greatest impact on whether you stay or leave. If you see your work as a career, then it is the prospect of promotion and development opportunities that appeals to you. If your work is a passion, it’s the work itself that determines your motivation and satisfaction. Of course, these are generalisations and 3 you will probably find that it’s a mix of all of the above that gives you job satisfaction.

50

55

60

65

70

75

set their staff up to fail. While you can’t prevent things like this from happening altogether, you can gain a clearer view of what you need to do and help your situation move forward by learning to speak up assertively. Communicate your point with clarity and respect and you’ll improve your working life and decrease your risk of burnout. Another change you can bring about is to maintain a balanced lifestyle. If it’s all work and no play, you may find your ability to work beginning to diminish. 5 You need to ask yourself if you are spending enough time on your friends, family, hobbies, exercise, and even if you’re getting enough sleep at night. If the answer’s ‘no’ to any of these questions, then look at your priorities and make some changes so that your lifestyle doesn’t just focus on work. Finally, we all need to feel recognised and rewarded for what we do. If your job doesn’t have built-in opportunities for recognition or if rewards are infrequent, you may need to add them to your own life. You could go to a film, pamper yourself with a day spent at a spa or buy yourself something nice when you want to reward yourself for having, for example, completed a month at work or finished that allimportant project. 6 A simple thing like that can bring about more job satisfaction, especially if you work in a field where recognition for what you’ve achieved is sparse.

Once you have identified the triggers that work for you, you can improve your situation by making a few minor adjustments. 4 Unfortunately, it’s not always possible to know exactly what the requirements are. Some bosses are lousy communicators, vague about their expectations, assign new tasks with little advance warning, and generally

153

Work & Job Satisfaction Grammar  Relative pronouns

 Defining relative clauses

See page 157

The information in a defining relative clause is key to understanding the meaning of the sentence.

and relative clauses

The document that I need has ‘confidential’ written in red on the front cover.

 Relative pronouns 16 Look at the table at the bottom of the page with a partner. When is who a subject pronoun? When is who an object pronoun? Which of the two can you omit? For sentences 1-4, decide whether the relative pronoun is a subject or object pronoun. The first one has been done as an example.

Defining relative clauses are often used in definitions. A sailor is someone who works on a ship.

19 Complete the following definitions. 1 An architect is someone ...........................

17 Write the correct relative pronoun in each gap. Put a cross next to the sentence if you can omit the relative pronoun. 1 The man ............... mobile rang during the meeting was very embarrassed. 2 The project ............... I have been working on was very interesting.

2 A vegetarian is someone ........................... 3 A concert pianist is someone ........................... 4 A physiotherapist is someone ........................... 5 A psychiatric nurse is someone ...........................

20 Combine the following pairs of sentences. Omit

3 He ignored the warning light ............... was red.

the relative pronoun if possible.

4 She came to the interview with a friend ............... waited in the car.

0 James works for a company. The company makes cars.

5 The girl ............... birthday it was received champagne from her colleagues.

18 You can also use when to introduce a relative clause. You can also omit when in defining relative clauses.

James works for a company that makes cars. 1 You made an offer. I can’t accept it. 2 She recently went back to the town. She was born there. 3 I didn’t get the job. I applied for it.

1 What other words can be used to introduce relative clauses? Can they be omitted?

4 We ordered a book on careers. It was rather pricey.

2 Write a sentence for each word which can introduce relative clauses.

5 The woman is sitting at the desk over there. She is Mr Smith’s secretary.

Relative pronoun

Use

Example

0 We talked about the teenager who got a job at the TV channel. subject pronoun

who

subject or object pronoun for people

which

subject or object pronoun for animals or things

1 Have you seen the file which Richard left on my desk?

whose

possessive for people, animals and things

Do you know Maria whose mother is a doctor?

whom

object pronoun for people (rather formal)

They were invited by the speaker whom they had met at the conference.

that

subject or object pronoun for people, animals and things (in defining relative clauses)

154

00 The girl who I met at work is very friendly. object pronoun.

2 Where is the paper which was on the table?

3 The job that he was offered is a fantastic opportunity. 4 Everything that went wrong is my fault.

11  Non-defining relative clauses Non-defining relative clauses give additional information about a person or thing and are put between commas. N.B. In non-defining clauses, you can’t omit the relative pronoun. The strike at the factory, which lasted for a week, is now over.

21 Combine the following pairs of sentences and make any necessary changes.

He was interviewed by three companies, all of which offered him a job. Two women, neither of whom I had seen before, came into my office. Combine the following sentences using phrases from the box. 1 I sent out two letters. Neither of them arrived. 2 Six people applied for the job. None of them were sufficiently qualified.

0 Yesterday I met Mr Brown. He told me he is retiring next week. Yesterday I met Mr Brown, who told me he is retiring next week.

3 Gina made a lot of suggestions. Many of them were very useful.

1 She gave me the address of the company. I wrote it down on a piece of paper.

5 He ordered two books. Both came within a week.

2 Paola is going to Canada to work. Her sister has been living there for 5 years. 3 A friend of mine helped me get a job. His father is the CEO of the company.

4 There were a lot of people at the conference. I knew a few of them.

23 Combine the sentences, two by two, in the paragraph below using relative pronouns and clauses.

4 That man over there is a famous artist. I don’t remember his name. 5 The chef was late this morning. He is usually on time. 5

! | Frequent Mistakes He didn’t get the job he wanted because he wasn’t experienced enough. NOT He didn’t get the job he wanted because he wasn’t enough experienced.

William Shakespeare was the son of a farmer. He was born in April 1564. He married Anne Hathaway in 1582. He had three children. In 1592 he went to London. There he joined an acting company. In 1595 he became a shareholder of the acting company. He wrote his famous sonnets and plays there. In 1597 he bought a house in Stratford. He retired there in 1610.

She didn’t have enough time to get to the bank. NOT She didn’t have time enough to get to the bank. The man that I saw was an expert in his field. NOT The man which I saw was an expert in his field. The only thing that keeps me awake is coffee. NOT The only thing what keeps me awake is coffee.

22 You can also use these expressions followed by whom for people and which for things. none of • many of • much of (a) few of • some of • any of • half of each of • both of • neither of either of • one of

155

Work & Job Satisfaction Speaking  PART 3 – Collaborative task

Writing  PART 2 – Report See Writing Bank on page 248

24 Work in pairs. Imagine that a company wants to

26 You are going to write a report. Read the Writing

provide better facilities for employees to increase staff motivation. Here are some of their ideas and a question for you to discuss. Talk about how successful these suggestions might be in motivating staff. Then decide which one you think most employees would prefer.

task in exercise 28 but before you start writing, look at the following pieces of advice. Tick those that you feel confident you can achieve.

providing free parking building a gym

installing a games room

How successful would these suggestions be in motivating staff?

providing a subsidised canteen

moving to a brand new state-of-the-art building

! | Exam Strategies Don’t worry about remembering what the interlocutor has asked you to do. The question is always written in the booklet that he/she gives you. So look at the question and the options from time to time to remind yourself of the focus.

25 Change partners and explain your choice and give reasons for it. If your partner chooses a different facility, try to persuade him/her that your idea is better. Here are some expressions you can use. Add two more expressions to each list. To express only partial agreement: Well, I see what you mean but... Yes, I agree up to a point but... That’s one way of looking at it but... 1 ............................................................................................................. 2 ............................................................................................................. To persuade someone: I’m sure you’ll agree that it’s important to... Don’t you think that... might be a better idea? Look at it this way... 3 ............................................................................................................. 4 .............................................................................................................

156

1

The content should give information on how best to prepare for an interview.

2

Your ideas should be clearly organised.

3

You should use paragraphs and appropriate linkers.

4

Headings would be helpful.

5

You need to use the language of explanation and description, e.g. explain how to get over nerves and describe what to wear.

6

You should use appropriate phrases, e.g. to make recommendations.

7

You must use an appropriate register.

8

You need to hold the reader’s interest.

27 What are you going to do about the advice you feel less confident about? Exchange ideas with a partner.

 GET CREATIVE 28 You have had a class discussion on how best to prepare for a university interview. Your teacher has asked you to write a report for other students at your school giving them some advice on what to do. You should include information on how to dress, how to prepare for the interview, and how to overcome nervousness. Write your report in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

Workbook Grammar Reference Relative pronouns and relative clauses Relative pronouns

6 Where refers to place. – He spent many years working in the US where he learnt English.

1 Who refers to people. – The man who gave me the job is sitting on the right.

7 Why refers to reason. – She knew exactly why she was there.

2 Which/that refer to things. – The report that he wrote is the best I’ve ever seen.

Relative clauses

3 Whom refers to people if they are the object of the clause. However, whom is generally only used in formal English. – The woman whom I work with was recently given a substantial pay rise. 4 Whose refers to people or things and is possessive. – He is a well-known author whose work is respected worldwide. 5 When refers to time. – He remembers exactly when he made the decision to become a neurosurgeon.

1 Defining relative clauses: • give essential information • do not have commas • can omit relative pronouns when they are the object of the following verb – He told me about the job (that/which) he had applied for. 2 Non-defining relative clauses: • give extra, non-essential information • have commas • can’t omit relative pronouns – Bill Gates, who was born in Seattle, is one of the richest men in the world.

1 Read this email from Michael to his friend Pauline. For each space, put relative pronouns whose/where/ which/that/when/who or 0 if you don’t need a relative pronoun.

Dear Pauline In your last email you asked me to tell you all about the things (1) .................... I did on my weekend away. I went to Monaco (2) .................... my aunt lives and (3) .................... I haven’t seen for a couple of years. My friend Adrian, (4) .................... sister I told you about in my last email, came with me and we had a wonderful time. We travelled to Monaco by high-speed train (5) .................... was really exciting. One place (6) .................... I had always wanted to go to was the aquarium (7) .................... there is a killer whale and all kinds of sharks, rays and other sea life (8) .................... you don’t often get a chance to see at close quarters. We got there just at the time (9) .................... the animals were being fed (10) .................... was absolutely great to see. The next day, (11) .................... was unfortunately cloudy and grey, we went to the Museum of Prehistoric Anthropology (12) .................... they have a complete skeleton of a mammoth (13) .................... was found in Siberia. After that, we decided to go and treat ourselves at a famous seafood restaurant, (14) .................... name was La Crevette. The waiters, (15) .................... were dressed in traditional costume, told us all about the history of the restaurant and (16) .................... had eaten there. We flew back the following day after a great weekend (17) .................... did me the world of good! I’m looking forward to hearing (18) .................... you’ve been up to (19) .................... you next write to me. Best wishes, Michael

157

Workbook - Work & Job Satisfaction

Practice 1 Cross out the word in italics which does not

3 Match a phrase 1-8 with a phrase A-H to form a

collocate with the verb.

complete sentence.

1 to get a promotion/the sack/overtime

1

My problem is that I’ve got so

2 to do a strike/shift-work/a nine-to-five job

2

Clara’s boss was so

3 to get laid off/retired/job satisfaction

3

There are such

4 to make an application/a living/a job

4

Company profits were so

5

It’s so

6

She spent such

7

He was so

8

It was so

5 to take maternity leave/early retirement/the sack 6 to go flexi-time/on strike/for an interview

2 Choose the correct option (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentences. 1 Damian spent too .............................. time at the skateboard park and so missed his last bus home. A B C D

great many much long

2 Fiona’s application was turned down because she didn’t have .............................. experience. A B C D

enough many very too

3 The day isn’t long .............................. for me to do everything I’d like. A B C D

enough that so time

4 There are never enough seats for .............................. to sit down on the train at rush-hour. A B C D

let all everyone can

5 .............................. of my colleagues understand the importance of punctuality. A B C D

158

Not much Very little Not enough Very few

A poor that many people were made redundant. B disappointed with her work that he asked her to leave. C a long time over her coffee breaks that she was asked to do overtime. D little work to do in the office that I get bored. E obsessed with earning more money that he took an extra job. F a lot of people out of work that some have even stopped looking for a job. G hot in the car that I turned on the airconditioning. H difficult to get a promotion in my firm that there’s no incentive to do better.

11 4 Match the words in the box (A-L) with the

5 Choose the best answer (A, B, C or D) to

following definitions (1-12).

complete the sentences.

A employer • B satisfaction • C motivation D promotion • E career • F salary G income • H gross • I net • J employee • K interview • L prospects 1

The total amount of money a family earns.

2

Something that makes you want to do well in a job.

3

How likely you are to progress in a company.

4

An opportunity to impress a possible future company.

5

A chance to make progress in your career.

6

The person or company you work for.

7

Someone who works for a company.

8

Your whole working life.

9

The amount of your earnings before tax is deducted.

1 I phoned my colleague ..................... works at the stadium for advice about getting tickets. A who B which

2 The teacher lost patience with her students when she discovered that none of ..................... had done the homework. A which B whom

A good feeling you get from a job that’s worth doing.

11

The money a worker gets every month.

12

The amount of your earnings after tax is deducted.

C them D those

3 We called the only two hotels in the town, ..................... of which had any vacant rooms, so we had to go home. A neither B both

10

C whom D that

C none D either

4 The trainees, only ..................... had worked in an office before, were generally lacking in communication skills. A some of them B one of whom

C many of which D few of them

5 There are lots of people ..................... handwriting is quite illegible. A whom B who’s

C which D whose

Reading and Use of English  PART 2 – Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

Job Interviews make a good impression. People spend a lot of time thinking about A job interview is your chance to (0) .................... (1) .................... to wear for interviews, and there are plenty of websites giving advice about how to present (2) .................... to the best advantage. Although it’s true that a scruffy appearance or an off-hand manner is likely to put (3) .................... a prospective employer, what you actually say is more likely to get you the job than the (4) .................... you’re dressed. For example, it’s possible to predict some of the questions that you’re likely to be asked. This means that you can (5) .................... some thought to these questions (6) .................... advance and think about how best to respond to them at the interview. It’s also a good idea to go on the internet and (7) .................... some research about the company (8) .................... that you can be sure to say things that fit in with company policy on important issues.

159

Workbook - Work & Job Satisfaction First Day Four hotel workers talk about their first day in a new job Amelia: Waitress

5

The restaurant for me was a fairly new environment. So I couldn’t help but feel the other two recruits had a head start – they already seemed to know a lot about what was expected of them in such a posh place, whereas I had to be told. I knew, of course, that people didn’t like being kept waiting, but that was mostly out of my control – the kitchen just called me when stuff was ready. I had no problems being polite with the customers, but my biggest fear was dropping a plate-load of stuff in front of everybody. Fortunately I managed to avoid that. But once or twice I did get people’s orders muddled up and I guess people could see I felt a fool. My advice to anyone starting out in this job would be, don’t pretend to know stuff when you don’t. Brendon: Receptionist

10

15

I was initially thrilled, but a bit daunted, by the prospect of working on Reception. You’re expected to know the answers to whatever questions you might be asked, and that’s tough on Day one. Fortunately, I started off by shadowing Dora, somebody who really knew the ropes, which made all the difference. But when we had a queue, and people started getting impatient, I had to step in and do my best. Dora dealt with the processing of credit cards, and stuff about bookings, whilst I tried to cope with more mundane things. I was pretty hopeless, but only really got one thing badly wrong – telling someone that we didn’t have a gym when in fact we did – but happily the guest saw the funny side of it when I ran after him to apologise. Celia: Chambermaid When I applied for a summer job in a hotel, I imagined working at the front of the house or in the restaurant, so I was a bit taken aback to find out I’d be doing the rooms, and nearly pulled out. I’m glad I didn’t now because it was actually quite fun. And it wasn’t such an easy job – the hotel had quite strict rules and once you’d done a room it was inspected by the duty manager. I got positive feedback on my first day, which was satisfying, because the same couldn’t be said of all my colleagues. And an unexpected bonus was the tips I got from grateful guests which really made up for the rather low pay. If you’re thinking of working in a hotel, I’d say remember that the guest always comes first and you won’t go too far wrong.

20

25

Daniel: Porter

30

35

160

When I applied for the job, they said I could be working anywhere in the hotel and I was dreading being stuck in the kitchen doing the dirty work. So I was quite pleased to find I’d be working at the front of the house. I work out a lot in the gym, so the idea of lugging suitcases around didn’t bother me. They told me in the interview that I’d do well for tips too. I mean, that was true, but it didn’t really make up for the very low hourly rate. I’d say, on balance, the people working in the restaurant actually did better. I did make a quite few slips on my first day, like taking bags up to the wrong room or not noticing people who were waiting, but I just took no notice of any complaints. Once I’d got the hang of how the place worked, it was OK. If you’re ever offered a chance to work in a hotel, I’d say jump at it.

11 Reading and Use of English  PART 7 – Multiple matching You are going to read an article in which four hotel workers are talking about their first day in a new job. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once.

Which person felt afraid of having a big accident in public?

1

daunted by the demands of the part of the hotel where they worked?

2

embarrassed when their mistakes became apparent?

3

glad not to be working in another part of the building?

4

initially disappointed with the type of work?

5

less well rewarded, on the money side, than some other hotel employees?

6

pleased to be able to correct an error, and the guest wasn’t upset?

7

proud of the standard of their work?

8

pleased to be earning more than anticipated?

9

relieved to be working with an experienced colleague?

10

Writing  PART 2 – Letter You have received this letter from your English-speaking friend, Pat.

Hi there! How’s your new job? Do you like it? I was wondering about the place where you’re working – what’s it like? Have you got nice colleagues? What sort of work do you have to do? Write soon and tell me all about it. Cheers, Pat

Write your letter in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

161

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

WORK CAN BE FUN! Work can not only be interesting but also fun. Not convinced? Then you haven’t heard of the following two jobs! D a Luxury Bed Tester might be the job for you! If you are the kind of person who likes to sleep a lot, (0) .......... After you have spent (1) .......... amount of time in a luxury bed, your task then is (2) .......... your thoughts on the experience to your manager. If these (3) .......... sound a bit boring to you, then you might prefer to be a Water Slide Tester. Yes, it is a real job. Are there any (4) .......... of problems in a job like this? Well, it might be a bit cold when you get (5) .......... the water but otherwise it must be exciting! This (6) .......... you an idea about two very unusual jobs. Do they sound like a (7) .......... idea? Definitely, but make sure you think about what you are most passionate about and good at when you choose your (8) .......... of work. It will take up a lot of your time! 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A A

work an abundant handling actions classes out of gives impressive scope

B B B B B B B B B

life enough presenting missions kinds at delivers grand field

C C C C C C C C C

living a reasonable cooking tasks forms in brings supreme discipline

D D D D D D D D D

being an appropriate serving obligations varieties up to provides sharp sector

PART 3 – Word formation

! | Exam Strategies • Check whether an internal change to the word is necessary, e.g. argue – argument where the e is dropped. • Remember that answers will not always need prefixes or suffixes; sometimes the word you need has quite a different form, e.g. long – length. • Make sure your answer fits into the sentence grammatically and into the meaning of the whole text. • Make sure that you form a word for the same line as the stem and not another line.

For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

HELPFUL ADVICE ON HOW TO MAKE THOSE DIFFICULT LIFE CHOICES relationship The British Government has commissioned research to look at the (0) .............................. between different jobs across the UK and levels of life (1) .............................. . It turns out, surprisingly, that bar owners are in the unhappiest (2) .............................. of all.

162

RELATE SATISFY OCCUPY

11 They are closely followed by bricklayers and debt collectors. The happiest workers are vicars and priests. Members of the clergy enjoy the most satisfying lives – but farmers and fitness (3) .............................. are pretty jolly too. (4) .............................. what emerges is that, while there is at first glance a superficial (5) .............................. between earnings and happiness, some quite well-paid jobs are carried out by those with low levels of wellbeing, and vice versa. None of this means you can’t be a joyful bar owner or a (6) .............................. vicar, of course, and nor does it mean that those jobs make people happy or sad. The data only offers (7) .............................. on how satisfied on average people are doing different jobs. It might be that people who are naturally melancholy run pubs and (8) .............................. cheerful types become priests, for example.

INSTRUCT INTEREST CONNECT MISERY EVIDENT USUAL

PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You can use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 He doesn’t have enough money to buy the laptop. TOO

is too expensive for him

The laptop .................................................................................................... to buy. 1 I could never have finished that project without your help. YOU I could never have finished that project if .................................................................................................... me. 2 James started the company in 2013. SET The company .................................................................................................... in 2013. 3 I regret not speaking to Anna sooner. HAD I .................................................................................................... to Anna sooner. 4 Maria was made responsible for sales. CHARGE They put .................................................................................................... sales. 5 The president is opening the new college next week. OPENED The new college .................................................................................................... the president next week. 6 Paul wasn’t strong enough to move the cabinet. HAVE Paul didn’t .................................................................................................... to move the cabinet.

163

Youth Culture & Changing Values

Grammar: Third conditional Grammar: Wish and if only Grammar: Wish and would Grammar: If and in case Vocabulary: As long as, providing and provided that Vocabulary: Commonlyused slang Listening: Part 4 Vocabulary: Phrasal verbs Reading and Use of English: Part 7 Grammar: Future in the past: was/were going to/would Writing: Part 2 Speaking: Part 4 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 2, 4

Warmer  DISCUSS 1 Discuss the following questions in small groups. 1 Here are three definitions of youth culture. Which definition do you most agree with and why? A Youth culture is a generation of young adults who are considered as a cultural class or subculture. B Youth culture is divided into subcultures with distinct styles, behaviours and interests. C Youth culture is made up of different groups of young people who signal their membership of the group by making distinctive and symbolic tangible choices in, for example, clothing styles. 2 Look at the photos. What style, behaviour and interest of each youth subculture does each photo represent? 3 Why do some young people want to be part of a subculture? A

164

B

C

12 Grammar  Third conditional

VIDEO

See page 171

2 Look at the sentence below. Answer questions 1-3.

 Wish and if only 5 Look at these sentences with a partner and then answer the questions below. A I wish I had studied harder, then I might have passed the exam.

If he had wanted to fit in with the cool crowd, he would have bought the same clothes as theirs. 1 Underline the verbs in the sentence. How do we form the third conditional?

B If only he hadn’t got in with a bad crowd, he wouldn’t have got into bad habits.

2 Do we use it to speak about the past, the present or the future?

D If only he would concentrate on his science project as much as he does on following his favourite band, he would do better.

3 When do we use it?

3 Put the verb given into the correct form in these

C I wish I were on holiday right now instead of preparing for an exam.

1 What do I wish/if only express? 2 Which different verb forms can we use after I wish/if only?

sentences.

had known (know) about the 0 If she .............................. competition, she would have entered it. 1 They might not have gone to the conference if John .............................. (not tell) them about it. 2 If we hadn’t decided to participate in the penfriend scheme with a college in Japan, we .............................. (not exchange) such interesting correspondence. 3 I .............................. (sent) you an email if I had had your address. 4 If he .............................. (think) clearly about what he was doing, he wouldn’t have got into trouble.

6 Now write three sentences using I wish/if only.

 Wish and would 7 Look at this sentence and answer the questions. David wishes his brother would get up later. He always wakes him up early in the morning. 1 How does David feel? 2 What does he want his brother to do?

8 Write a sentence for each of these situations using I wish... would/wouldn’t...

4 Read each situation below and write a sentence using if + third conditional. 0 A lot of teenagers refused to buy the product because it was manufactured in sweatshops. If it hadn’t been manufactured in sweatshops, a lot of teenagers wouldn’t have refused to buy the product.

1 Paul has been wearing the same jeans for months. You want him to buy a new pair. 2 You are often criticised by your parents for spending too long on the computer. 3 Your mother keeps saying that your hair is too short. 4 Your father won’t allow you to have a tattoo. 5 You want somebody to give you a summer job.

1 She didn’t go to the disco because she didn’t have enough money. 2 I went to a party last night. I met lots of my friends. 3 They got into the band because they played well at the audition. 4 They worked hard to raise money for teenagers in Africa. They built a school.

 If and in case 9 What is the difference in meaning between these two sentences? A We’ll get some more food if Anna comes. B We’ll get some more food in case Anna comes.

165

Youth Culture & Changing Values 10 Rewrite sentences 1-4 below using in case. 0 It is possible that James will phone, so I won’t go out. I won’t go out in case James phones. 1 It was possible that her parents were worried, so she phoned them. 2 Perhaps it will rain at the demonstration, so I’ll take an umbrella. 3 He thought he might get lost, so he took a map. 4 Perhaps they will come later, so I’ll wait for them.

Vocabulary  As long as, providing and

provided that

 Commonly-used slang 13 Look at the sentences below in pairs. Try to find a synonym for the words in bold. 1 He is an ace reporter. 2 My brother’s girlfriend is an airhead. 3 I think I’m going bonkers. 4 If you make another blunder, you’re in trouble. 5 Come on, don’t be a chicken! 6 I’m exhausted after an all-nighter. 7 This town is an armpit. 8 The citizens made a big stink about the planned nuclear power plant. 9 I was blown away by the President’s speech. 10 The movie really bombed despite all the money it had cost to make.

11 We can also use as long as, providing and provided that instead of if. Look at the sentences below. What do provided that/as long as mean? You can borrow my bike provided that you look after it. Teenagers are allowed into the university library as long as they don’t make too much noise.

Listening  PART 4 – Multiple choice 14 You are going to listen to a sociologist talking

12 With a partner, write three sentences of your own using as long as, providing and provided that.

about youth culture. Before you listen, work with a partner and try to work out the meaning of the underlined vocabulary from the recording. 1 You have to conform to the values of your society. 2 The culture gets bad press. 3 If it weren’t for global culture, a lot of young people would have a dull upbringing. 4 A subculture can make its mark globally. 5 Other cultures will eventually overtake the dominance of American culture. 6 Wearing ripped jeans was a symbol of that subculture. 7 Body piercing became popular among punks. 8 Until you get a job, you don’t have to accept the norms of your community. 9 You don’t have to take on board what other people think. 10 There is a constant bombardment from advertising.

166

12 15

2-02

You will hear an interview with a sociologist, James Cameron, talking about youth culture. For questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

6 Which aspect of youth culture is James particularly interested in? A music B fashion C language

! | Exam Strategies Use the pre-listening time, 1 minute for Part 4, effectively. If a question is a direct question, as in questions 1, 3, 4 and 6 in this exercise, you can just read the question, not the options. This will give you more time to absorb and think about the question. 1 Which definition of youth does James prefer to use? A people who are not children any more and not yet adults B people from early teens to 18 C people from 16 to 21

7 James believes that the greatest influence on teenagers is A the media. B their family upbringing. C the society into which they are born.

 DISCUSS 16 Look at the answers to questions 1, 2, 3, 5 and 7, which give James’ views on youth culture and subcultures. In pairs, discuss whether you agree or disagree with James’ views. Give reasons and examples.

2 James says that youth culture is always changing because teenagers A are searching for their own identity.

Vocabulary  Phrasal verbs

B are very receptive to new ideas.

See Appendix 1 on page 304

C are involved with a subculture for only a short time. 3 What does James say about American youth culture? A It has dominated most countries for too long. B It has enabled young people to enjoy their youth. C It has been a huge commercial success. 4 Where are there the greatest numbers of young people? A in Asia B in Western countries C in developing countries 5 James thinks the main reason some young people belong to a youth subculture is

17 In the text on page 169, the brother and the sister say ‘We didn’t really know how to sail when we set off on our journey’. Set off is a phrasal verb. Match the phrasal verbs with off (1-4) to their definitions (A-E). 0 C

set off

A not punish

1

turn off

B delay

2

let off

C start, e.g. a journey

3

bring off

D switch off

4

put off

E accomplish

18 Put each phrasal verb below into a sentence in the correct grammatical form. turn on • bring on • take on • put on 1 She tried to get her own way by .................... the charm.

A to show they are different from all previous generations.

2 He is very interested in music and always .................... an end-of-term concert.

B to show they are different from other young people.

3 They .................... the film director at the end of the screening.

C to show they have different values from the rest of society.

4 You have always been willing to .................... extra work.

167

Youth Culture & Changing Values Reading and Use of English  PART 7 – Multiple matching  DISCUSS 19 You are going to read extracts from a website where four teenager vloggers discuss the videos they make. Before you read, discuss the following questions in pairs. 1 Do you prefer to watch videos on YouTube or what’s on television? Why? 2 Do you subscribe to a lot of YouTube channels? 3 Do you think people who post videos online can set new trends?

21 Now transfer your answers to exercise 19 onto this sample answer sheet using a pencil. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

A

B

C

D

22 There are good expressions in the texts you can 20 Read the text. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once. Which vlogger

168

use to talk about internet videos and vlogs. Read the examples below from text A. Then reread texts B, C and D and underline any expressions you could use to talk about vlogs. What the viewer can see on the screen

thinks that the vlog helps them keep in touch with his their friends?

1

A vlog is a video blog

has run a half marathon?

2

They have both video and audio

thinks that videos don’t necessarily have to be fast-paced?

3

started vlogging because of a friend?

4

thinks the structure of vlogs can help people improve their language skills?

5

enjoys vlogging also because it allows them to spend time with family?

6

explains what a vlog is?

7

feels like an expert sailor now?

8

travels a lot because of their father’s work?

9

likes the idea that viewers can use their advice to be healthy?

10

 DISCUSS 23 Using some of the expressions you have underlined, discuss with a partner what kind of videos you like to watch on YouTube and why. Which of the four vlogs discussed in the text would you follow?

12 VLOGGERS IN THEIR OWN WORDS A

5

10

15

20

B 25

30

35

40

Hilary Lynch A friend encouraged me to start vlogging. I had never considered it until she said I should do it. A vlog is a video blog, and a vlogger is someone who makes vlogs. They’re becoming more and more popular every year. They discuss almost every different topic you can think about. I have recently started a vlog on language learning. In fact, vlogs are a great way to practise a language outside of your regular studies: they’re perfect for learning colloquial words and phrases as well as for listening comprehension. Since most vlogs aren’t long, between two to ten minutes long, it’s easy to learn what you’ve just heard without becoming distracted or tired. As they have both video and audio, vlogs are a wonderful language learning tool. In my vlog I talk about different things, but I am usually commenting on what the viewer can see on the screen and this makes it easier to understand what I am saying.

Nicolas Dubois I am a travel vlogger originally from Paris, although I lived in South Africa for many years. I have lived in different places because of my dad’s job. Every place is interesting so I decided to vlog about my adventures! Have a look at my vlog if you want to laugh, learn about Parisian living or how to cook a traditional South African dish. Like most other YouTube travel vloggers, I have been on exciting expeditions and documented them. Be careful though, some of the content is so funny that you might get addicted to following my vlog regularly! I update it every week. It’s a great way of showing my friends in other countries what I am doing with my family. They can catch up with my news and videos when they want.

C 45

50

55

60

65

D

70

75

80

85

Isabelle Smith My name is Isabelle Smith and I am a vlogger that makes videos about all the things I love in life, such as sport, health and travel. I sometimes publish ‘challenge’ videos: I set myself a sport challenge and then ask someone to film it. For example, my sister and I ran a half marathon for charity and my dad filmed some of the training we did and also some of the race. We didn’t run to win. I don’t really like competition, but I like the idea that someone who sees my vlog could be using the advice I give in order to keep healthy and fit. I don’t have too many followers yet because there are so many vloggers now, so it’s difficult to stand out. I don’t mind, I vlog because I enjoy it and because it’s a fun activity to do with my family.

The Wave We are a brother and sister from India who have decided to go around the country in a sailing boat. We have another two weeks of our holiday left. In our vlog, The Wave, we talk about our adventures. We have had many! Funnily, we didn’t really know how to sail when we set off on our journey. Now we feel like we are experts. Travel vlogs are cool, because they offer the viewer the chance to really feel like they have visited a place even if they are comfortably sitting on their own sofa. The videos don’t always have to be fast, funny and entertaining. Sometimes you can just enjoy the beautiful landscape. I think we like vlogging because, although every vlog is different, in the end we are all sharing our personal experiences.

169

Youth Culture & Changing Values Grammar  Future in the past:

was/were going to/would

Writing  PART 2 – Story

See page 171

See Writing Bank on page 246

24 Look at the sentence and timeline below and answer these questions.

27 An English writing club you belong to is

1 Is the speaker talking about the past, present or future at the moment of speaking?

interested in stories which represent the views of young people. The club has asked you to write a story which ends with the following words:

2 When he was at school did he know for certain what would happen?

But next time I think I’ll try to find a less extreme way of expressing my opinion.

3 Was he a politician when he was at school? ‘When I was still at primary school, I already knew I was going to be/would be a politician.’

In small groups, brainstorm situations which could result in this sentence. Make notes during the brainstorming as you can use them for your story.

Past

 GET CREATIVE

Present

Future

28 Write your short story in 140-190 words. I was at school I was going to I would

25 Some of the sentences below are in the future in the past and some are in different tenses which look similar but have different meanings. Identify which sentences are in the future in the past and which are not, as in the example. 0 He was always hanging out with his friends when he was a kid. No. This is past continuous. 00 His friends always knew he would win the talent show. Yes. This is the future in the past. 1 Did she know we were meeting after class? 2 She would always arrive late to meet her friends. 3 When you worked there, he was always having time management issues.

 CRITICAL THINKING 29 Work in pairs. Choose one question to ask your partner. Give your partner one minute to think about his/her answer. Then change roles. 1 How important do you think it is for young people to feel part of a group? 2 Do you think that children who have very strict parents rebel against them later in life? Why? 3 In what way do you think the values of your society are changing? 4 Do you think it was easier to be a young person 50 years ago? Why/Why not?

! | Exam Strategies This is the last part of the Speaking test so maximise the opportunity: 1 Include a range of structures in your answers.

4 When I left school, I knew I was going to be a nurse.

2 Include a range of appropriate vocabulary, e.g. It’s vital that... and collocations, e.g. strict parents, lenient parents.

5 When he was at university, he would always be partying.

3 Use linking words to join ideas, e.g. what’s more, or to show your attitude, e.g. interestingly.

26 With a partner, write three sentences in the future in the past.

170

Speaking  PART 4 – Discussion

4 Even though it’s nearly the end of the Speaking test, keep your pronunciation clear and precise, don’t relax too much!

Workbook Grammar Reference The third conditional

VIDEO

We form the third conditional using: if + Past Perfect Simple/Continuous // would have + past participle. – If she hadn’t seen the poverty in India at first hand, she wouldn’t have volunteered to work for an NGO. We use the third conditional to talk about imaginary events in the past if we are hypothesising or expressing regret (especially with if only). – If I had spent more time studying, I would have been able to go to uni in the States. – If I’d been paying attention, the accident wouldn’t have happened.

Could have means would have been able to and might have means would have possibly, and is more tentative than would have + past participle. – If he had studied physiology at school, he could have become a fitness trainer. – If she had continued her singing lessons, she might have succeeded as a singer. We never use if + would have.

Future in the past Sometimes when we talk about the past, we want to talk about something which was in the future at the moment we are referring to in the past. We form this structure using: was/were going to // would + base infinitive

We can also use: if + Past Perfect // could/might have + past participle.

– When I was still at primary school, I knew I was going to be a nurse. – From a very young age, she knew she would be a musician.

1 Put the verb given into the correct form of the

3 his boss/not/be angry/if/Peter/arrive on time

third conditional.

4 if/he/not eat/five hotdogs/he/not/be ill

1 If I had passed my driving test last month, I ......................... a car straight away. (buy)

5 I/not/have/body piercings/if/I/know/that companies didn’t like it

2 The job ......................... much faster if we had worked together as a team. (do)

6 I/pick/you up/if/you/telephone me

3 If I ......................... in your shoes, I wouldn’t have accepted the internship. (be) 4 If I ......................... immediately they might have given me a discount. (complain) 5 If only I ......................... my hair blue. I’m really fed up with the colour now. (not dye) 6 If only she ......................... harder, she could have gone to university. (work) 7 He ......................... a sweater if he had known how cold it was. (take) 8 You would have arrived on time if you ......................... earlier. (leave)

3 Choose the correct answer. 1 The concert ......................... start at 6pm but in fact it started three hours later. A was going to

B would

2 We couldn’t go to the party because we ......................... on holiday the following morning. A would go

B were going to go

3 She always knew she ......................... a teacher. A would be

B will be

4 He thought he ......................... one the next day.

2 Make third conditional sentences from the words given. 1 if/she/put/keys on the table/she/not/forget them 2 she/not/be late/if/she/catch/an earlier bus

A would buy

B was buying

5 You’re home early today – I thought you ......................... Badminton with Alfie. A would play

B were going to play

171

Workbook - Youth Culture & Changing Values

Practice 1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets.

3 Choose the correct linking phrase to fit each gap in the text. as long as • unless • if only in case (x2) • what if

1 I wouldn’t have had such a big lunch if I ............................... (know) we were going out for a meal this evening. 2 If you had put the meat in the fridge last night, it ............................... (not go) off. 3 If I ............................... (read) the instructions more carefully, I wouldn’t have assembled the machine incorrectly. 4 If you had told me about the mosquitoes, I ............................... (put) insect repellent on my arms and legs.

5

5 I think I would have slept better if I ............................... (not drink) an espresso coffee after dinner. 6 If Lucy hadn’t joined the sports club, she ............................... (not meet) her boyfriend.

10

2 Underline the correct verb form in these sentences. 1 I wish I didn’t eat/wouldn’t eat/hadn’t eaten all that chocolate cake – I feel awful.

15

2 I wish I could speak/could have spoken/ would speak English better. 3 I wish you hadn’t told/didn’t tell/wouldn’t tell me that ghost story – now I can’t sleep properly.

20

4 I have to walk to school every day. I wish I would have/had/have a scooter like all my friends. 5 Janet is really disappointed with her exam results. I expect she wishes she had worked/worked/ would work harder during term-time.

25

6 Our dad loves singing at the top of his voice in the shower, but we all wish he wouldn’t/hadn’t/ doesn’t. 30

35

172

Some years ago I decided to go on a skiing holiday with some friends. I was really excited as I’d never skied before, and the idea of a week in the snowy mountainous scenery really appealed to me. My parents said I could go 1 ............................ I was careful and didn’t do anything too daring! When we arrived, a few of us took some lessons to get started. I decided to join them and I was soon making great progress. We were told that we always needed to wear a helmet 2 ............................ we had an accident. On the third day, I felt so confident that I went off on my own. The view was so stunning and the wooded slopes so inviting that I thought, 3 ‘............................ I ski down to the village through the woods and get there before everyone else?’ 4 ............................ I’d used a bit of common sense and remembered my parents’ recommendations! Just a few minutes after setting off skiing down through the trees, I lost my balance, fell sideways and landed in a heap of snow. It didn’t take me long to realise that I’d broken my ankle because the pain was excruciating. Then I remembered that I’d brought my phone with me 5 ............................ I needed to contact my friends. I called for help and a helicopter soon arrived to take me to hospital. I spent the rest of my holiday in my hotel room. So the moral of this story is: 6 ............................ you’re an expert skier, stay with the group on the official slopes.

12 4 Match the phrasal verbs in each set with an appropriate object from the list on the right. turn 0

A off

A the television

1

down

B a prince

2

up

C a job

3

into

D the volume

set 4

off

E the alarm

5

aside

F work

6

to

G some cash

7

to

H new responsibilities

8

up

I

your father

after

J

jogging

on

K a new classmate

10

exercise 4 in each of the following sentences. Remember to use the right form of the verb. 1 I desperately needed to get some exercise, so I ............................ swimming, which is a great sport for all ages. 2 We had so many mishaps on what was supposed to be our dream holiday, that it ............................ a nightmare. 3 So many students were ill that the teacher ............................ the test until the following week. 4 It’s just as well I had been ............................ a small sum every month, because it came in really useful when I lost my job. 5 The fog was quite thick but I was just able to ............................ a small boat among the waves. 6 When you get a dog, you are really ............................ a big commitment.

take

9

5 Now write one of the phrasal verbs from

7 My grandfather always used to say that if you ............................ the pennies, the pounds would take care of themselves. 8 I can’t ............................ Mark’s rude behaviour any longer. Either he goes or I do!

6 Match phrases 1-7 with phrases A-G to make

look

logical sentences.

11

after

L a word

12

into

M a small child

13

up

N a mystery

put

1

I think people should take more

2

She’s completely out of touch

3

Everyone has a

4

I’m absolutely fed up

5

Unfortunately many people are not aware

14

up

O a match

6

I’m ashamed of being so reliant

15

off

P an idea

7

I feel I’m losing control

16

forward

Q some friends

17

up with

R an unpleasant situation

A over the direction my life is taking. B on my friends – I’d like to feel more independent. C responsibility for problems like global warming.

make 18

up

S something new

D of the infections caused by body piercing and tattoos.

19

off with

T a figure on the hill

E with the current music scene.

20

out

U stolen goods

21

into

V a story

F right to self-determination. G with the programmes they show on TV in summer.

173

Workbook - Youth Culture & Changing Values Reading and Use of English  PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capital letters at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

The Generation Gap various points in history events occur that change the way people think At (0) ....................

VARY

and live. People born after these events often have very different life experiences to their parents, and this is reflected in their (1) .................... . The 1960s was a time

BEHAVE

of great (2) .................... change in western countries, which saw the emergence

SOCIETY

of what became known as youth culture. This was a period when the so-called ‘generation gap’ was a hot topic of conversation, because the older generation found the attitudes and opinions of young people (3) .................... and this led to

ACCEPT

(4) .................... between young people and their parents. In the 1990s, the

ARGUE

birth

DEVELOP

of

the

internet

and

other

(5)

....................

in

communications

technology created another big change in the way people lived and (6) .................... .

THINK

In this century, an ‘internet generation’ has emerged, with a clear (7) ....................

DIVIDE

between young people who have grown up familiar with the workings of digital technology, and older people for whom it will always be a new (8) .................... .

174

INVENT

12 Listening  PART 2 – Sentence completion 2-03

You will hear a girl called Fiona telling her classmates about a project she has done on the subject of tattoos. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

TATTOOS Fiona mentions Egypt, (1) .............................. and Polynesia as areas where tattoos were used in prehistoric times. In modern times, tattoos first became popular amongst (2) .............................. visiting the islands of the South Pacific. In the 19th century, most people who had tattoos had them on their (3) .............................. or arms. Fiona says that in many cultures, tattoos are given to people in recognition of their (4) .............................. . Today, tattoo artists can buy copyrighted designs known by the word (5) ’..............................‘ . Fiona discovered that in Japan tattoos are usually done by (6) .............................. . Fiona feels that it is wrong to associate tattoos with (7) .............................. these days. In the USA, tattoos became popular as a result of both rock musicians and (8) .............................. . Fiona says that as many as (9) .............................. percent of Americans aged 18-25 have a tattoo. Fiona discovered that tattoos are more common amongst people in the (10) .............................. of the USA.

Writing  PART 1 – Essay In your English class you have been talking about the differences between the way people of different generations think and live. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

Today’s young people have an easier life than people of their parents’ generation did. Do you agree?

Notes Write about: 1 the education system/career prospects 2 the development of technology 3 ………………… (your own idea)

Write your essay in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

175

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

TECHNOLOGY CULTURE B youth culture? One expert (1) .......... that technology is youth culture. Technology How has technology (0) .......... is an integral (2) .......... of young people’s ideology, their language, everything they do. On the other hand, teachers usually think of technology as an everyday (3) .......... with which they teach a traditional curriculum in an (4) .......... and more interesting way. Most schools are doing their best to keep (5) .......... with technology and some allow students to use tablets as the internet is now the easiest way to do research. Virtual Reality (VR) will also be increasingly used in classrooms. Wouldn’t you be more interested in History if you actually experienced it? But all too often schools find it difficult to reflect fast-changing technology (6) .......... . However, for today’s teens, technology is more than a set of skills or a way to do their homework more efficiently – it’s about communication. Teens now share their experiences on Twitter and WhatsApp their friends plans for the afternoon. Although the internet may not have completely (7) .......... cafés or cinemas, it has certainly become another place where students gossip and keep up with trends. Not surprisingly, when teens misbehave, parents still (8) .......... their kids – not by stopping them from going outside, but from using their phone. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A A

moved expresses part tool energetic up ways reinstated annoy

B B B B B B B B B

influenced questions fraction appliance operative away styles restored punish

C C C C C C C C C

inclined puts piece contraption effective down directions replaced order

D D D D D D D D D

prompted states bit gadget emphatic to trends exchanged direct

PART 2 – Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

HOW TEENAGERS SEE THEMSELVES due to the result of Teens are notoriously self-conscious. Now research is revealing how this might be (0) .......... changes (1) .......... brain anatomy linked with how we perceive ourselves. One way in (2) .......... we build a sense of self is by reflecting on how others perceive us. To see how teenagers reacted to what other people thought of them, researchers asked them to imagine scenarios involving onlookers that (3) .......... designed to evoke social emotions such as guilt or embarrassment. Results showed that (4) .......... teens thought about the onlookers’ opinions, they engaged a certain region of the brain during social and emotional scenarios far better than adults did. It makes evolutionary sense for teenagers to be concerned about what others think. Adolescence requires them to become more independent so that they can cope on (5) .......... own because their parents might not be around (6) .......... longer. Teens have to start relying more (7) .......... what peers think and develop a more socially constructed sense of self. This might also help explain (8) .......... peer influence is so strong in adolescence.

176

12 PART 4 – Key word transformation

! | Exam Strategies • Remember that this task tests your understanding of structure and vocabulary. • Think about how to paraphrase the first sentence. • Make sure your answer fits into the sentence grammatically. • M ake sure your second sentence is similar in meaning to the first sentence and that you haven’t left out any important information.

For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You can use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 He was too tired to go to the talk. THAT

tired that he couldn’t He was so .......................................................................................... go to the talk. 1 Myra left school a year ago today. TIME Myra left school .......................................................................................... year. 2 Michael can’t wait to go on holiday with his friends. FORWARD Michael is really .......................................................................................... on holiday with his friends. 3 Buying newspapers seems pointless to me when you can read them free online. POINT I can’t .......................................................................................... newspapers when you can read them free online. 4 I thought the trip would be more expensive than it actually was. NOT The trip .......................................................................................... as I thought it would be. 5 It’s a shame I can’t come to lunch with you on Sunday. COULD I .......................................................................................... come to lunch with you on Sunday. 6 There were no jeans left in my size at the shop. SOLD The shop had .......................................................................................... jeans in my size.

177

Festivals & Globalisation

Listening: Part 1 Reading and Use of English: Part 5 Vocabulary: Noun + noun expressions 1 Grammar: The passive Vocabulary: Noun + noun expressions 2 Writing: Part 2 Speaking: Part 4 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 2, 3

Warmer  DISCUSS 2 Discuss these questions in small groups. Use

1 Match these celebrations with their dates. Which of them can you see in the pictures? 1

Christmas Day

A 31 October

2

Guy Fawkes (UK)

B 1 January

3

New Year’s Day

C 14 February

4

US Independence Day

D 5 November

5

Halloween

E 4 July

6

Valentine’s Day

F 25 December

A

178

B

some of the words and phrases below. National Day • It marks… • We decorate… We put up lights and… • It dates back to… We send greeting cards to… • fireworks • costumes There are parades with... • We dress up in… 1 2 3 4

C

Which days are celebrated in your country? Explain what you do on one of these days. Why are these days celebrated? Do you think it’s a good idea to continue to celebrate these days? Why/Why not? C

13 Listening  PART 1 – Multiple choice

5 You hear a teacher talking about a lesson she’s just had. She is surprised that A nobody knew the origin of Pancake Day.

3 You are going to listen to some people talking about celebrations, traditions or globalisation. Before you listen, discuss in pairs whether these statements about globalisation are true (T) or false (F). T

F

C nobody knew how to cook pancakes. 6 You hear two friends discussing the idea that the world is a global village. How does the girl feel about the future?

1 Globalisation refers to the discovery of the fact that the world is round.

A glad that people will be able to work in different countries

2 Globalisation means operating internationally.

B hopeful that environmental problems will be dealt with

3 The internet plays a significant role in globalisation.

C excited about living in a cosmopolitan city

4 Some environmental problems can only be solved if governments act globally. 5 Many big businesses see globalisation as a way of making a lot of money.

4

B nobody had eaten pancakes on Pancake Day.

2-04

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer – A, B or C. 1 You hear an elderly man remembering New Year’s Eve when he was a child. He particularly liked A the live music. B the plentiful food. C the regional tradition. 2 You hear two teenagers discussing traditional events. They think the events are dying out because

7 You hear a boy talking to a girl about Guy Fawkes Night. What is their relationship? A father and daughter B teacher and student C brother and sister 8 You hear a woman giving a talk on globalisation. What main point does she make? A The internet plays an important role in globalisation. B The power of the USA is now being challenged. C The creation of international laws is growing.

 DISCUSS 5 Look at questions 2, 3, 6 and 8 and their answers, in exercise 4. In pairs discuss whether you agree or disagree with the speakers and give reasons.

A they are not taught in schools. B families are no longer so close. C modern society doesn’t value them. 3 You hear a woman talking about globalisation. What negative effect of globalisation does she mention? A People are losing their national identity. B People are increasingly motivated by money. C People are less interested in other cultures. 4 You hear a couple discussing a holiday they’ve just been on. What did they like about the place? A the individual family-owned shops B the restaurants serving local dishes C the traditional folk music festival

179

Festivals & Globalisation Reading and Use of English  PART 5 – Multiple choice  DISCUSS 6 You are going to read an article about an independent film festival. Before you read the text, discuss the following questions with a partner. 1 Which film festivals are famous worldwide? 2 Why are independent film festivals important? 3 Why do you think people make low-budget independent films? 4 Would you like to make a film? Why/Why not? If you did make a film, what would it be about?

A He wrote something for her. B He accepted the recognition for something she did. C He says he is the author of something she wanted to write. D He says he is the author of something she will write. 4 Why did Westmoreland choose Keira Knightley to play Colette? A Because he thought she could play a complex role. B Because she came thoroughly prepared to the audition.

! | Exam Strategies

C Because he thought Knightley was a complex person.

1 Remember that the questions are in the same order as the information in the text.

D Because she could make a difficult character seem easygoing.

2 Quickly look at the title and the whole text to see what it’s about.

5 What advice would Westmoreland give to new filmmakers?

3 Read the first question very carefully and then start reading the text until you find the answer. Highlight the answer in the text. Continue in this way until the last question.

B They should find a way of making a film like Colette.

4 Try to understand the meaning of any new words from the context.

C They shouldn’t give up on their project even if people say they should.

7 For questions 1-6, choose the answer (A, B, C or

A They shouldn’t move forward with a project if people tell them not to.

D They should complete all their projects without support from big film studios.

D) which you think fits best according to the text.

6 What is meant by ‘hit the jackpot’ in the final paragraph?

1 Why did Robert Redford found the Sundance Film Festival?

A was unexpectedly financially successful B attracted financial support from big business

A To promote every different kind of new film.

C reached but not exceeded financial targets

B To attract a lot of attendees.

D provided actors with substantial salaries

C To give a platform to films made independently. D Only to promote low-budget films. 2 Why does the director of Colette think that the story is interesting to today’s audiences? A Because people are exactly the same now as they used to be a century ago. B Because there aren’t points of connections with people in the past. C Because it discusses a modern-day topic. D Because in the past people weren’t so different from now.

180

3 In the film, why does Colette stand up to her husband?

13 Colette at the Sundance Film Festival

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

The Sundance Film Festival in Park City, Utah (USA) is one of the world’s main platforms for new, independently produced films. World renowned actor Robert Redford, who became famous in the film The Sting (1973), founded the Sundance Film Festival to promote new film-makers and low-budget films and to help keep independent cinema alive. Festival attendance in the first year was just 150 people. Today, the festival attracts around 47,000 attendees each year. Director Wash Westmoreland has presented other films at Sundance, but Colette (2018) is his most ambitious one. It is the beautifully choreographed true story of the iconic French writer Colette (portrayed by Keira Knightley) and her difficult relationship with her husband, Willie (Dominic West). As well as directing the film, Westmoreland also wrote the script. Although the film is set more than a century ago, the writer/director believes that it’s still relevant in today’s world. When asked about the challenges of making a film set in a different time interesting for the modern day public, Westmoreland replied: “I think it comes with realising that people in the past aren’t too dissimilar to people today and just looking for points of connection.” Colette is a film about a woman trying to stand up to her husband. He says that he is the author of something that she actually wrote. Colette was an intellectual and she was a brilliant writer. Westmoreland was asked why he cast Keira Knightley, who is British, to play the French Colette. What did she bring to the role that made him feel she was the right choice? He replied that he needed an actress that could portray such a complex character and he believed that Knightley would be great. He then added that in the film: “Colette also ages from 19 to 34 so we needed someone who could show that transition. … (Knightley) is so professional and comes thoroughly prepared and she had such a depth of understanding of the character.” Westmoreland was also asked what advice he would give to new filmmakers. He replied:

50

55

60

65

“My advice from this project (Colette) is people will tell you there are a thousand reasons why you shouldn’t move forward with a project, but you just have to keep pushing and working at it and finding a way to make it.” It is thanks to organisations such as the Sundance Film Festival that filmmakers who aren’t yet well known get the opportunity to show their work to the public and that ‘indies’ (independent films) are still being made. Hit movies such as The Blair Witch Project and the documentary March of the Penguins are ‘indies’ that premiered at Sundance and hit the jackpot, for example. But festival founder Redford believes that’s all changed now. “The big movie studios are not going to take as many chances any longer with the offbeat films. Also, the capital isn’t coming so much from the studios anymore to finance films; it’s got to come from outside.” There is definitely still hope as long as such interesting, independent projects are premiered at Sundance.

181

Festivals & Globalisation Grammar  The passive

Vocabulary  Noun + noun expressions 1

See page 185

8 Look at these noun + noun expressions

11 Read the text below and underline the passive

connected with globalisation. Discuss what they mean with a partner.

verbs. The first one is an example.

The Glastonbury festival

1 world power 2 communication technology 3 trade barriers 4 consumer goods 5 shoe manufacturer 6 pop culture

5

9 Match the words below with the words in the table to make more noun + noun expressions. culture • barrier • agreement expectation • manufacturer

10

1 communication 2 trade 3 consumer

15

4 clothes 5 youth 20

 CRITICAL THINKING 10 Underline the noun + noun expressions in these questions. Then discuss the questions in pairs. 1 Do you think that sports events like the Olympic Games lead to better international understanding? 2 Some people say that problems such as air pollution can only be tackled internationally. Do you agree? Why/Why not? 3 Fashions for exotic foods, a phenomenon known as food fads, can mean we import foods from countries thousands of miles away. Why might this be a bad thing? 4 The internet is the greatest invention in recent years. For example, you can find anyone’s contact details at the click of a mouse. Do you agree, or are there any disadvantages, e.g. our personal details being available to anyone? 5 We are increasingly seeing migration rates increase. Is there any evidence of people emigrating from your country or immigrating into your country?

182

25

The Glastonbury Festival is the best-known festival of its kind in the UK. It is held in the West of England. The festival was first held in September 1970 and now attracts visitors from all over the world. The organiser, Michael Eaves, was so inspired by a visit to a nearby blues festival that he decided that he would organise something similar on his own land. The rock band T. Rex were booked as the main attraction and about 2,000 people came to the event. The following year, the Festival moved to the time of the Summer Solstice and was known as the ‘Glastonbury Fayre’. It was paid for by some famous bands who supported the idea, so entrance for the estimated 12,000 who attended was free and it followed the medieval tradition of music, dance, poetry, theatre and spontaneous entertainment. It was in this year that the first ‘pyramid’ stage was constructed out of scaffolding and expanded metal covered with plastic sheeting. It was described at the time as one of the weirdest events ever to have been staged in modern Britain. The number of people going to the festival has increased dramatically over the years and official attendance figures have usually been boosted by the number of people hopping over the fence. However, security has now been increased with the result that local objections to the event have been reduced.

13 12 Write an example sentence in the table below for each passive tense. The first two are given. Tense

Form

Example

0 How is this festival funded?

Present Simple

am/is/are + past participle

Present Continuous

am/are/is being + past participle

00 The level of security is being increased.

Present Perfect Simple has/have been + past participle

1 The festival organiser has just…

Past Simple

was/were + past participle

2 International companies...

Past Continuous

was/were being + past participle

3 The band was...

Past Perfect Simple

had been + past participle

4 By the end of the concert...

Future Simple

will be + past participle

5

Future Perfect

will have been + past participle

6

2 Conditional

would be + past participle

7

3 Conditional

would have been + past participle

8

Infinitive

(to) be + past participle

9

Perfect Infinitive

(to) have been + past participle

13 Look at the following sentences and then say why we use the passive in each one. 0 He was invited to the festival.

We don’t know who the agent is, i.e. we don’t know who invited him. 1 The security guards had been instructed to check all entrance tickets. 2 A: Do you want a lift home from the festival? B: No thanks, I’m being collected. 3 In the next session of the EU parliament, new laws will be introduced to reduce noise pollution. 4 Most of the old Rolling Stones CDs can be borrowed from the music library.

14 Now complete these sentences with the correct

10

15 Look at the sentences below. With a partner, discuss whether there is any difference in meaning. A It is said that the original organiser of Glastonbury is in his eighties now. B The original organiser of Glastonbury is said to be in his eighties now.

16 Rewrite the second sentence in each pair so that it has the same meaning as the first. 1 It is said that many people are waiting for the tickets to go online. Many people are said ......................................................... . 2 The festival is believed to have made half a million euros. It is believed ............................................................................ .

passive tense. 1 The singer ................................... when she finished her song. (applaud)

3 They were expected to headline the festival.

2 Not much ................................... about the festival organiser since 2005. (hear)

4 The festival organisers are alleged to have stolen the funds.

3 Refunds ................................... to everyone next week. (send) 4 If we had asked them to prepare the auditorium on time, it ................................... . (do) 5 By 2020, the concert ................................... annually for more than fifty years. (hold) 6 Complaints should ................................... to the organisers. (make)

It was expected ..................................................................... .

It is alleged ............................................................................... .

! | Frequent Mistakes This letter was written by the festival organiser. NOT This letter was written from the festival organiser. The film was made in 2014. NOT The film is made in 2014.

183

Festivals & Globalisation Vocabulary  Noun + noun expressions 2 17 Work in groups. You have been asked by the mayor of your town to organise a two-day festival for young people from different countries. Before you start to think about the task, match the noun + noun expressions in the exercise below.

21 Before you start writing, brainstorm ideas under these headings:

• Which event? Information about it • Why people in other countries might be interested in this event

• Examples of passive forms: It is held on the... It is said that...

0 A

home

A town

1

celebrity

B page

2

advertising

C statement

3

mission

D campaign

4

web

E system

5

sound

F endorsement

(add some more examples of your own)

! | Exam Strategies Leave a blank line between each line of your writing so that you can make corrections and changes clearly.

 GET CREATIVE 18 In your groups, decide what kind of event you would organise. Think about the points below and use some of the noun + noun expressions from exercise 17 in your discussion.

• • • • •

What artists would you invite to perform? What kind of food would you provide?

Speaking  PART 4 – Discussion  DISCUSS 22 Choose one of these speaking prompts.

What other events would you organise?

1 Talk about festivals.

What about accommodation?

2 What do you like doing best in your free time?

How much would you charge, if anything, for a ticket?

3 Talk about your studies and future plans.

• How would you advertise it?

4 Tell us about your town/family/home. 5 How important is eating well for you?

19 Now present your suggestions for the two-day festival to other groups.

6 If you could learn something new, what would it be and why? Work with a partner. You are going to speak for one minute on your chosen topic.

Writing  PART 2 – Article See Writing Bank on page 247

 GET CREATIVE 20 A website that has information about different countries’ festivals and traditions is asking visitors to the site to write articles. You decide to write an article about a special event which you celebrate in your country. Write 140-190 words.

184

• Before you start, make notes on what you want to say.

• Think carefully about the vocabulary and grammar you can use to show that you have an advanced level of English.

• What linkers can you use to make sure your ideas are connected and logical?

• When you have finished, tell each other what you think you did well and what you’d like to improve.

Workbook Grammar Reference The passive The passive is used: 1 when we do not know who the agent is. – At the festival, I had the feeling that I was being followed.

The impersonal passive is used to express ideas or opinions. Reporting verbs such as believe, think, understand, report, allege, expect and know are typically used in the passive for this purpose. The impersonal passive is formed using: It + passive of reporting verb + (that) + clause

2 when it is obvious who the agent is to the listener or reader. – They had been told to check all tickets (by the organisers).

– It is said (that) the carnival attracts half a million visitors every year.

3 when the action is more important than the agent. – New laws are being introduced to combat noise pollution from open air festivals.

OR

The passive is formed: subject + to be + past participle. When rewriting active sentences in the passive voice: • the object of the active sentence becomes the subject of the passive sentence or is dropped. – Marco invited her to the carnival. = she was invited to the carnival (by Marco).

– It is reported (that) the event is the largest of its kind.

passive of reporting verb + infinitive – The carnival is said to attract half a million visitors every year. – It is thought to be the largest event of its kind. Intransitive verbs (verbs without an object) can’t usually be put into the passive.

• the tense of the main verb in the active sentence is changed into the appropriate tense of to be + past participle in the passive sentence. – Someone stole her purse during the Dragon Dance. = her purse was stolen during the Dragon Dance.

1 Complete these sentences using the passive form of the verb given. 1 Halloween ........................................ on 31 October. (celebrate) 2 The film ........................................ right now in India. (make) 3 That book ........................................ last year. (write) 4 While the decorations for the festival ........................ , I was still making some costumes for the dancers. (put up) 5 This music ........................................ before. (never – play) 6 By the end of the party last night, all the food ........................................ . (eat) 7 The complaints about noise ........................................ at next Friday’s meeting. (discuss) 8 By 2050 many cultural events ........................................ . (die out) 9 If you got more funding, the festival .......................... . (save) 10 If the event ........................................ better, there would have been fewer complaints. (organise)

2 Rewrite these sentences using the passive form. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Have they put out enough chairs for everyone? Someone writes an article for the website every week. Someone was playing the guitar in the courtyard. Will they give you an English test? Someone should open a window. They didn’t tell him which room to go to. No one has brought us our coffee yet. They offered the job to Julia last week. They’ll lend Alex all the equipment he needs. The Council are going to build a new theatre.

3 Rewrite these sentences in the impersonal passive. 1 People say it is the best film festival in the world. 2 Many people have reported feeling dizzy because of the light show. 3 The organisers are believed to have made a lot of money. 4 People think that local crafts are an important part of the culture. 5 They question whether the show will make a profit or not.

185

Workbook - Festivals & Globalisation

Practice 1 Complete the phrases with the correct passive form of the verbs below. drink • practise • discover • found • invent hold • serve • perform • grow • build 1 The first heart transplant .......................... by Christian Barnard in 1967. 2 Acupuncture .......................... in China for 4,000 years. 3 The Parthenon .......................... around 2,500 years ago. 4 The next party .......................... outdoors, so let’s hope it doesn’t rain. 5 Rice .......................... in a number of European countries, including Italy. 6 The Edinburgh Festival .......................... in 1947.

3 Use one of the compounds from exercise 2 to complete the sentences and make the expression plural if necessary. 1 I think the poor ............................... at this year’s festival were a direct result of the bad weather. 2 Our ............................... were getting so high that we decided to buy bikes and install solar panels. 3 Everyone’s eating Goji berries at the moment; I presume it’s one of those ............................... that will last a few months and then be forgotten. 4 The exam papers are always kept in a safe because of the high............................... they pose. 5 We’ve got a real ............................... in this area because of the high number of watch-dogs. When one starts barking, they all reply!

7 Penicillin .......................... by Lister in 1871.

6 I don’t think ............................... like the World Cup do much to promote understanding between nations.

8 More coffee .......................... these days than ever before.

7 Nowadays most countries require motor-cyclists to wear ............................... .

9 Tomato ketchup .......................... by Heinz in 1876.

8 Susan went to a ............................... which lasted three days and featured about 20 different groups.

10 Hamburgers.......................... by McDonald’s since 1948.

2 Underline the word which does not collate with

4 Use the expressions below to complete the following sentences.

the word on the left. 1 crash

helmet/barrier/road

2 fuel

consumption/bill/need

3 security

measures/event/risk

4 food

fashion/consumption/fad

5 noise

nuisance/pollution/problem

6 sports

event/venue/rate

7 attendance

rate/figures/quantity

8 blues

concert/festival/exhibition

home town • celebrity endorsement web page • advertising campaign mission statement • sound system 1 I always like to go back to my .......................... and visit my parents. I love where I grew up! 2 I really like the new studio where we rehearse now. The .......................... is so much better than the old one because it’s more modern. 3 There was a huge .......................... for that event last summer. I think Emma Stone and Ryan Gosling also made a contribution. 4 Our company’s .......................... needs to be drawn up clearly, before we go into the meeting and meet the clients. 5 The negative comments on his .......................... were really out of order. Do you think it should be shut down? 6 That .......................... is the only one that stands out from the rest on TV because it is shot in black and white. Personally, I think all the rest look the same!

186

13 5 The following passage describes Guy Fawkes Night, a British festival. Write a word below in each space. involvement • gunpowder • attend • effigy assassinate • bonfires • blow up • majority conspiracy • burning • firework GUY FAWKES NIGHT

5

10

15

20

25

30

Every November 5 , British people celebrate Guy Fawkes Night. The event is accompanied by 1 .................................... displays, the lighting of 2 .................................... and the ceremonial 3 .................................... of an 4 .................................... of Guy Fawkes. The origin of this celebration stems from events which took place in 1605. There was a 5 .................................... known as ‘The Gunpowder Plot,’ intended to take place on November 5 of that year (the day set for the opening of Parliament). The object was to 6 .................................... the Houses of Parliament along with King James I. The conspirators hired a cellar beneath the House of Lords. Here, they secretly stored 36 barrels of 7 .................................... . The plan went wrong, however. Lord Monteagle, the brotherin-law of one of the conspirators, received an anonymous letter urging him not to 8 .................................... Parliament on opening day. When the message was revealed, the hidden barrels were discovered and Guy Fawkes, the organiser of the plot, was arrested on the night of November 4 . The 9 .................................... of the other conspirators were killed, imprisoned or executed. A modern theory regarding the 10 ............................ of Guy Fawkes in the Gunpowder Plot is that he was not trying to blow up the Houses of Parliament, but attempting to 11 ............................ King James.

6 Match the traditional celebrations below to the description of what some people do to celebrate them in English-speaking countries. Thanksgiving • Easter • Boxing Day Australia Day • New Year’s Eve Christmas Day • Halloween 1 In Britain, on this day, children open presents under a decorated tree and then eat a traditional lunch.

2 In some countries, people paint eggs and give chocolate eggs or rabbits.

3 Every January 26 , people celebrate the landing of Captain Cook.

4 In Britain, people often visit relatives on this day and eat leftovers from the day before.

5 In the evening of this day, people stay up till after midnight, sing and wish everyone well.

6 On this day, children make masks and go from house to house saying, ‘trick or treat?’

7 In the USA, families meet and have a traditional lunch of stuffed turkey and pumpkin pie on this day.

187

Workbook - Festivals & Globalisation Reading and Use of English  PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 The TV news team is interviewing the band’s lead singer at the moment. BY The band’s lead singer ................................................................ the TV news team at the moment. 2 Boris was the winner of the best newcomer category at the ceremony. AWARDED Boris ................................................................ prize in the best newcomer category at the ceremony. 3 Glenda looks like a different person in her fancy-dress costume. RECOGNISE You ................................................................ if you saw her in her fancy-dress costume. 4 Local laws prevent fast-food restaurants opening in the city’s historic centre. ALLOWED According to local laws, fast-food restaurants ................................................................ in the city’s historic centre. 5 A heavy storm led to a delay in the start of the ceremony. BY The start of the ceremony ................................................................ a heavy storm. 6 They have postponed the lecture on globalisation until next Wednesday. OFF The lecture on globalisation ................................................................ until next Wednesday.

188

13 Listening  PART 4 – Multiple choice 2-05

You will hear an interview with a man called Barnaby Ingham, who is talking about a festival of local produce that he organised. For questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 What first got Barnaby interested in the idea of promoting local produce?

5 Barnaby found the hardest aspect of organising the festival was

A a family connection

A convincing people to attend.

B a course he studied

B finding a suitable location.

C an article he read

C getting financial backing.

2 When asked about the problem of ‘food miles’, Barnaby A suggests that the same issue affects other products.

6 What surprised Barnaby most about the festival itself?

B argues that distribution systems are inefficient.

A how many people attended

C blames consumers for buying certain goods.

B how much produce was actually sold

3 How did Barnaby’s family react to his local produce experiment? A His children were surprisingly supportive.

C how much media coverage it received 7 How does Barnaby regard the reaction of supermarkets to his work?

B His wife didn’t really take him seriously.

A with suspicion

C His parents tried to dissuade him.

B with optimism

4 What gave Barnaby the idea of organising a festival of local produce?

C with regret

A the encouragement of a friend B something he saw on holiday C a chance meeting

Writing  PART 2 – Email You have received this email from your English-speaking friend, Nicky.

From: Nicky Subject: Concert How was the open-air music festival you went to? I’ve never been to one – email back and tell me about the place where it was held, how you got there and how you felt about the whole experience. Can’t wait to hear all about it! Bye, Nicky Write an email in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

189

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze

! | Exam Strategies • Put your answers on the answer sheet by marking the lozenge in pencil. • Make sure you copy your answers onto the answer sheet correctly. • If you make a mistake on the answer sheet, rub out the mark you have made in the lozenge and mark the correct lozenge. • Don’t leave any questions unanswered. Guess the answer – you may be right!

For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

THE CHANGING ATTRACTION OF MUSIC FESTIVALS D It’s safe to say music festivals are now a firmly (0) .................... part of summer time. But things have changed. They used to be about (1) .................... the boredom of daily life and leaving social classes at the festival gate. The music and general madness of the festivals was a great social leveller. Whether you were a (2) .................... banker or poor student, everyone was in it (3) .................... . However, nowadays many festivals are (4) .................... by big corporate brands and money can buy you luxury. You can book a tepee with shower and (5) .................... bed at one festival for £3,000! With so much (6) .................... and such a range of ‘experiences’ on (7) .................... , where you go says a lot about you. It’s why people continue to wear the wristbands for weeks afterwards; it’s about (8) .................... a statement. People don’t go to festivals for the music any more; they go because it’s cool to go to certain festivals.

190

0

A founded

B confirmed

C formed

D established

1

A missing

B escaping

C disappearing

D running

2

A wealthy

B expensive

C financial

D valuable

3

A respectively

B mutually

C together

D both

4

A served

B carried

C conducted

D sponsored

5

A married

B couple

C double

D pair

6

A choice

B election

C option

D amount

7

A deal

B offer

C bargain

D request

8

A setting

B getting

C doing

D making

13 PART 2 – Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

STRAWBERRIES AND CREAM AT WIMBLEDON of Wimbledon is one (0) .................... the big global sport events. It is the oldest tennis tournament (1) .................... the world and many people believe it is the most prestigious. Tennis players (2) .................... competed at the All England Club in Wimbledon, in the south of London, since 1877. It may not be a festival, but it’s usually got a very festive atmosphere. Many well-known guests attend, wearing very stylish outfits. In the UK, people even organise parties and watch this championship on TV, if they can’t get (3) .................... London. It is traditional to eat strawberries and cream while watching the matches. Another interesting fact is that Wimbledon is one of the four Grand Slam tennis tournaments. It is the only one that is still played (4) .................... grass, the game’s original surface. Furthermore, Wimbledon is one of the few major sport competitions (5) .................... you can buy a ticket to (6) .................... of the big matches on the day. The problem is that people can (7) .................... get one if they bring a tent and they queue overnight. Yes, (8) .................... is a queue of people in tents!

PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capital letters at the end of some of the lines to form a new word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

THE ADVANTAGES OF GLOBALISATION connection between people. With the Globalisation has increased the (0) ......................... use of the internet, the world has become a smaller place. There is an exchange of (1) ......................... and ideas which has linked the mindset of people all round the world. One of the most advantageous features of globalisation is that there are more opportunities for (2) ......................... . When people have a job, their standard of living increases and poverty is reduced. (3) ......................... important advantage is that competition among companies raises the quality of products. The consumer also has the opportunity to choose from what seems to be an (4) ......................... variety of products. It is claimed that globalisation increases the (5) ......................... of developing nations. Developed countries invest in these countries, with the aim of capturing new markets, which helps them improve their infrastructure and technologies to (6) ......................... levels. However, not everyone has such a positive view of globalisation and there is considerable (7) ......................... between investors and economists. Moreover, in the academic world, (8) ......................... are also concerned about its disadvantages.

CONNECT THINK

EMPLOY OTHER END PROSPER

NATION AGREE SOCIAL

191

Family & Friends

Vocabulary: Family and friends Vocabulary: Idioms Grammar: Indirect speech Grammar: Indirect questions Grammar: Orders and requests in indirect speech

Reading and Use of English: Part 6 Writing: Part 1 Listening: Part 2 Speaking: Part 2

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 2, 3, 4

Warmer  DISCUSS 1 Discuss these questions with a partner. 1 When talking about families and friends, what do you think the idiom ‘blood is thicker than water’ means? 2 Do you agree with the idiom? Why/Why not? 3 What are the advantages and disadvantages of belonging to a large family?

192

14 Vocabulary  Family and friends

8 the daughter of your mother or father’s new partner from a different relationship 9 a girl who has only one parent in common with you

2 Pair work 1 Describe your best friend. Use some of the adjectives/phrases below to help you. confident • good-looking • trustworthy • loyal extrovert • shy • intelligent • punctual well-off • fun-loving • artistic • sporty creative • well-travelled • speaks good English ambitious • proud • happy same/different social background interested in the same/different things 2 As you listen to your partner’s description, take notes. 3 Change partners and report what your first partner said.

3 Find the relatives in the word puzzle below, e.g. son. There are ten other words. G R E A T G R A N D F A T H E R

H M M F F X G T F P J D G Z G Z

W L S F A L B W R N M A R W R L

G O L U R C G K T L K U A D C W

N Z N D O G N T P T K G N U V P

R N T G J S U K K X P B C N E X K P C Y H R H T D M N C D N N V

M I N I E C E N T H N E O L Y T

N X V J G R K Z B X K T N W T L S L K Z F T R W C N E R Z T B R L G R F D K O H E B T M R W H P T H E R E N R D X P T G D P B X

10 a boy who has only one parent in common with you

 Idioms 5 Match the idioms (A-H) to their meanings (1-8). A

build bridges

B

fair-weather friend

C

see eye to eye with someone

D

know someone inside out

E

keep someone at arm’s length

F

get on like a house on fire

G

give someone the cold shoulder

H

be on the same wavelength

1 someone who acts as a friend only when times are good 2 become good friends quickly 3 know someone very well 4 agree with somebody 5 not allow yourself to get too friendly with someone 6 deliberately ignore someone 7 share the same interests and opinions 8 help people cooperate and understand each other better

6 Now write five sentences of your own using the idioms above.

4 What is the word for these family members? 1 your sister’s husband 2 your brother’s wife 3 your husband’s/wife’s father 4 your husband’s/wife’s mother 5 your father’s second wife 6 your mother’s second husband 7 the son of your mother or father’s new partner from a different relationship

193

Family & Friends Grammar  Indirect speech

VIDEO

See page 199

7 When Sonal, a young university student, was talking about friends and family, she said, ‘Friends are the new family.’ If we want to report what she said, we say: She said that friends were the new family. How do we change direct speech into indirect speech? Complete spaces 1-10 in the table with the tense we use in indirect speech.

8 Now complete spaces A-J with the sentence in indirect speech. N.B. Don’t forget to change the personal pronouns, etc. as necessary. The first one is an example. Direct speech

Present Simple He said, ‘I value my friends.’

Indirect speech

0 Past Simple 00 He said that he valued his friends.

Present Continuous

1 ...............................................................................................

She added, ‘I am also seeing Maria today.’

A ...............................................................................................

Past Simple

2 ...............................................................................................

He said, ‘I went to see my best friend last night.’

B ...............................................................................................

Past Continuous

3 ...............................................................................................

She said, ‘I was walking to David’s house when I bumped into Marco.’

C ...............................................................................................

Present Perfect Simple

4 ...............................................................................................

He added, ‘I have seen her nearly every day since I met her’.

D ...............................................................................................

Present Perfect continuous

5 ...............................................................................................

She insisted, ‘I haven’t been arguing with my sister.’

E ...............................................................................................

Future (will)

6 ...............................................................................................

He promised, ‘I will be there for your birthday party.’

F ...............................................................................................

Future (am/is/are going to)

7 ...............................................................................................

She said, ‘I am going to arrange my sister’s graduation party tomorrow.’

G ...............................................................................................

can

8 ...............................................................................................

He added, ‘I can help you choose Jane’s present.’

H ...............................................................................................

must (obligation)

9 ...............................................................................................

She said, ‘You must visit our aunt next week.’

I

may He said, ‘I may go into the family business.’

194

...............................................................................................

10 ............................................................................................... J

...............................................................................................

14  Indirect questions

VIDEO

9 Look at the following pairs of sentences. How do we form indirect questions for yes/no questions and for how/where/why/what/when questions? 1 A Yes/no direct question: He asked, ‘Are you seeing your girlfriend tomorrow?’ B Yes/no indirect question: He asked if/whether I was seeing my girlfriend the following day. 2 A How/wh direct question: He asked, ‘Where is the next family gathering taking place?’ B How/wh indirect question: He asked where the next family gathering was taking place.

10 Read the rest of what Sonal said and rewrite it in indirect speech. Remember to use different reporting verbs such as added, explained, asked, stated, etc. ‘My friends and I are more likely to eat together and spend time together than we do with our family. We’ve already been away on holiday together too and sometime soon we will most likely even spend special holidays together such as Easter. Friends are the new family but why and when did it happen?’

12 Look at the sentences below and discuss the difference between say, tell and talk. A Paolo said that he liked family parties. B Paolo told me that he liked family parties. C Paolo talked about family parties.

13 Fill in the correct form of tell, talk or say in the sentences below. 1 Helen .................... me she was enjoying her holiday with her family. 2 Jane .................... she had spent a nice evening with her friends. 3 My aunt .................... us that she wouldn’t be able to come to lunch. 4 At the family get-together, my cousin .................... about his trip to South-East Asia.

 Orders and requests in indirect speech

14 Look at the sentences. Which words do we use to report orders and requests? What grammatical structures follow the reporting verbs? 1 A Direct speech: ‘Go and see your grandmother. She’s not at all well,’ my mother said to me. B Indirect speech: My mother told me to go and see my grandmother as she was not at all well. 2 A Direct speech: ‘Can you take this book to my friend’s house, Edward?’ Anna asked. B Indirect speech: Anna asked Edward to take the book to her friend’s house.

15 Ask/tell your partner to do three things for you. Change partners and report back on what you were asked/told to do.

! | Frequent Mistakes 11 In pairs, ask five questions about friends using the ideas below and your own ideas. Then change partners and report back using indirect questions. • their importance • what they look like • how often you see them • what you do together

He told me he was having lunch with his parents. NOT He said me he was having lunch with his parents. I told my brother not to stay out so late. NOT I told my brother don’t stay out so late. My friend asked if I would help him with his homework. NOT My friend asked help him with his homework.

195

Family & Friends Reading and Use of English  PART 6 – Gapped text

Generation Z

 DISCUSS 16 You are going to read an article about teenagers who are part of Generation Z. Before you read the text, discuss the following questions with a partner. 1 What do you think the main issues are between teenagers and older generations? 2 What can be done to resolve the issues? 3 What experience of these issues did you have/ are you having as a teenager? 4 Do you think teenagers are very different from people in their late twenties? Why/Why not? 5 Do you think that teenagers generally have a rather negative image in the media? Why/Why not?

17 Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A They also seem to be well informed about the difficulties that their generation will have to confront, and they are actively doing something about it. B On the contrary though, research shows that Gen Z is very different: they make their own independent choices and they have their own set of priorities.

5

10

C Having a constant link to friends and family has also transformed how they interact. D It is a great way of making sure that as many people as possible find out about their concerns! E On the other hand, the internet might actually be disconnecting teenagers from real friendships and family relationships.

15

20

F Research in the UK actually suggests that partners, family and education are some of the most important things for British teenagers. G Gen Z seems to be a generation that will grow up in a world where there isn’t any control over privacy, everyone shares personal details online.

196

25

Do you know which generation you are part of? Here is a clue: if you were born between 1995 and 2005 then you are generally considered to be part of Generation Z (Gen Z). One of the biggest differences between Gen Z and older generations is how well connected they are. They are the first generation that has had internet connection since they were born. Many teenagers spend hours online every day and being constantly connected to news and entertainment has changed their lives. 1 The way Gen Z relates to each other and to others is very different from previous generations, because of the internet and social media. Many people believe that Gen Z could be the happiest yet, because they have easy access to people all across the world and to so much information. 2 In fact, it sometimes prevents them from enjoying real-life experiences and makes them feel more alone than they actually are. The feeling of social isolation that many teenagers experience can be difficult for older people to understand. And the solution could just be more real-life contact and interaction! Older generations might believe that having fun, social media and the internet are the most important things to teenagers right now, but Gen Z has very different kinds of priorities. 3

14  CRITICAL THINKING 18 Discuss with a partner how social media has 30

35

40

45

50

Also according to the research, there is a big issue for many young people in the UK: the cost of going to study at university is extremely high and might prevent some from attending at all. All in all though, Gen Z appears to be optimistic about its own future and the opportunities that they will have. 4 For example, many teenagers are extremely passionate about fighting problems like climate change and also about promoting women’s rights. Instead of using more traditional methods, most of the work they do to support these causes is on social media. 5 In a lot of ways, Gen Z teens already appears more responsible than previous generations – they want to help resolve difficult issues such as education, equality and the environment. Gen Z are sometimes considered to have the same characteristics as Millennials (people born between 1985 and 1995) – one of the reasons is because the word ‘millennial’ is still so popular. As Generation Z grow up, we’ll just have 6 to wait and see what positive changes they bring to the world.

affected your life. Do you think it has a mostly positive or negative effect? Give at least three reasons why.

Writing  PART 1 – Essay See Writing Bank on page 244

19 Tell your partner about the times you have asked someone from an older generation for advice. Did you listen to their advice? Was it good advice?

 GET CREATIVE 20 Write an essay (140-190 words) using all the notes below and give reasons for your point of view. You should use some direct and indirect speech in your essay.

‘You should always seek and listen to advice from people who are older than you.’ Do you agree with this opinion? Notes Write about: 1 when it’s best to listen to advice from your parents 2 when it’s best to listen to advice from friends of your age 3 ........................................ (your own idea)

Listening  PART 2 – Sentence completion 21 You are going to listen to a woman talking about genealogy. Before you listen, discuss these questions. 1 What is genealogy? 2 How important is it to you to know about your family history? 3 What have you found out from talking to older members of your family?

197

Family & Friends 22

24 Draw your family tree and explain it to your

2-06 You will hear a woman called Anthea Wilson talking about genealogy. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences.

partner.

! | Exam Strategies

Speaking  PART 2 – Long turn

Try to predict what the answer could be before you listen. It helps you recognise the answer when you hear it on the recording.

! | Exam Strategies 1 Use linkers to make logical connections between ideas.

Anthea compares studying your family history to a . 1

2 Use fillers, for example, let me see, well, actually, to gain thinking time if you need it and to ‘cover’ hesitation.

The use of a 2 is essential for finding and recording information.

3 Be involved in what you’re saying. You can do this by giving examples from your personal experience.

Anthea recommends starting your investigations focusing on 3 .

4 Smile. It makes your voice sound friendly and it makes you feel better!

Records concerning a person’s are the most useful 4 piece of information.

25 Look at the pictures below. Take turns to use the

Many beginners forget to write down the of the information 5 they collect.

questions to guide you to talk about the pictures for one minute. While you listen to your partner, note down the parts of the picture he/ she talks about and tick the questions that he/ she answers.

When you write down a person’s name, also write his/her 6 . Because names often have different variations, always pay attention to the of the name. 7 Write nicknames in 8

Questions to guide you Talk about the people: What are they doing? What are they wearing? How are they feeling?

.

Anthea gives the example of a to illustrate the 9 importance of giving full information about an event. Anthea uses the word to describe additional 10 information about the location of an event.

Talk about the place: What sort of place is this? What is going on there? Would you like to be there?

26 When your partner has finished speaking, tell him/her if he/she forgot to talk about any parts of the picture or any of the questions. Then tell him/her what was good about their talk, for example, the vocabulary, the grammar or the fluency.

23 What do these abbreviations mean? , 1 Mr A

198

2 Ms

3 Miss

4 Dr

5 Prof B

Workbook Grammar Reference Indirect speech

VIDEO

When we report speech: 1 we backshift the verb tense. A She said, ‘I see my friends every weekend.’ B She said that she saw her friends every weekend. 2 we may need to change personal pronouns/time expressions. A He said, ‘I am going to visit my grandparents tomorrow.’ B He said that he was going to visit his grandparents the following day. 3 Might, could, would, should and ought to generally stay the same in indirect speech. A Maria said, ‘I might go on holiday with my cousin.’ B Maria said she might go on holiday with her cousin. A Alex explained, ‘I would go and see my parents more often if I lived nearer them.’ B Alex explained that he would go and see his parents more often if he lived nearer them. N.B. We don’t always change the verb tense when the situation is still true. A James said, ‘She can’t get into the festival because she is only 14 years old.’ B James said she couldn’t get into the festival because she is only 14 years old.

NOT – John said his mother that he was going to the game with his friends. We use the infinitive in indirect speech for orders and requests, especially after the verbs tell and ask. A Don’t make so much noise,’ he said to his brother. B He told his brother not to make so much noise. A Can you open the door for me please, Jan?’ Paola asked. B Paola asked Jan to open the door for her.

Indirect questions

VIDEO

For yes/no indirect questions, we use if/whether and the verb is in normal sentence position. A ‘Are you meeting up with your friends this afternoon?’ she asked. B She asked if/whether I was meeting up with my friends that afternoon.

If we say who we are talking to, we use tell in reported speech. – John told his mother that he was going to the game with his friends.

For how/wh questions, we use how/wh to introduce the clause and the verb is in normal sentence position. A ‘Where are you going this evening?’ he asked. B He asked me where I was going that evening. A She asked, ‘What are you doing on Saturday?’ B She asked me what I was doing that Saturday. A ‘How are you going to get to the party?’ he asked. B He asked me how I was going to get to the party.

1 Complete these sentences using the correct

2 Rewrite these sentences in indirect speech.

form of the verbs given.

1 ‘I don’t know what you see in Josh,’ said Alice.

1 He said that he ………………………. to meet us at the station. (prefer)

2 ‘We won’t be able to come to the party,’ she said.

2 She said she ………………………. for her exam this week so she couldn’t come to the cinema. (revise)

3 ‘My family lived in a village before they moved into the city,’ he said.

3 They said they ………………………. on a social networking site a month ago. (meet)

5 ‘Where have you put my phone?’ he asked.

4 He said he ………………………. dinner when you called him. (have) 5 They said they ………………………. about her behind her back. (not/talk)

4 ‘Are you going to Dominic’s party?’ she asked. 6 ‘How did you know his name?’ they asked. 7 ‘Do you know when the next train to London leaves?’ she wanted to know. 8 ‘Who were you with last night?’ he asked.

6 He promised he ………………………. her the photos today. (send)

199

Workbook - Family & Friends

Practice 1 Match each word below to its definition. acquaintance • pal • sibling • mate in-law • neighbour • nephew • colleague 1 This is someone who lives near you .............................................

7 I wouldn’t say that you have to be friends with your colleagues at work, but it’s fundamental to ............................... everybody.

2 This person works with you .............................................

8 A teacher should be someone you ............................. , someone who can set a positive example.

3 This is someone you know slightly .............................................

9 There is no reason why a woman should ............................... her mother-in-law if both act honestly and openly.

4 This person is your brother or sister ............................................. 5 This is someone related to you by marriage ............................................. 6 This is an alternative word for friend ............................................. 7 This person is in the same group of friends ............................................. 8 This is your sister or brother’s son .............................................

2 These phrasal verbs and expressions all describe the way people relate to each other. Put a cross (✗) by those describing negative emotions and a tick (✓) by those describing positive emotions. get on with • be at odds with • split up go off • fall out • fair-weather friend • look up to take to • see eye to eye • break up be on the same wavelength

3 Now use a suitable phrasal verb in the correct tense or an expression to complete the following sentences. 1 When I was ill, Grace never came to see me or enquired how I was. I’m afraid she’s only a ............................... . 2 Friendship for me is ............................... – you know, laughing about the same things and having lots to talk about. 3 Usually marriages ............................... because of financial difficulties or because one of the couple is unfaithful. 4 I was terrified that my parents wouldn’t like my boyfriend’s parents, but they really ............................... each other and had loads in common. 5 When the magic had gone from our relationship, there was nothing for it but to ............................... .

200

6 Sally and I usually agree about most things, but when it comes to music, I’m afraid we don’t ............................... .

10 I really ............................... David when he got drunk and said all those awful things to his girlfriend. 11 I had a terrible row with my father and I’m afraid we ............................... . If he apologises, I’ll see about speaking to him again.

4 Fill in the correct form of say, tell, talk, speak or ask. 1 Don’t ............................... anybody what I ............................... . It’s a secret. 2 Richard and I had a terrible row last week. We ............................... to each other since then. 3 Lucy ............................... she would be late so Mum has put her dinner in the oven. 4 The children ............................... if there were going to be any fireworks later on. 5 I was so exhausted when Laura came to see me in hospital. She just sat on the bed and ............................... . 6 Could you ............................... more slowly, please? I can’t understand what you’re ............................... .

14 3 ‘Don’t forget to water the plants while I’m away, ’ Mary said to her friend.

5 Put these direct speech phrases into indirect speech using the reporting verbs below. Make any changes you think are necessary.

............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. 4 ‘Would you like me to test you on your irregular French verbs?’ Lucy asked Janet.

offer • suggest • remind threaten • warn • invite

............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

1 ‘We’re having a house-warming party next Saturday. Can you and your girlfriend come?’ David said to Lucas.

5 ‘There’s a big hold-up ahead. All traffic must turn off here,’ the policeman said to the motorist.

............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. 2 ‘If you don’t tidy up your room at once, I’ll ground you for a week, ’ Roberta said to her son. ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................. 6 ‘If I were you, I’d try to make up with Susan,’ Amy said to Peter. ............................................................................................................. .............................................................................................................

Reading and Use of English  PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

The Family A of different social groupings. What they all have in common, The word ‘family’ is used to describe a wide (0) .......... however, is a (1) .......... relationship between members. Family members are generally either genetically related, like parents and children, or legally related, as in the (2) .......... of marriage partners. In modern western society, people often live together in small units (3) .......... as nuclear families, where the household is (4) .......... up of just two generations. In these families, the children leave home once they (5) .......... maturity, going off in (6) .......... of careers or to start families of their own. (7) .......... these families stay in touch with more distant relations, they are usually economically independent of them. In traditional societies, however, the ‘extended’ family is more often the norm. This is a much larger economic and social unit in which all generations of the same family, as (8) .......... as more distant family members such as aunts and uncles, live under the same roof. 0 A range

B list

C deal

D lot

1 A tight

B close

C near

D strict

2 A matter

B point

C case

D example

3 A entitled

B called

C referred

D known

4 A made

B got

C done

D put

5 A meet

B arrive

C earn

D reach

6 A hunt

B search

C aim

D look

7 A Moreover

B Despite

C Although

D Nonetheless

8 A well

B soon

C far

D long

201

Workbook - Family & Friends

What is True Friendship? We asked four students about their best friends A Alison

5

The thing about studying at a campus university is that you arrive knowing nobody and very soon meet all sorts of different people from backgrounds quite different to your own. Della was one of the first people I met in a queue on Day one and we soon got chatting. We were both looking for someone to hang out with because all the enrolment procedures were so confusing. It turned out we shared a passion for all kinds of watersports, and after that we just stuck together. Della comes across as a very confident sort of person, someone you’d turn to in a crisis, but I know that deep down she’s just as vulnerable as me – so we understand each other. The great thing about Della is that she doesn’t allow things to get her down. Whatever happens, she looks on the bright side. I tend to react badly if things don’t go my way, so Della helps to keep me grounded!

B 10

15

Ben

A few guys from my school ended up on the same university course as me. Because they all knew each other already, this group came across as rather unfriendly towards everyone else. I was keen to meet new people, so resisted the temptation to hang out with them. I got talking to Damian because his room’s next to mine in the student residence. We got talking even though we had nothing in common and are into completely different types of music and stuff, but we became friends nonetheless. The thing is, Damian’s always straight with me. If I ask for his opinion, I know he’ll be completely honest with me and I appreciate that. He’s loyal too, no doubt about that. My old school friends were good for a laugh, but you couldn’t rely on any of them to stand by you if you were in real trouble. That’s why Damian’s a real friend.

C Clara

20

I guess I was attracted to Naomi because we’re like chalk and cheese. I mean she’s as wild and unpredictable as I’m calm, cool and sensible, but I guess we complement each other. Since I got to know Naomi, I’ve had a go at all sorts of things I’d never have had the confidence to try on my own. Basically, she’s up for anything unusual and the harder the task appears, the more determined she is to succeed at it. People admire her for that, because they soon see how serious she is. I mean, Naomi’s not the sort of person you’d turn to if you had a problem because she’s always recommending that people try all sorts of weird and wonderful things – even stuff she’s never tried herself. But I can forgive her for that, because with Naomi around, there’s never a dull moment.

D Peter 25

30

202

People ask me why I’m friends with Darius. He seems so unlike me in many ways, but actually I value his friendship greatly. I’m a very sociable sort of person and I know lots of people on a very superficial level. That’s fine, we all need that sort of social contact and it’s good not to take life too seriously. But I also have a serious side to my character, and talking to Darius helps me to think about things more deeply, to question a few of the things other people take for granted. One reservation I have is that Darius always says exactly what he thinks, even if he’s criticising me, and that can hurt sometimes. That insensitivity annoys me sometimes, although what he says is often true and it does make me think. Darius doesn’t go out of his way to make friends, and that puts some people off, but if you make the effort, he’s really worth getting to know.

14 Reading and Use of English  PART 7 – Multiple matching You are going to read an article in which four students are talking about their best friend. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once.

Which student’s friend can sometimes be a little too honest?

1

doesn’t always give good advice?

2

has completely different interests?

3

has the same leisure interests?

4

can appear unfriendly at first?

5

is always ready for a new challenge?

6

provides unconditional support?

7

isn’t as self-assured as people think?

8

always looks on the bright side?

9

gains the respect of others because of their determination?

10

Writing  PART 2 – Email You have received this email from your English-speaking friend, Andrea.

From: Andrea Subject: Argument Hey – what do you mean you’ve had a serious argument with your cousin? I thought you were really close. You must be really upset. Why don’t you write and tell me what this argument was about, what was said and how you feel about it? Sometimes telling somebody else about these things can help. Bye, Andrea

Write your email in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

203

Reading and Use of English PART 2 – Open cloze

! | Exam Strategies • • • •

When you’ve finished, read the whole text with your words in the gaps to make sure that it makes sense. Write only one word for your answer. Check your spelling carefully because it must be correct. Make sure your handwriting is clear.

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

IDENTICAL TWINS – BUT DIFFERENT PERSONALITIES each other? (1) .......... Why is it that identical twins can end up having completely different personalities from (0) .......... having the same genetic make-up, identical twins have their (2) .......... distinctive personalities. Just how their individuality emerges has remained a bit of a mystery (3) .......... recently. But now, researchers have found that life experiences affect brain development — and this may help us understand how personalities form. Who we are behaviourally and physically depends on a number of factors. Genetics plays a huge role, but (4) .......... does the environment, (5) .......... can influence the way our genes are expressed. For example, identical twins may have different heights or weights because (6) .......... dietary differences or serious illnesses. Importantly, identical twins raised in (7) .......... same household still develop personality differences over time. Behavioural geneticists explain these differences by looking into the influences of the ‘non-shared environment’. This is the individual experiences siblings have when they are (8) .......... together, and their personal interactions with their environment.

PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capital letters at the end of some of the lines to form a new word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

TALKING AT OR WITH A FRIEND? essential component of friendship. In any friendship, some Talking is an (0) .............................. talking is (1) .............................. one person reciting their self-centred problems. However, talking between friends requires exchange. In a mutually (2) .............................. friendship, both friends talk and listen, usually to an equal degree. When a friend reveals ideas or feelings, they are expecting shared (3) .............................. in return. When the talk is not equal, the friend talking feels as if the listener is (4) .............................. . (5) .............................. you have been talking for more than a minute or two without any (6) .............................. from the other person, you are lecturing or putting your friend in the role of a counsellor. People talk to extend (7) .............................. to another, to contribute to the (8) .............................. of the relationship, and to share ideas or feelings with someone else. Good, rich conversation is always available between friends.

204

ESSENCE MERE SATISFY INFORM INTEREST TIME PARTICIPATE THEM GROW

14 PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 ‘Can you take this phone to Ben’s house?’ asked Sam. ME

asked me to Sam ................................................................................ take that phone to Ben’s house. 1 ‘I won’t tell anyone what you said,’ Jasmine promised. TO Jasmine promised ................................................................................ what I had said. 2 Tom’s painting looked a mess because he did it too fast. SPENT If Tom ................................................................................ his painting, it would have looked better. 3 My family supported me in my decision to take a job in Africa. UP I ................................................................................ my family in my decision to take a job in Africa. 4 It might take some time to be familiar with how the new IT system works, I think. GET Using the new IT system might take some time ................................................................................ , I think. 5 My brother always gets on with my friends even though he’s much younger. OF In ................................................................................ , my brother always gets on with my friends. 6 They cancelled the protest march because their demands had been met. CALLED The protest march ................................................................................ because their demands had been met.

205

Travel & Ecotravel

Vocabulary: Travel

Reading and Use of English: Part 7

Vocabulary: Countable and uncountable nouns Grammar: A lot of/much/ many; little/few Listening: Part 3

Vocabulary: Idioms connected with travel Grammar: Modal verbs: obligation Grammar: Modal verbs: deduction Writing: Part 2 Speaking: Part 3 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 3, 4

Warmer  DISCUSS 1 Work in pairs and discuss these questions. 1 What was your last holiday like? Where did you go? What did you do? Who did you go with? 2 Which of the types of holidays in the photos do you like? 3 If you could go anywhere in the world on holiday, where would it be? Why would you go there? A

B

C

D

15 Vocabulary  Travel 2 With a partner, complete this crossword related to travel. When the answer is two words, there is a shaded box between the words. Across

2

1

3 another word for a day trip 4 what you need to show when you get on a plane (2 words)

3

6 what you need to make before you go to a hotel

5 4

9 what you need to get into a country 10 what you check in at the airport

7 6

12 a person who organises and sells holidays (2 words)

8 9

Down 1 all-inclusive holiday (2 words)

10

2 a holiday on a ship

11

5 another word for a holiday, often used in American English 12

7 where you are travelling to

8 amount of money you want to spend on a holiday 11 a ship that travels regularly between two points

3 In pairs, write down at least five words or phrases for each section. Air travel

flight attendant

Hotel

room service

Train

platform

On holiday in general

tour guide

4 Work in pairs. Choose a word from this page and explain what it is to your partner without saying the word. Can he/she guess what you are describing?

207

Travel & Ecotravel Reading and Use of English  PART 7 – Multiple matching

SPACE TRAVELLERS

 DISCUSS 5 Before you read the article on astronauts,

A

discuss these questions with a partner. 1 Would you like to be an astronaut? Why/Why not? 2 How has space travel contributed to technology? 3 How has space travel contributed to our understanding of the universe?

6 Read the article. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once.

! | Exam Strategies Check your answers carefully just in case you’ve made a mistake.

Who is part of a band?

1

has made coffee in space?

2

took tools to a space observatory during a mission?

3

is very keen on what are traditionally seen as subjects for men?

4

wasn’t a particularly good student at university?

5

has a European record?

6 7

was late applying to be an astronaut?

8

liked spending their spare time in planes?

9

has been in space for more than five hundred hours?

10

7 Discuss these questions with a partner. 1 Do you think space tourism will take off? Why/Why not? 2 Would you like to go on holiday in space? Why/Why not?

208

Sally Ride was born in California and started playing tennis at the age of ten, winning a tennis scholarship to a prestigious girls’ school. She first wanted to become a professional tennis player but after three months of hard practice, she knew she didn’t have what it takes and therefore decided to enrol at Stanford University. At 27, she was a PhD student looking for postdoctoral work in astrophysics when she read about NASA’s call for astronauts. More than 6,000 people applied, of which 35 were successful – 6 of whom were women. After joining NASA in 1977, Sally underwent extensive training, which she enjoyed so much that flying became a favourite hobby. In 1983, Sally became the first American woman in space and clocked up many space hours. After retiring from NASA, she became a physics professor and pursued her crusade of encouraging young women to study science and maths.

B

has studied Geological Sciences before becoming an astronaut?

Sally Ride

5

10

15

20

25

Samantha Cristoforetti

Samantha Cristoforetti was born in Milan in 1977. She first started training to become an astronaut when she attended the Space Camp program in the USA, she was eighteen. In fact, she is the second Space Camp student to go to space. After that, Cristoforetti became one of the first women to be a lieutenant and fighter pilot in the Italian Air Force, having graduated in Aeronautics Sciences at the Accademia Aeronautica in Pozzuoli (Italy). She has spent over five hundred hours in space and has flown six types of military aircraft. Cristoforetti holds the European record for the longest uninterrupted voyage in space (199 days, 16 hours). Cristoforetti is the first Italian woman in space and is also known as the first person who made an espresso in orbit.

30

35

40

15 Vocabulary  Countable and

C 45

50

55

60

Neil Armstrong was an American aviator, astronaut, test pilot and university professor and also the first person to set foot on the moon. He himself said that there was no defining moment in his life when he decided to become an astronaut. He studied aerospace engineering and held numerous honorary doctorates, despite having been no more than an average student with average grades. Before becoming an astronaut, Neil was in the US Navy and saw action in Korea. After quitting the Navy, he became a test pilot and experienced several scary incidents such as engines stopping mid-flight, which no doubt helped him hold his nerve as an astronaut. Neil very nearly missed becoming an astronaut as his NASA application arrived a week after the deadline and had it not been for a close acquaintance who slipped it into the pile of applications, we may well not know his name today. Two months after his application, he was accepted and was known as the first civilian astronaut.

D 65

70

75

80

85

90

uncountable nouns

Neil Armstrong

8 Look at these words taken from the texts. Write C (countable) or U (uncountable) next to each word. 1

tennis

2

scholarship

3

training

4

hobby

5

science

6

learning

7

parachutist

8

discomfort

9

flight

10

deadline

9 Look at these uncountable nouns which have been placed in five different groups. 1 pleasure, happiness 2 advice, information, news

Andrew J. Feustel

Andrew J. Feustel was selected as an astronaut by NASA in 2000. He was born near Lake Orion in Michigan (USA) and has a Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in the Geological Sciences. Feustel has taken part in two space missions. In 2009, Feustel served on STS125, which was the final mission to bring technical equipment to improve the space observatory called Hubble Space Telescope until 2014. Feustel also served on mission STS-134, its purpose was to deliver different kinds of equipment to the International Space Station. This is a habitable artificial satellite in the orbit close to Earth. It is expected to be in use until 2028. In fact, Feustel lately served as Commander on two International Space Station expeditions. In his personal life, Feustel is also a member of the astronaut rock band Max Q!

3 furniture, luggage 4 electricity, gas, power, water 5 money Add these words to the group where you think they fit best. research • sadness • air • wealth • baggage

10 Write five sentences about travel and holidays. Each sentence should contain one word from each group.

! | Frequent Mistakes He is still waiting for the information from the travel agency. NOT He is still waiting for the informations from the travel agency. He asked me to pack his luggage. NOT He asked me to pack his luggages. I heard this news this morning. NOT I heard these news this morning. The scenery here is beautiful. NOT The sceneries here are beautiful.

209

Travel & Ecotravel Grammar  A lot of/much/many; little/few See page 213

11 Read the text below and then discuss when we use a lot of/much/many and little/few.

5

10

Travel agencies are hoping to generate a lot of excitement by offering tourists the opportunity to go into space in the near future. But there still aren’t many ventures like Virgin Galactic that aim to carry us beyond Earth’s atmosphere. Due to the costs involved, there are few companies worldwide as yet actively working on private space vehicles. The big question is still how much money you need to become a space tourist. At the moment, the answer is a lot! So, there is little hope that mass space tourism will become a reality in the very near future.

12 Tell your partner about the place where you live and what it does and doesn’t offer for tourists. Use a lot of, much, many, (a) few and (a) little.

14

2-07 Listen to the five different people. For questions 1-5, choose from the list A-H the reason each speaker gives for choosing an ecoholiday. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use.

Speaker 1

1

Speaker 2

2

Speaker 3

3

Speaker 4

4

Speaker 5

5

A Finding a remote destination was important to me. B I wanted to get in good shape surrounded by nature. C I was concerned that my holiday wouldn’t have a negative environmental impact. D I wanted to make sure some of the money I’d spent on my holiday went to the local community. E I wanted to get closer to the local culture. F The holiday company has a good reputation for having an ethical approach to business. G I didn’t want to be part of a large group of tourists.

Listening  PART 3 – Multiple matching  CRITICAL THINKING 13 You are going to listen to different people talking about ecotourism. Which of the following statements about ecotourism do you think are true? 1 It helps preserve the environments tourists go to see. 2 It tries to make sure it doesn’t overdevelop a tourist destination. 3 It makes more money than conventional tourism. 4 It encourages tourists to respect the local culture.

! | Exam Strategies Read the questions really carefully before you start listening. If you’re unsure about an answer, wait for the second listening before making your final decision. Making a decision too quickly may mean that you ‘use up’ an answer that belongs to another speaker.

210

H The holiday company is well known for minimising its carbon footprint.

15 Look at the list of reasons for choosing an ecoholiday above (A-H). Work with a partner and rank these reasons 1 (most important) to 8 (least important). Give reasons for your decisions.

15 Vocabulary  Idioms connected with travel 16 Match the idioms (A-I) with their definitions (0-8). The first one is an example. A travel light

20 Look at the pair of sentences below. What is the difference in meaning between must and have to from the speaker’s point of view? A I have to get up early tomorrow as my flight to Johannesburg leaves at 6 a.m. B The government must do more to protect national treasures.

B hit the road C in the same boat

21 Look at the pair of sentences below. What is the

D off the beaten track

difference in meaning between mustn’t and don’t have to?

E itchy feet F take someone for a ride

A You mustn’t visit a church in a swimsuit.

G sail through something

B You don’t have to wear formal clothes when you go to the opera in Verona.

H live out of a suitcase I don’t rock the boat 0 D

away from frequently travelled paths

1

strong impulse to travel

2

leave a place to go somewhere else

3

in the identical difficult situation

4

travel a lot

5

cheat someone

6

take very few things with you

7

succeed without difficulty

8

tell someone not to cause trouble

We must get up early to catch the ferry.

23 Read the email below from an English friend and then answer it using modal verbs where appropriate.

17 Write five sentences using these idioms.

Grammar  Modal verbs: obligation

22 Now put this sentence into the past.

VIDEO

Dear George As you know, I’m coming to stay in your town for the next term and will be attending your school as part of an exchange programme. It would be really good if you could send me a few tips on what I should or shouldn’t do so that I don’t make too many mistakes. Cheers, Daniel

See page 213

18 Look at the list of cultural ‘dos’ and ‘don’ts’ for people travelling to Dubai on holiday and, as you read, underline the modal verbs. • Women must cover up and not wear low tops or short skirts. • Men should keep their tops on. • You shouldn’t smoke, eat or drink during daylight hours in public during Ramadan. • You must not use offensive language in public. • You ought to respect the culture at all times.

19 With a partner, write a list of cultural ‘dos’ and ‘don’ts’ for your own country. Use must, have to, should and ought to.

 Modal verbs: deduction

VIDEO

24 The telephone rings in your hotel room. Rank these different reactions in order of likelihood (1 = most likely). A

‘That might be the tour guide.’

B

‘That may be the tour guide.’

C

‘That should be the tour guide.’

D

‘That’ll be the tour guide.’

E

‘That must be the tour guide.’

F

‘That could be the tour guide.’

211

Travel & Ecotravel 25 Work with a partner and discuss these questions. 1 Draw some possible conclusions using must, can, could, might and may about the following situation. You are in a plane when suddenly it starts to go up and down erratically.

It might be very windy. 2 Draw some possible conclusions using must have, may have, might have and could have. You have just walked into your hotel room and are shocked because the window is smashed, the wardrobe door is open and the bedclothes are on the floor.

Somebody must have been looking for something valuable.

Writing  PART 2 – Review

Speaking  PART 3 – Collaborative task

! | Exam Strategies Think about your voice when you speak and 1 speak loudly enough so that everyone can hear you. 2 speak at an appropriate speed. You might speak more quickly to show enthusiasm and more slowly to highlight important ideas. 3 use intonation to support your meaning, for example, your voice should go up if you are surprised. Don’t speak in a flat tone. 4 speak clearly so that all the words are easy to understand and make sure that you don’t ‘swallow’ the end of your sentences. 5 breathe deeply and calmly so that you can control your voice.

See Writing Bank on page 245

26 You are going to write a review. Read the checklist below and highlight the key words in sentences 1-8. Then write your own tip. Checklist 1 Make sure you answer the points in the question. 2 Organise the content logically into three or four paragraphs. 3 Write an interesting opening paragraph.

28 Work in pairs. I’d like you to imagine that a holiday destination wants to attract more tourists. Here are some ideas they’re thinking about and a question for you to discuss. First talk together about the advantages and disadvantages of having these facilities. Now decide which two would be best.

4 Write a closing paragraph with impact. building a nightclub

5 Use linkers so that your reader can follow your train of thought. 6 Use a variety of verb tenses and make sure that there aren’t any mistakes.

installing a funfair

building holiday flats

7 Write in an appropriate register. 8 Ensure you hold the attention of your reader.

 GET CREATIVE 27 You see this notice on an English-language website called Young Travel Writers. Reviews needed! Do you want to be a travel writer and get paid for going on holiday? If so, could you write us a review of a recent trip you took? Include information on where you went, what you saw and what your impressions were.

Why would these ideas attract more tourists?

opening more shops

providing playparks for children

29 Present your suggestions for attracting tourists, Write your review in 140-190 words.

212

explaining the reasons for your choices.

Workbook Grammar Reference VIDEO

A lot of/much/many; little/few

Modal Verbs: obligation

Much and little are used with uncountable nouns. – much time/money

For general rules about modal verbs, see page 101.

– little excitement/energy Many and few are used with plural countable nouns. – many people/countries – few taxis/hotels Much and many are mainly used in negative sentences and questions. – I don’t have much money to spend on a holiday. – Have you got many clothes to pack?

Must/have to are used to express strong obligation. The difference between must and have to is that must describes self-imposed obligation and have to describes obligation coming from an outside source. – Astronauts have to follow a strict diet and exercise regime at NASA. (These are rules imposed by the Space Agency.) – I must get up early tomorrow because I have a lot to do before I go away. (This is my decision.) However, in current English, must and have to are very often used interchangeably depending on the speaker’s meaning.

– He spent a lot of dollars on his round-the-world trip.

Must can only be used to refer to the present and future but have to can be used in all tenses. Should/ought to are used to express weaker obligation. Ought to can also imply a moral obligation. – You ought to reduce your carbon footprint. – You shouldn’t wear beachwear in a restaurant.

Little and few without a express negative ideas.

Modal Verbs: deduction

– Oman has spent a lot of money on encouraging tourism but few people have visited the country = not many/not enough.

Will, must, should, could, may and might are used to express logical deduction. The examples are listed in the order of likelihood of something being true.

A lot of is used in affirmative sentences and can be used for countable and uncountable nouns. – There has been a lot of snow in the mountains.

– Unfortunately, we will have little time to visit Pompeii = not much/not enough. A little and a few express more positive ideas. – I really enjoy going on holiday with a few friends = not many but enough to have a good time with them. – They have a little money so they can afford to stay in hotels rather than on a camp site = not much but enough to stay in more comfortable accommodation.

1 Put the appropriate verb (must/have to/should/

VIDEO

Situation: you are waiting for the taxi to arrive to take you to the airport. Someone rings the doorbell. – That’ll be the taxi driver. – That must be the taxi driver. – That should be the taxi driver. – That could be the taxi driver. – That may be the taxi driver. – That might be the taxi driver. The modal verb you choose to use depends on how sure you are about the situation.

2 Put the appropriate verb (will/must/may/could/

ought to) into the sentences below. More than one may be possible.

might) into the sentences below. More than one may be possible.

1 You ................ talk to the driver when the coach is moving.

1 That ................ be Paula – she usually gets home at this time.

2 You ................ drive up that street as it’s one-way. 3 You ................ love nature to work for the World Wildlife Fund but it certainly helps! 4 You ................ drink plenty of fluids before you run a marathon.

2 He’s been working all night – he ......... be exhausted. 3 I’m not entirely sure but that painting ................ be an original Rembrandt. 4 I ........... still have your book but I’m not 100% sure. 5 She always gets me a birthday present but she didn’t this year – she ................ forgotten.

213

Workbook - Travel & Ecotravel

Practice 1 Underline the correct word in each sentence. 1 We decided to hire a car at Rome airport and I must say the way/drive/travel down the coast to Amalfi was spectacular. 2 I often walk to work but it’s quite a far/distant/ long way so I’m often tired when I get there. 3 The flight/fly/voyage was most unpleasant; we flew through a thunderstorm! 4 Edward has gone on a business travel/journey/ trip. We’re expecting him back next Monday. 5 I used to get seasick during the way/flight/ crossing between Dover and Calais, but a friend told me how to relax and it doesn’t happen any more. 6 Last week we drove down to the West Country and on the drive/way/route we stopped to have a look at Stonehenge. 7 Travel/Journey/Travels agents have a great job, I think. They can go on lots of holidays! 8 We decided to try a new street/route/path to Bristol, through the Wye Valley. It was beautiful.

2 Choose the best alternative (A, B, C or D) to complete the sentences. 1 When you ............................ your destination, check your mileage and fuel consumption. A get B reach

C arrive D come

2 The next train at platform five ............................ at Bristol only. A arrives B calls

C goes D terminates

3 At the service station, Roger ............................ the car to ask the attendant to fill up the windscreen tank. A got out of B got off

C descended D went from

4 The school bus ............................ the children off opposite the gym. A drops B sets

C gets D picks

5 Passengers must remain seated until the train comes to a complete ............................ . A stopping B still

214

C halt D end

6 It’s much quicker to walk into town, I find; if you catch the bus, it takes ages to ............................ there. A reach B arrive

C go D get

7 When you leave the motorway, drive towards Brighton, then turn off and ............................ for Lower Brockhampton. A set B drive

C go D head

8 It was so cold and wet that we were looking forward to ............................ home and having a cup of tea. A getting B coming

C reaching D staying

9 My dad always ............................ off for the office half an hour earlier than necessary to avoid the rush-hour traffic. A gets B goes

C leaves D sets

3 Use one of the following modal verbs to complete the sentences about passenger behaviour on planes. Some can be used more than once; sometimes more than one answer is possible. should • must (× 2) • shouldn’t don’t/doesn’t have to • mustn’t (× 2) 1 You ....................... smoke, even in the bathroom. 2 You ....................... keep your seatbelt fastened if the ‘Fasten seatbelt’ sign is off. 3 During take-off and landing, you ....................... close your tray and keep your seat in the upright position. 4 Hand luggage ....................... be placed in the overhead lockers or under the seat in front of you. 5 You ....................... sit in your seat when the stewards are passing with the refreshments trolley. 6 You ....................... forget to switch off your mobile phone or handset. 7 Children ....................... be allowed to run up and down the aisle.

15 4 Each of the following sentences has a mistake in it. Write the correction on the dotted lines.

5 Match sentences 1-8 with an ending A-H including a word below. shuttle • notice-board • departure lounge liquids • excess baggage costs suitcase • security • boarding card

1 Although it was a beautiful sunny day, there were a few people on the beach. ................................ 2 There’s no need to get a taxi, we can walk to the station – we’ve got much time. ................................. 3 Peter’s mother gives him many money, but he spends it all on sweets. .................................

1

You’ll need to print off your ............................

2

Remember that your ............................

3

If you put any ............................

4 There were so much people waiting at the check-in desk, I was afraid we’d miss our plane. .................................

4

When you go through ............................

5

5 I have so few energy these days; perhaps I need a tonic. .................................

Your gate number will come up on the ............................

6

You will have to pay ............................

7

There’s often a ............................

8

There are usually some shops in the ............................

6 There weren’t lots of empty seats on the plane so I couldn’t sit next to my friends. .................................

A service for passengers if they have to go to a different terminal. B you often have to take off your shoes. C and you should be ready to go straight there. D if your suitcase is over the limit. E where you can buy tax-free items. F mustn’t be heavier than the specified amount. G from the Internet before you leave. H in your hand-luggage they’ll show up on the screen.

Reading and Use of English  PART 2 – Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use one word only in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

Star Cottage If you’re looking for a holiday (0) with .......... a difference, then Star Cottage could be the answer. The self-catering holiday cottage is located in a peaceful mountainous region of Wales. The area is very thinly populated, and so it’s a great place to (1) .......... away from it all and have a rest. What’s (2) .......... , the area has recently been recognised (3) .......... one of the best places in the UK to go and observe the night sky. (4) .......... of the amount of light pollution that affects modern countries, it’s relatively difficult to find places (5) .......... it is truly dark at night. That’s why many people (6) .......... never really had the chance to observe the stars properly. At Star Cottage, you’ll find that telescopes and other equipment have been set (7) .......... for you in a shed in the garden. Even (8) .......... you have no experience of astronomy, the friendly owner, who lives in the cottage next door, will be happy to show you what to do.

215

Workbook - Travel & Ecotravel

TRIP

5

10

15

20

25

30

216

TO

One of my best friends is spending a month studying in Edinburgh. He studies History at university and his dissertation focuses on Mary Queen of Scots, so he wanted to stay in Scotland for a while to do some research. 1 I left early in the morning and arrived in Edinburgh about four hours later, at eleven. I was very excited as I had never been to Scotland. One of the first things we went to see was the Scott Monument, a famous landmark in the heart of town. It was constructed in 1846 to celebrate Edinburgh born writer Sir Walter Scott, who is renowned for his historical novels. It was particularly interesting to me because of what I am studying! I found out that it is the second largest monument to a writer in the world after the José Martí monument which is in Havana, in Cuba. 2 You can even climb the monument and we went up 287 steps to see the beautiful view of the city and the countryside around it. It was stunning, but the climb up was hard. Edinburgh’s most famous attraction, which we visited next, is Edinburgh Castle. 3 Royal families have lived in the castle for hundreds of years and three of the most celebrated individuals to have spent time there are Queen Margaret, James VI and Mary Queen of Scots. 4 We also saw the amazing Crown Jewels there and explored the castle’s ancient

EDINBURGH

35

40

45

50

55

60

dungeons. We were very tired after that and we decided to go to George Street and have a late lunch. George Street also has some of Edinburgh’s best shops, so we looked around for a while but didn’t buy anything. We then spent the rest of the afternoon wandering around the beautiful Royal Botanic Garden which has an amazing range of plants and flowers. I was surprised that it was free to go in and visit it. I had a wonderful time in Edinburgh and I wish that I could have stayed longer as the city has so much to offer. Since we both love the theatre, my friend and I are thinking of going back next summer to attend the famous international theatre festival in August. It is called The Fringe. I have been told by many people that it is quite expensive though. 5 In that case, if we find it too difficult to go this year, we might try and get tickets for The Stand instead. It is a comedy club that looks like a lot of fun. I found out about it by chance, just checking on the internet. 6 They put on shows every night of the week, so that makes it easier to get a ticket. We are undecided between going to see a comedian we already know and like or a promising new one who isn’t as recognised yet. We might catch the next big thing, you never know! In any case, I can’t wait to visit the capital of Scotland with my friend again.

15 Reading and Use of English  PART 6 – Gapped text You are going to read part of an account of a trip to Edinburgh. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. A Furthermore, the accommodation available in that period in the city is booked well in advance. B My friend didn’t think it would be interesting at all. C It is actually over 61 metres high. D Apparently, many great comedians have stood behind the microphone there. E So it was a must visit for my friend because of his dissertation! F I went to visit him from London, where I am studying Literature. G My friend hadn’t been in the city long, so he hadn’t had the time to go and see it yet.

Writing  PART 1 – Essay In your English class, you have been talking about the subject of travel. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

Travelling is a great way to find out about the world. But are travel and tourism always a good thing for the countries that people visit?

Notes Write about: 1 the benefits of travel for the individual 2 the advantages and disadvantages of tourism for host countries 3 .............................. (your own idea)

Write your essay in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

217

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

GREEN HOTEL TREND: WOODEN KEY CARDS D eco-idea is wooden key cards. (1) .......... , Hotel chains have been going green for years, but the (0) .......... 30 billion plastic cards are produced every year using 150,000 tons of plastic but switching to cards made from wood can (2) .......... the hotels’ carbon footprint by 50%. A hotel can do a thousand things to improve, but we as guests see maybe only ten to twenty of them if we’re lucky. What’s so good about the wooden key card is that it’s one of the few things you get to hold in your hand; as such, it clearly (3) .......... the fact that the hotel is trying to be more environmentally (4) .......... . The cards – which are made from birch wood sourced (5) .......... certified sustainable forests – can (6) .......... a magnetic strip, RFID (Radio-frequency Identification) chip, logos and other designs. And experts (7) .......... that key cards are only the beginning as hotels (8) .......... more ideas to use renewable materials. We reckon ‘Do Not Disturb’ signs may be next for a makeover! 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A A

timely Actually reduce tells friendly with absorb announce come up against

B B B B B B B B B

advanced Eventually diminish spreads kindly by contain view come up with

C C C C C C C C C

fresh Currently fall sounds agreeable under join prophesy come away from

D D D D D D D D D

latest Recently drop communicates dutiful from mix predict come down to

PART 3 – Word formation

! | Exam Strategies • • • •

Write your answers on the answer sheet clearly in pencil. If you make a mistake on the answer sheet, rub out your answer and replace it. Check that your answers are in the correct box. Leave some time to check the completed text and your answers.

For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form the word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

BANGLADESH – VISIT BEFORE THE TOURISTS COME significant that the Bangladesh tourist board’s slogan, introduced in 2006, It’s (0) .............................. still applies. While Myanmar and India, which it borders, are high on any travel wish lists, Bangladesh remains largely (1) .............................. by even the most (2) .............................. travellers, despite having the world’s longest beach and the world’s largest mangrove forest, home to Bengal tigers.

218

SIGNIFY IGNORANCE ADVENTURE

15 Although (3) .............................. impoverished compared to its neighbour, India, Bangladesh has fascinating places to visit, many of which offer (4) .............................. experiences. Travelling to the country isn’t (5) .............................. easy as from time to time there is political unrest, but it’s well worth the effort as Bangladeshis are (6) .............................. and welcome tourists. A British-Bangladeshi woman recently started a website that focuses on the positives of this so-called ‘third-world’ (7) .............................. to ensure her parents’ homeland is not written off as a place known only for natural disasters such as floods. The website includes a travel element and she will lead trips to Bangladesh, using her local contacts to draw (8) .............................. to the country’s unknown highlights, including boat trips through remote areas and plenty of delicious curries.

RELATE FORGET NECESSITY HOSPITALITY DESTINE ATTEND

PART 4 – Key word transformation For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You can use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 Making new friends was easy for Peter. DIFFICULT

find it difficult to make Peter didn’t .................................................................................................... new friends. 1 Maria paid half of what I paid for my holiday. TWICE I paid .................................................................................................... for my holiday as Maria did. 2 Because of what he advised, you had a great trip. ADVICE Thanks .................................................................................................... , you had a great trip. 3 In my opinion, you’re lucky to be alive. CONCERNED You’re lucky to be alive, as .................................................................................................... . 4 People tend to react badly when they are under stress. TENDENCY People .................................................................................................... to react badly when they’re under stress. 5 I got angry because of his bad behaviour. MADE His bad behaviour .................................................................................................... temper. 6 Fortunately, we had enough glasses at the end-of-term party. RUN Fortunately, we .................................................................................................... glasses at the end-of term party.

219

Health & Happiness

Listening: Part 4

Vocabulary: Health Grammar: Causative Vocabulary: Prepositional phrases Reading and Use of English: Part 5 Speaking: Part 4 Writing: Part 2

READING AND USE OF ENGLISH: PARTS 1, 2, 4

Warmer  DISCUSS 1 In small groups, discuss these questions. 1 Do you and most of the people you know do enough exercise? Why/Why not? 2 What do you do to relax? 3 In your opinion, how important is it to eat healthy food? 4 What other things can help us be healthy in life, e.g. having good friends, a satisfying job, etc.? 5 How do you feel when you spend an evening with friends?

220

16 Listening  PART 4 – Multiple choice 2 You are going to listen to an interview with a fitness professional called Donna McCarthy. Before you listen, work in pairs and answer these questions about the words in bold which she uses in the interview. 1 What are the names of at least two joints in your body? 2 Show your partner some of your muscles. 3 What do you use your lungs for? 4 What’s another word for your spine? 5 Stretch your arms and then stand up and do a bend. 6 What does it mean when we say we can cure an illness?

5 What does Donna recommend as a good all-round exercise? A swimming B football C tennis 6 How much exercise does Donna recommend? A strenuous exercise twice a week B 90 minutes a day of light exercise C one hour of moderate intensity exercise a day 7 According to Donna, what is the most common cause of injury? A poor technique B collision in a team sport C inappropriate equipment

5 Discuss the questions below with a partner. 3 Read questions 1-7 in exercise 4 and underline any words which are new for you. Discuss what the new words might mean with a partner. Then check your answers with your teacher.

! | Exam Strategies 1 What should you do in the exam before each part starts? 2 What should you do during the first listening?

4

Listen to the recording and, for questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

3 What should you do during the second listening?

1 According to Donna, why should people do some sort of physical exercise?

5 When, how and where do you write your answers to the listening?

2-08

4 In what way is Part 2 different from Parts 1, 3 and 4?

A Many people do sedentary jobs. B Many people rely on cars to get around. C Many people suffer from stress because of their fast lifestyle. 2 Donna says that many people are unaware that exercise can A ensure they have a healthy heart. B help them maintain an ideal weight. C promote restful sleep. 3 Donna believes that children who like sport A come from a family who exercise. B have a sports person as a role model. C spend time with peers who do sports. 4 When talking about running, Donna says it’s easy to forget to A warm up properly before you start. B build up slowly to running long distances. C stretch when you have finished.

221

Health & Happiness Vocabulary  Health 6 Work with a partner. Brainstorm five common illnesses and what causes them.

e.g. cold – a cold is caused by a virus. headache – a headache can be caused by eye strain.

7 Match the health-related phrasal verbs (0-5) to

Grammar  Causative See page 227

9 Look at the following sentence and the structure in bold (causative). Then answer the questions below. Thomas has toothache so he has arranged for a dentist to check his teeth tomorrow. He is going to have his teeth checked.

their meanings (A-F). The first one is an example. 0 E

wipe out

A nurse

1

get over

B regain consciousness

2

pass out

C extract

3

look after

D faint

4

come round

E eradicate

5

take out

F recover

Now write a sentence using each phrasal verb. See Appendix 1 on page 304

8 Underline the expressions connected with health, and work out what they mean. 1 After backpacking around India for a year, he was in really bad shape. 2 She has lost so much weight that she looks like a bag of bones. 3 He felt squeamish when he saw the blood and blacked out. 4 I’m feeling off colour today – it’s nothing serious but something’s not quite right.

1 Is the action done by the subject of the sentence or someone else? 2 Use the example sentence to help you complete the gaps below. subject

Thomas

+ have/get

is going to have/get

+ .....

his teeth

+ .....

checked.

5 I’m so glad they are back on their feet again after that nasty cold. 6 He looks really run down since he got that stomach bug in Thailand.

10 Complete the sentences using the words in brackets. Make sure you use the right tense. 0 Did you make that jogging outfit yourself? (it/make)

had it made . No, I ........................................ 1 Your coat looks rather dirty. I think you should ........................................ . (it/clean) 2 When did you last ........................................ ? (car/service) 3 Your hair looks great. Where ........................................ ? (it/cut) 4 She wants to ........................................ . (her photograph/take)

222

16 11 Write a sentence for each situation using the

13 Complete each sentence with an appropriate

causative as in exercise 10.

expression from exercise 12. Use each expression only once.

1 Maria’s eyesight is getting worse, so she’s going to the optician.

1 I agree with you that health and happiness are connected .............................. .

2 My wisdom teeth are killing me so I need to see a dentist.

2 He’s not the type to upset anyone .............................. . He is just a bit tactless.

3 She’s been feeling rather tired lately so she has arranged to have a blood test.

3 The Health Minister offended a lot of pasta lovers .............................. when he said that pasta makes you put on weight. He didn’t mean to.

4 She twisted her ankle at the gym so she is going to the doctor’s for an X-ray. 5 He put his back out while he was out jogging so he went to a chiropractor.

4 .............................. of his speech, he summed up the main points of the health awareness campaign. 5 Most doctors are not .............................. in favour of fast food. 6 The actress is .............................. after breaking a leg falling off a horse. 7 Teenagers the world over have a lot of hobbies .............................. as they tend to prefer playing computer games to sports. 8 .............................. it doesn’t really matter what you do as long as you take regular exercise. 9 They met .............................. where they were both doing internships, learning from doctors.

! | Frequent Mistakes You will need to get your photo taken to join the gym. NOT You will need to get your photo took to join the gym. Maria had her bag stolen at the train station. NOT Maria had stolen her bag at the train station.

10 I don’t know what happened to the book on nutrition; .............................. it is definitely not where I left it.

14 Complete the gaps in this text with a preposition.

He’s having his tooth checked because it hurts. NOT He’s having to checked his tooth.

Vocabulary  Prepositional phrases

5

12 Complete the phrases with the correct preposition. at • on • in • by • to 1 ..... purpose

6 ..... common

2 ..... some extent

7 ..... the hospital

3 ..... any case

8 ..... hospital

4 ..... all

9 ..... the end

5 ..... accident

10 ..... the end

10

15

I’m fed up with people saying that teenagers are 1 ……… of control and that they are ‘wild’. Newspapers seem to love telling stories about teenagers who go drinking when they are 2 ……… age but they don’t seem to want to talk about people like my son, 3 ……… example. He’s up at the crack of dawn even in frosty weather when it’s several degrees 4 ……… zero to go out jogging. He jogs 5 ……… least three times a week. He doesn’t do it 6 ……… himself; he calls for a friend and they go together. They come back, 7 ……… of breath but glowing with health. And what’s even better, 8 ……… his way home, he picks up some fresh bread for breakfast.

223

Health & Happiness Reading and Use of English  PART 5 – Multiple choice  DISCUSS 15 You are going to read a newspaper article on the power of laughter. Before you read the text, discuss these questions with a partner. 1 How important is laughter in your life? 2 Do you like making people laugh? Why/Why not?

A people doing routine jobs are fitter. B people have more stress the more responsibility they have. C people are more likely to get certain illnesses if they have a low status. D people have less stress if they have less responsibility. 6 Laughter therapy can help patients to

3 How do you feel when you make people laugh?

A become less aggressive.

4 How do you feel when other people make you laugh?

B build better relationships.

5 Would you rather see a film that makes you laugh or cry? Why?

D overcome mental illness.

16 For questions 1-6, choose the answer

C overcome physical illness.

 CRITICAL THINKING 17 Discuss these questions with a partner.

(A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

1 Do you think laughter and health are connected? Why/Why not?

1 What is meant by ‘missing a big trick’ in line 9?

2 Give your opinion on why happy people may find life easier than unhappy people. Make at least three points. For example: I think that if people are happy, they don’t take things that go wrong too seriously.

A not using an opportunity B not paying attention C not using the right media D not focusing on the right issues 2 Dr Richardson says that telling people to keep fit A has achieved good results. B has made people change their lifestyles. C has made little difference to people’s health. D has made people lazier. 3 What does Dr Richardson say about happiness? A As a treatment, it is unlikely to help people with certain personalities. B It may prevent people from getting ill. C Its connection with health is longestablished. D It is more effective than pharmaceutical drugs. 4 Andrew Steptoe says that happy people A take preventative action to avoid lifethreatening diseases. B have little awareness of how healthy they are. C suffer from less tension than most other people. D live longer than others for inexplicable reasons.

224

5 The UK study demonstrates that

! | Exam Strategies 1 How many parts are there in the Reading and Use of English test and what do you have to do in each part? 2 How many marks are the questions worth in each part? 3 Why is it important to read the title of the texts? 4 What should you do if you don’t know the meaning of a word in a text?

16 The power

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

In Scotland, they are trying out a new and unusual type of medicine – happiness. It is now claimed that happiness could be important in determining your health and, in fact, the science of happiness increasingly suggests that there is a strong link between health and happiness. Dr Derek Richardson, Director of Public Health, suspects that for years, health professionals have been missing a big trick in improving the health of the nation. ‘We’ve spent years saying that giving up smoking could be the single most important thing that we could do for the nation. And yet there is mounting evidence that happiness might be at least as powerful a predictor if not a more powerful predictor than some of the other lifestyle factors that we talk about such as cigarette smoking, diet, physical activity, and those kinds of things.’ For years, he has tried to prevent ill health by healthy lifestyle campaigns. However, they haven’t had much impact and people have been dying at roughly the same rates. So, he started looking into the health benefits of happiness. ‘You’re not just happy because you’re physically well – it’s actually the opposite way around,’ says Dr Richardson. ‘If you’re happy, you’re likely to have fewer physical illnesses and consequently require less medicine than those who are unhappy.’ Dr Richardson now has the ambition to make people in the country happier and healthier.

of

50

55

60

65

laughter

Back in Scotland, one of the ways in which Dr Richardson has tried to increase happiness is by the use of a relatively new kind of therapy – laughter therapy. Instead of a psychiatrist laying you down on a couch and asking you what your relationship with your mother or father was like, the laughter therapist aims to help you to avoid thinking negative thoughts altogether and to find ways to overcome them through laughing. Because Dr Richardson can’t afford the thousands of laughter therapists he would need in his country, he has started a proactive campaign training local volunteers to do the counselling for him. So far, he claims that it has worked well and that time with an amateur laughter therapist has had positive effects on the patients. An external clinical psychologist, who has been examining the effectiveness of laughter therapy, says that, ‘Potentially, laughter therapy has colossal implications. We can see a future where people no longer suffer from anxiety and depression which would then allow them to go forward and achieve the things they want to achieve.’ If it were true, it would also, of course, save the world’s healthcare systems billions of dollars. So start laughing!

Andrew Steptoe, the British Heart Foundation Professor of Psychology at University College London, has found that happier people also have greater protection against things like heart disease and stroke. He says, ‘We know that stress, which has bad effects on biology, leads to those bad changes as far as health is concerned. What we think is happening is that happiness has the opposite effect, you don’t get so stressed out and it has a protective effect on these same biological pathways.’ In the UK, there is a long-running study into the link between your status at work and how healthy you are. You might expect that people in the lower ranks in a work place would have lower stress levels and, therefore, better health. However, this is not necessarily true because, according to the study, researchers have found that if you have a low status job with little control over what you do, you have a higher risk of cardiovascular disease.

225

Health & Happiness Speaking  PART 4 – Discussion 18 In pairs, discuss statements 1-4 below. You should ‘weigh up’ your response using phrases A-D where appropriate. Which statements do you and your partner agree on? 1 The best way to have a healthy life is to be in love. 2 You can only have a good life if you are rich. 3 Doing strenuous exercise is the only way of guaranteeing a healthy life. 4 People who smoke and drink too much alcohol don’t realise the damage they are doing to their bodies. A On the one hand… But on the other hand… B While it’s true to a certain extent that… I also think that…

 GET CREATIVE 21 Write your report in 140-190 words. 22 Discuss the questions below with a partner.

! | Exam Strategies 1 How many questions do you have to answer in the Writing test? 2 Is there a compulsory question? 3 What happens if you write too many or too few words? 4 What are the examiners looking for when they mark your writing?

C It’s often said that… However, in my opinion…

5 How would you assess your writing: good, average or weak?

D Although I can see some merit in…ing, I’d rather…

6 What are you going to do to practise and revise for the Writing test?

19 Discuss these questions with a partner.

! | Exam Strategies 1 Do you take the Speaking test on your own? 2 How many parts are there in the Speaking test? 3 What do you do in each part? 4 How long do you have to talk on your own in Part 2? 5 What are the examiners giving you marks for?

Writing  PART 2 – Report See Writing Bank on page 248

20 You are going to write a report for an English-language website on health and happiness. They have asked you to use these headings: • Exercise and activity • Food • Lifestyle

226

With a partner, brainstorm what you could include under each heading. Decide what you are going to include in your introduction and conclusion.

Workbook Grammar Reference Causative The word order is important for this structure. The past participle always comes after the object. subject

have/get

object

past participle

David

had

his eyes

checked.

Where

did you get

your hair cut?

We use this structure: 1 when we arrange for someone else to do something for us. Get can be used instead of have in less formal English. – He’s having his blood pressure checked.

1 Transform these sentences using the causative. 1 A local company rebuilt the hotel using environmentally-friendly materials. We ....................................... by a local company using environmentally-friendly materials. 2 There’s a leak in the roof; they’re repairing it now. There’s a leak in the roof; I ....................................... now. 3 When Paul was at the airport, someone stole his mobile phone. Paul .................................. at the airport. 4 Be careful, the door has just been painted. Be careful, I ....................................... . 5 You should go to the hairdresser’s because your hair is too long. You ....................................... because it’s too long. 6 My laptop is being updated by a technician. I ....................................... by a technician.

Grammar round-up 2 Put the correct form of the verb in these sentences. 1 Is Jay .............................. (play) his new computer game now? 2 While I .............................. (walk) down the road I .............................. (meet) an old friend. 3 .............................. you .............................. (ever/be) to New York?

2 to express that something unpleasant happened to someone. – Maria had her purse stolen at the airport. This doesn’t mean that Maria arranged for somebody to steal her purse – the structure in this case has the same meaning as the passive. – Maria’s purse was stolen at the airport. 3 with get to refer to the completion of an activity, especially if a time expression is used. – We’ll get the research done as soon as we can. In this particular use of the structure, we are more interested in the result of the activity than in the person that performs the activity.

4 Lucy .............................. (run) to get here on time; that’s why her face is red. 5 We .............................. (live) in a city but we .............................. (move) to the countryside a year ago. 6 Barbara .............................. (catch) the 9 a.m. flight to London next Friday. 7 If you .............................. (wear) yellow, it .............................. (make) you feel happy. 8 If I .............................. (be) you, I .............................. (buy) the green sweater. 9 Unless we .............................. (leave) now, we .............................. (miss) the bus. 10 He .............................. (pass) the test because he .............................. (study) really hard for six months. 11 I .............................. (modal verb) come to the concert but I .............................. (be) not sure yet. 12 If I .............................. (apply) for the job earlier, I’m sure I .............................. (get) an interview. 13 The play Romeo and Juliet .............................. (write) by Shakespeare. 14 He asked me if I .............................. (see) that man before. 15 It .............................. (be) lovely talking to you but I .............................. (modal verb) go now. 16 My hair’s really long. I .............................. it .............................. (cut) at the new hairdresser’s in Regent Street tomorrow.

227

Workbook - Health & Happiness

Practice 1 Write the words below in the right column. cough • chicken-pox • headache • plaster • runny nose • sore throat • lozenge dressing • painkiller • fever • pneumonia • pill • flu • tablet • syrup • bandage measles • ointment • antibiotic • mumps • rash • aspirin • swelling protection for injuries

symptoms and problems

medicines

illnesses

2 Fill in the gaps in the email with a word below. stitches • ward • pain • surgeon • check-up • nurse • examined Accident & Emergency • temperature surgery (x2) • admitted • dressing

From: Joanna To: Antonia Dear Antonia, Thanks for your email and your texts to me when I was in hospital. They really cheered me up! I’ll tell you a bit about my experience, which wasn’t really too bad at all – much less scary than I’d imagined! I was 1 ............................ last week after my mum took me to 2 ............................ . I had a high 3 ............................ and a really bad 4 ............................ on my right side. The doctor who 5 ............................ me thought I had appendicitis so they sent me up to 6 ............................ . Fortunately they put me in a 7 ............................ with some other young people so I had someone of my own age to talk to. The next morning I was wheeled down to 8 ............................ after a 9 ............................ gave me an injection which made me feel sleepy. The next thing I knew I was back in my bed with a big 10 ............................ on my tummy. I had five 11 ............................ in the wound. The 12 ............................ came to see me later on and he was very nice. I felt a bit groggy for the rest of that day, but the next day I was fine and my mum came to take me home. I have to go back for a 13 ............................ tomorrow but I’m sure everything will be fine. Hope to see you soon, Joanna

228

16 3 Using the words given, make a sentence

5 Write the verbs in the correct form in the

to complete the sense of the first phrase using have/get something done. Here is an example.

following sentences. Some are negative.

0 Your hair’s far too long and untidy. You/should/cut. You should have it cut. 1 My wisdom tooth was really hurting but now the pain’s gone. I/extract. 2 I’m sleeping on the sofa at the moment. I/bedroom/redecorate. 3 I’d really love to wear long dangly ear-rings so I/ears/pierce. 4 Robert thinks he’s getting short-sighted. He/should/eyes/test. 5 I thought I’d broken my ankle so I/x-ray. 6 James didn’t want to lend me his notes so I/ask/if/I/photocopy. 7 Before our guests arrive, I/want/the house/clean/from top to bottom. 8 ‘I’d really love to have blond hair.’ ‘Why/you/dye?’

4 Using a dictionary, match the verbs in the left-hand column with their particles to form a collocation with the words in the right-hand column. set

up

one’s asthma

cut

in

a virus

go

round from

an anaesthetic

come

out in

one’s back

pick

down on

a rash

do

down with

fats and sugars

come

off

flu

1 I ................................... (go) bungee-jumping if I had known how scary it would be. 2 You’ll be able to recognise me at the airport because I ................................... (hold) a rolled-up umbrella under my arm. 3 I must be getting old. I ................................... (be) able to do fifty press-ups; now I can only do about five! 4 The last time I saw Wendy, she ................................... (have) highlights put in her hair. 5 Oh no! We’ve run out of plasters. I ................................... (have) to get some more. 6 I was so upset to hear that Richard’s dog was dead – he ................................... (only have) it for a few months. 7 Now that I can’t find a job I really wish I ................................... (take) that specialisation course when I was offered it. 8 Rome ................................... (build) in a day. 9 If you try to walk from the beach café to the shore with that ice-cream, it ................................... (melt) by the time you get there. 10 You must stop him before it ................................... (be) too late.

1 ......................................................................... 2 ......................................................................... 3 ......................................................................... 4 ......................................................................... 5 ......................................................................... 6 ......................................................................... 7 .........................................................................

229

Workbook - Health & Happiness Reading and Use of English  PART 3 – Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

First Aid Kit for Students option

Whatever accommodation (0) ......................... they choose when studying away from home, students should always (1) ......................... that they pack a good first-aid kit in their luggage.

OPT SURE

This is an (2) ......................... piece of equipment for anybody who is planning to live alone in a student flat, but is also recommended for those staying in halls of (3) ......................... and shared apartments.

ESSENCE

Back home, students are used to relying on their parents to come to their rescue in times of (4) ......................... or accident. Facing these problems alone for the first time can be a (5) ......................... experience, so it’s best to be prepared. Some students may choose to put together their own kit, (6) ......................... if they have particular needs, for example those with an existing (7) ......................... condition or those who regularly take part in dangerous sports. But for the (8) ......................... of students, the simple everyday kit on sale at the supermarket is usually good enough for dealing with most minor emergencies that might arise.

230

RESIDENT ILL CHALLENGE SPECIAL MEDICINE MAJOR

16 Listening  PART 2 – Sentence completion 2-09

You will hear a student called Daniel telling his classmates about an exercise routine called boxercise which he has tried. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

Boxercise Daniel uses the term (1) ................................. to help explain how boxercise differs from actual boxing. Daniel mentions a punch bag and a (2) ................................. as things he uses when training without an opponent. Daniel says that he used to regard boxing as a (3) ................................. sport. Daniel says he took up boxercise because he didn’t have the (4) ................................. to try other sports. Daniel was surprised to find that (5) ................................. was part of his first boxercise session. Daniel’s trainer explained how boxers avoid getting (6) ................................. during a match. Daniel says that in boxercise, injuries are most likely to affect your (7) ................................. . Daniel pays (8) ................................. each month for his boxercise sessions. Daniel says that he usually wears (9) ................................. as well as trainers and gloves when doing boxercise. Daniel’s trainer says that by developing (10) ................................. , boxercise can help in other areas of life.

Writing  PART 2 – Email You have received this email from your English-speaking friend, Chris.

From: Chris Subject: Exercise Hi there, I’ve been told by my doctor that I need to get more exercise and lose a bit of weight. As you know, I’m not really into team sports – so I’m looking for things I can do outdoors, on my own, but I don’t want to spend lots of money. Have you got any ideas to help me? Bye, Chris

Write your email in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

231

Reading and Use of English PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

THE WORLD’S HAPPIEST COUNTRY C in the list of happy countries: Finland. It came first in the world for happiness levels, There is a new (0) .......... according to the World Happiness Report 2018. Other Nordic countries are close (1) .......... on the list: Norway, Denmark, Iceland, Switzerland and the Netherlands. So what (2) .......... people in these places so cheerful? It is mostly (3) .......... to the fact that they are economically stable, safe and socially progressive. For the first time, the World Happiness Report also surveyed the happiness levels of immigrants in each country. The report (4) .......... the result that the happiness of a country’s immigrants is similar to that of the rest of the population. People seem to adjust to the happiness level of the country they move to, even if it is (5) .......... from their own. Some of the factors that help people feel part of the community and less (6) .......... are: social support, freedom to make life choices and generosity. Happiness is not a (7) .......... science, but Finland definitely seems a place where the population (8) .......... and is happy! 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A A A A A A A A A

boss behind forms about came up with long alone right gets along

B B B B B B B B B

founder following shapes up came out of further solo precise gets together

C C C C C C C C C

leader after makes in came down with lengthy single protected gets over

D D D D D D D D D

chief next produces down came out in far individual cautious gets through

PART 2 – Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

LIFE LESSONS FROM THE WORLD’S HAPPIEST MAN ‘If you can learn how to ride a bike, you can learn how to be happy,’ says Buddhist monk and ‘Happiest Man were regular guests at Ricard’s philosopher parents’ in the World’, Matthieu Ricard. Famous artists (0) ............... Parisian home when Ricard was a child. However, observing (1) ............... the genius of his parents’ friends didn’t seem to make them any happier, he set (2) ............... for the Himalayas, abandoning his work (3) ............... a molecular biologist, and transformed his life via meditation. At the last count, he’d meditated for more than 10,000 hours. Highly complex MRI scans carried (4) ............... on him by cognitive scientists (5) ............... shown extraordinarily high levels of upbeat activity and almost invisible levels of negative emotions. ‘I don’t see everything as rosy,’ he says, ‘but the ups and (6) ............... of life don’t unsettle me in the usual way.’ He believes that anyone can be happy if they look for happiness (7) ............... the right place. The problem, as he sees it, is that we tend not (8) ............... .

232

16 PART 4 – Key word transformation

! | Exam Strategies • Write your answers on the answer sheet clearly in pencil. • Don’t write the whole of the second sentence; you should write only two to five words. • Make sure you have time to do this task carefully because each correct answer is worth two marks. • Don’t leave out any part of the answer because you may get just one mark instead of two.

For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You can use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). 0 Your hair looks fantastic. When did the hairdresser cut it? HAVE

you have it cut Your hair looks fantastic. When did ..................................................................................... ? 1 He braked sharply and managed not to hit the car in front of him. AVOID He braked sharply and managed ..................................................................................... the car in front of him. 2 George put up a fence so that people didn’t walk across his land. PREVENT George put up a fence ..................................................................................... across his land. 3 The team played so skilfully that nobody could beat them. MUCH The team played ..................................................................................... that nobody could beat them. 4 You didn’t take enough care with your assignment last week. OUGHT You ..................................................................................... more care with your assignment last week. 5 Robert is the only person to have won the championship three years running. NOBODY Apart ..................................................................................... ever won the championship three years running. 6 Maria is too young to take care of her sister. LOOK Maria isn’t ..................................................................................... her sister.

233

Reading and Use of English Bank Reading and Use of English Parts 1-4 test your knowledge of and ability to use the grammar and vocabulary of English. Part 1 tests your knowledge of vocabulary, e.g. fixed phrases, idioms, phrasal verbs and collocations. You need to understand the text both at sentence level and at whole-text level. Sometimes a preposition or verb tense may determine which word is the best option. In Part 2 the focus is more on grammar. You may be tested on articles, prepositions, pronouns, verb tenses or linkers. Although the main focus of Part 3 is on vocabulary, you need to understand grammar too. You’re tested on your knowledge of prefixes, suffixes and compound nouns. You need to be aware of any spelling changes that are needed when you change the form of a word. In Part 4 the focus is both lexical and grammatical and a range of structures is tested. The ability to express a message in different ways shows flexibility and resource in the use of language. In this Bank the Exam Strategies provide step-by-step guidance through the different parts of the exam. There is also a sample task for each part, so that you can put the strategies into practice.

PART 1 – Multiple-choice cloze

! | Exam Strategies 1 Read the title and think about the content of the text. 2 Read the whole text quickly to get an idea of the general meaning. 3 Look at the gap and try to guess what the missing word could be. 4 Look at the language before and after the gap, especially prepositions, to see if they might influence your choice of word. 5 Look at the options. Is the word you thought of there? 6 Choose the word that you think fits the gap. 7 Consider the other options to make sure they are not possible answers. 8 Put your word in the gap and read the sentence before the gap, the sentence with the gap and the sentence after the gap to make sure that it makes sense. 9 Remember that each correct answer receives 1 mark.

For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Example: 0 A alive

B living

C lively

D alert

THE EFFECTS OF MUSIC ON ANIMALS AND PLANTS living organisms besides humans have shown that different types Tests on the effects of music on (0) .................... of music have different effects. Researchers from Canada found that wheat will grow faster when (1) .................... to music. Rats were tested by psychologists to see how they would (2) .................... to Bach’s music and rock music. Rock music was played in one of the rats’ boxes while Bach’s music was played in the other box. The rats could choose to switch boxes through a tunnel that (3) .................... both boxes. Almost all of the rats chose to go into the box with Bach’s music. Research took a new (4) .................... when a college student, Dorothy Retallack, started researching the effects of different kinds of music on plant (5) .................... . She took the (6) .................... off studying the beat and concentrated instead on studying the different sounds of music. She found that the plants grew well for almost every type of music except rock. Jazz and classical music (7) .................... to be the most helpful to the plants. However, the plants tested with the rock music (8) .................... .

234

Reading and Use of English Bank 1

A changed

B attended

C confined

D exposed

2

A feel

B adapt

C react

D differ

3

A associated

B connected

C bound

D shared

4

A highway

B trend

C aim

D direction

5

A growth

B living

C expansion

D existence

6

A consideration

B mind

C focus

D attention

7

A turned up

B turned off

C turned out

D turned over

8

A melted

B died

C dissolved

D disappeared

PART 2 – Open cloze

! | Exam Strategies 1 Remember that the focus of Part 2 is grammar. 2 Read the title and the whole text quickly to get a general understanding of it. 3 Notice the tenses and linkers used in the text because these will make you aware of the grammar and the development of the ideas in the text. 4 Think about the sort of word you need to fill the gap, e.g. do you need a modal verb, an article or a pronoun? Use your knowledge of grammar to make logical deductions. 5 Put your chosen word in the gap and read the sentence again. 6 Check your spelling. 7 Reread sentences and paragraphs as you put in words and keep checking that the meaning of the text is logical and sensible. 8 Remember that you may have to express negative ideas sometimes. 9 Remember that each correct answer receives 1 mark.

For questions 9-16, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

THE DEATH OF LANGUAGE are spoken around the world but that number is expected to shrink An estimated 7,000 languages (0) .................... rapidly in the coming decades. (9) .................... 1992, a prominent US linguist stunned the world by predicting ‘that by the year 2100, 90% of the world’s languages (10) .................... have ceased to exist.’ 473 languages are classified (11) .................... endangered. (12) .................... , experts also predict that, (13) .................... we are not careful about the way English is progressing, it may eventually kill most other languages. But what is really lost when a language dies? A lot, apparently. What people lose is essentially (14) .................... cultural heritage. It is also the way people express their humour, their love and their life. For many linguists, languages are (15) .................... simply a collection of words but living breathing organisms holding the connections that define a culture. When a language becomes extinct, the culture in (16) .................... it lived is lost.

235

Reading and Use of English Bank PART 3 – Word formation

! | Exam Strategies 1 When you learn a word, learn all the forms of the word: noun, verb, adjective, adverb. 2 Learn the negative form of words when there is one, e.g. adequate – inadequate. 3 Be aware of spelling and spelling rules, e.g. full is spelled ful when it is added to the end of a word, e.g. wonderful. 4 Read the title and the whole text first to understand the writer’s opinions and viewpoint. 5 Analyse sentences carefully to deduce what form the missing word should be in. 6 When you have finished, reread the whole text to make sure the meaning is logical. 7 Double-check for words that need negative prefixes or suffixes – this is the type of word that students most commonly get wrong. 8 Double-check your spelling. 9 Remember that each correct answer receives 1 mark.

For questions 17-24, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0).

NEW YEAR’S RESOLUTIONS ensure that you stick to your New Year’s resolutions, follow these In order to (0) .................... basic principles. Some may tick off your list in a short time, like visiting a place. Others take more time to archieve. First, think of it as a kind of (17) .................... and think about how you learn best. Think about your studies. Are you an (18) .................... note-taker, or do you prefer watching videos? Whatever style works for you, you need to apply it to keep your resolution. Planning your time is (19) .................... . Get a chart that breaks down your day in 30-minute blocks. Write down everything you did in the past seven days for each block. Wherever you see a half-hour for yourself, that’s the block you star, circle or (20) .................... it and put ‘me time’ in it. This may seem (21) .................... to you, but look around: who ISN’T busy? The (22) .................... resolution-keepers can do it because they have devoted time to it. They take walks. They do hobbies. They not only find time for (23) .................... , they create it. Whatever it is you want to do, give yourself a half-hour everyday to work towards its (24) .................... . New Year’s Resolutions don’t happen in a day. But imagine 365 half-hour blocks and then it’s doable.

236

SURE EDUCATE ENTHUSE

ESSENCE

LINE POSSIBLE SUCCESS THEM COMPLETE

Reading and Use of English Bank

PART 4 – Key word transformation

! | Exam Strategies 1 Read the three lines in each question very carefully. Be aware of the grammar, e.g. tense, plural/singular forms in the original sentence. 2 Remember that you can’t change the word given. 3 Remember that you can only use between 2 and 5 words. 4 Contractions, e.g. isn’t, count as 2 words except for can’t because it can be written as one word, cannot. 5 Write your answer and reread the original sentence to make sure you have communicated the same idea. 6 Don’t give alternative answers. If you give one correct answer and one incorrect answer, your answer will be considered incorrect because the examiner will not know which version you want to give. 7 Check your spelling. 8 Remember that you can get up to 2 marks for each answer in Part 4 so it’s worth working carefully.

For questions 25-30, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). Example: 0 Paul was not allowed to stay out late on school nights by his parents. LET

didn’t let him stay Paul’s parents .............................................................. out late on school nights. 25 ‘I’m sorry I was so late,’ said Maria. APOLOGISED Maria .............................................................. so late. 26 He prefers eating a cooked lunch to sandwiches. RATHER He .............................................................. a cooked lunch than sandwiches. 27 Your appointment today is postponed and it will be next month. PUT Your appointment today has .............................................................. next month. 28 According to the newspaper, the driver of the lorry was an ex-policeman. BEING According to the newspaper, the .............................................................. by an ex-policeman. 29 She wished she could have done more to help her sister. HAVING She regretted .............................................................. do more to help her sister. 30 The head teacher had the respect of everyone in the college. UP Everyone in the college .............................................................. the head teacher.

237

Reading and Use of English Bank Reading and Use of English Parts 5-7 test a range of reading skills, using a variety of tasks and text types. Part 5, which includes 6 multiple choice questions, tests your detailed understanding of content, including your ability to identify attitude, purpose and intention, as well as your knowledge of text organisation features such as referencing. Part 6 involves a text from which 6 sentences have been removed. Putting these sentences back correctly, whilst avoiding the distractor, tests your knowledge of text structure, coherence and cohesion. Part 7, which is a multiple-matching exercise, tests your ability to find specific information as well as your understanding of detail, opinion and implication. In this Reading and Use of English Bank, the exam strategies will guide you through the three different parts. There is also a sample extract from each part, so that the strategies can be put straight into practice.

PART 5 – Multiple choice (sample extract)

! | Exam Strategies 1 Read the instructions and title as they often contain important clues about the text. This is a newspaper article, for example. 2 Read through the whole text for general understanding. Underline any unknown words but don’t worry about them at this stage. 3 Read all the questions and underline key words so that you know exactly what information you need to find. Try to identify the general areas in the text where you are likely to find the answers. 4 Remember that the questions are always in the same order as the information in the text. 5 Read each question in turn and find the relevant part of the text, reading it carefully. Guess the meaning of any unknown words from the context. 6 Re-read the question and the answer choices, underlining the key words. Decide which ones are clearly wrong. 7 Look at the text again and underline the answer; then choose your answer – A, B, C or D. 8 If you are still undecided, choose the answer which you think is closest in meaning, even if you aren’t sure. Never leave a blank answer!

238

Reading and Use of English Bank You are going to read a newspaper article in which a young British comedienne talks about her career so far. For questions 31-36, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

COMEDY SUCCESS IS NO LAUGHING MATTER! Prize-winning comedienne Krissie Brown talks about some of the perils of stand-up comedy Since winning the comedy award last year my career has really taken off. Now I find myself standing in front of packed audiences night after night, and I’ve even had to add more dates to my latest tour. After more than ten years trying to succeed in this business, I can’t say I’m not enjoying the success, but I’m still finding it hard to take in. 5

Back when I started, I just did shows for fun and there weren’t many people who came to see me. I once did a show for two people! I actually said to them, ‘Well, I’ve started so I should get to the punch line, if you don’t mind!’ In the end everything turned out fine, because they were a lovely couple. Of course, I couldn’t really do my normal show, so we ended up sitting at a table with cups of tea, just chatting really.

10

I suppose I was partly to blame for the fact that there weren’t many people: initially, I never told any of my friends or family about what I was up to. I’ve got a huge family – if half of them had come to see me then, there wouldn’t have been any room left for the one or two genuinely interested people who might have turned up!

15

If I’m honest, I guess I was worried about what my family would think. I don’t mean my material – I knew they shared my sense of humour. I was thinking, what if they come on a ‘quiet’ night like the one with that couple? They’d probably assume it was always like that and start taking pity on me. They might have suggested that I start doing something more practical than comedy. They are really proud of me now though!

31 In the first paragraph, what is Krissie’s main point about success? A B C D

She is not enjoying it as much as she expected. She is still finding it difficult to make any money. She hasn’t got used to being so popular. She thinks it is harder for women to succeed in comedy than men.

32 What does Krissie suggest about her early career? A B C D

Her shows were often cancelled. It was a struggle for her to get noticed. She didn’t mind how many people were in the audience. She worried about how people would react.

33 In line 12 in the third paragraph, ‘then’ refers to A B C D

the comedy award ceremony that Krissie won. the show Krissie performed for the couple. the night some of her family came to a show. the start of Krissie’s career as a comedienne.

34 In line 26 in the fourth paragraph, ‘she’ refers to A ... B ...

239

Reading and Use of English Bank PART 6 – Gapped text (sample extract)

! | Exam Strategies 1 Read the instructions and title as they often contain important clues about the text. What do you expect to read about in an article written by a psychologist? 2 Read through the whole text for general understanding before looking at the seven sentences. Remember that one of the sentences won’t be used. 3 Re-read the text around each gap carefully. Remember that the sentence after the gap is equally important. 4 Note the subject matter of the surrounding text and look for sentences dealing with the same subject. Underline any other vocabulary or grammatical clues, for example any words or phrases that give indications of time sequence, cause and effect, contrasting points of view, etc. Pay particular attention to pronouns. 5 Predict the sort of information you need to complete the gap, then look for a suitable sentence. 6 Try out each sentence you choose by reading through the main text including the new sentence. If it doesn’t sound right, look for another sentence. 7 Remember: the same word or phrase might appear in both the main text and in one of the sentences, but this doesn’t mean they are connected! 8 When you’ve finished, re-read the sentence that you haven’t used and check that it doesn’t fit any of the gaps. 9 Before transferring your answers to the answer sheet, read through the whole text to check that it sounds right.

240

Reading and Use of English Bank You are going to read a magazine article in which a psychologist talks about the potential dangers of shift work. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits the gap (37-42). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

IS SHIFT WORK REALLY AS BAD FOR US AS THEY SAY? Our resident psychologist Polly Turner takes a closer look and assesses the risks Recent research suggests that working in shifts can have a serious effect on our memory and even our ability to think clearly. With estimates suggesting that this could affect up to 20 percent of the workforce in Europe, these latest findings have got a lot of people very worried. 37 Let’s look at the evidence. 5

10

The team of researchers from France and Wales conducted cognitive tests on over 3,200 adults in south-west France. 38 Their analysis seems to suggest that working in shifts over a ten-year period can age the brain by as much as six and a half years. 39 The team found that it took up to five years to regain normal brain function after stopping such work. Their work joins a mounting body of evidence pointing to the negative effects of shift work on 40 our health. For example, other studies have shown that shift workers are more likely to be involved in accidents at work and are more prone to mental health issues and illness. There is also some evidence suggesting a link to certain types of cancer, although further research is required.

A Of course, the team are not the first to suggest a connection. B Among the most harmful are thought to be working nights or doing a mixture of night and day shifts. C They then compared the results of those who had done shift work on a regular basis with those who had no experience. D However, should we really be so concerned? E Moreover, recovery can be a slow process. F Obviously... G ...

241

Reading and Use of English Bank PART 7 – Multiple matching (sample extract)

! | Exam Strategies 1 Read the instructions and title as they often contain important clues about the texts. What sort of things do you expect people to mention when they’re talking about hobbies? 2 Read through the questions and underline key words so that you know exactly what to look for. 3 Remember that you should scan the text, looking for the information you need. You don’t need to understand every word to find the answers. 4 You won’t find the same words or expressions used in the sentences and in the texts. So, think how the ideas could be expressed differently and look out for synonyms. 5 Read through the texts and when you find a possible answer, underline it and write the question number in the margin. 6 When you have finished, read through the texts again and check your choices. 7 Remember all the questions refer to specific information in the texts, so check your answers correspond. 8 Transfer your answers to the answer sheet carefully, making sure not to put any in the wrong place. Remember to put one answer only for each question.

You are going to read an article about four teenagers who have recently taken up a new hobby. For questions 43-52, choose from the teenagers (A-D). The teenagers may be chosen more than once. Which teenager thinks people underestimate how challenging the hobby often is?

43

enjoys the sense of freedom?

44

took up the hobby for social reasons?

45

enjoys the sense of danger?

46

was encouraged to take up the hobby by a family member?

47

likes the fact that the hobby requires two kinds of strength?

48

...

49

...

50

...

51

...

52

242

Reading and Use of English Bank A

5

10

I’ve always liked the water and I’ve been swimming almost since before I could walk. I’d never thought about kayaking until I stayed with my uncle last summer. He lives near a river and loves the outdoors, especially exploring places few people can get to, like islands – which is why he introduced me to it and I was hooked immediately. I guess it was that feeling of being in control. When you’re kayaking, where you go and how you get there is completely up to you. It’s not the easiest sport. It takes a lot of time and practice, and it’s really physically demanding, but that’s what makes it great in my opinion.

B

15

20

30

Kimberley – Rock-climbing

I’ve always been a city girl and I can’t imagine myself out in the wild for one second. I heard about this indoor climbing centre from a friend. They have instructors to help you, but you’re basically on your own – and it pushes you to your limits physically and mentally, which is something I love. There are safety ropes and you’re wearing a harness, of course, but there’s still that element of risk. I think we can be a bit overprotected in our society, so it’s good to be forced out of your comfort zone occasionally. That said, don’t go looking for me on any real mountain any time soon!

C

25

Max – Kayaking

Josh – Acting

One day I overheard a neighbour telling my mum about a new play that was being put on by the local drama group. We’d just moved to the area and I thought it might be a good way of meeting people, so I went along to the auditions. Imagine my surprise when they offered me one of the leading roles! Rehearsals went well but I was terrified on the opening night. I don’t think people realise how stressful acting can be. As it turned out, the night was a success and I can’t get enough of it now! In fact, I’ve just found out my great-grandmother was a well-known actress, so maybe that’s why I enjoy it so much – it’s in my blood!

243

Writing Bank PART 1 – A compulsory task Essay Task

Write an essay based on input material.

Length

140-190 words

Content

All content must be relevant to the task. The target reader must be fully informed, which means the content points and/or task requirements are all addressed and appropriately developed.

Communicative achievement

The conventions of essay writing must be followed: opening paragraph, body of essay, closing paragraph. The essay should use a neutral/formal tone. It should hold the reader’s attention and communicate straightforward as well as complex ideas.

Organisation

Use paragraphing to organise ideas. Use a variety of linking words to good effect. Make the layout clear.

Language

Build on key words/ideas from the input material. Demonstrate a range of vocabulary which must be used appropriately Use a range of grammatical forms accurately.

Essay task

In your English class you have been talking about modern technology. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

There are many advantages and also disadvantages of modern technology. Do you think the advantages are more important than the disadvantages? Notes Write about: 1

communications

2

medicine

3

................................. (your own idea)

Sample answer and examiner’s comments Modern technology is a part of our society, we use it every day in every circumstances. So in my essay I will try to give you advantages and disadvantages of using modern technology. Nowadays modern technology is everywhere; for example communications technology make it easy to be in touch with everyone easily and quickly. I believe that modern technology can be a good thing to help people improve their life quality. For example, in medical sector, people can have operations and get medicines for any diseases.

On the other hand we are trying to have more and more technology by sending satellites in space in order to have the latest traffic information. But this obsession of making the best ‘gadget’ causes a lot of problems like pollution environment human damages. To sum up, I believe that the consequences of our addiction can be terrible. I feel like we need to learn to buy and use gadgets responsibly and don’t buy too many things that we just throw away.

Mark: 4 Comments: The answer addresses both content points and gives the writer’s opinion. It also introduces the writer’s idea about pollution. It is clearly organised in paragraphs with the use of suitable linkers. There is a good range of structures and vocabulary. The language is mostly accurate. The register and format are appropriate to the purpose of the task. It has the desired effect on the target reader.

244

Writing Bank

PART 2 – A choice of task An article, an email/letter, a report (Cambridge English: First exam only), a review, a story (Cambridge English: First for Schools only). Task

Questions 2-4: write an answer to one of the tasks: an article, an essay, an email/letter, a report, a review or a story.

Length

140-190 words

Content

Every element in the question must be addressed so that the reader is fully informed.

Communicative achievement

The answer must follow the conventions of the genre, format, register and function, e.g. a personal letter should not be written as a report. The communicative purpose of the writing should be clear.

Organisation

Use paragraphing to organise ideas and cohesion. Use linking words. Make the layout clear – see advice on each type of task.

Language

Use a range of vocabulary to: describe, express an opinion, give information, explain, narrate, etc. Demonstrate a range of grammatical structures. Aim for grammatical accuracy but attempt complex grammatical structures even if they result in minor mistakes.

Write an answer to one of the questions in this part. Write an answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

Review Who reads it?

Format/organisation

Type of language

Usually the reader of a magazine.

Often similar to an article with a headline/title and paragraphs.

There should be a good description of the event, etc. and the writer’s personal opinion should be clear. There should be a recommendation to the reader.

Review task You recently saw this notice in an international college newsletter. Film night We’re looking for ideas for films to show at the English film club. Write a review of a film that will suit most students’ tastes. Say why you think the film is good and explain how it will appeal to most students. Write your review. Sample answer and examiner’s comments The title of the film is EDUCATING RITA.

novels, and she also has a good talent in literature.

It is a drama about a professor of literature and one of his student. The name of the professor is Frank, and that of student is Rita.

And Frank is a tutor but he can’t concentrate on his work. He can’t write his poems any more, and he is boring in teaching. He says ‘All I know is that I know absolutely noting.’ He is even an alcoholic. But since he has educated Rita his life changes slowly.

It stars Michael Caine in the title role of Frank, and Julie Walters in the role of Rita. It takes place in some university in the 1980s. Rita is a working woman who has a poor background. She works in a hair shop. But she really wants to be educated. She likes reading

I think this is a lovely film and it makes me think about relationship in life. And I like the purity and courage of Rita.

Mark: 2 Comments: This answer does not completely answer the question. It does not refer to the film club or explain how the film will appeal to most students. It uses the conventions of a review. The format and organisation are clear and appropriate. There is an adequate range of structures and vocabulary. Grammatical errors do not impede communication. The target reader would not be fully informed.

245

Writing Bank Story Who reads it?

A general reader of a book or magazine.

Format/ organisation

Title Paragraphs to signal the beginning, middle and end of the story.

Type of language

A story should interest the reader. It may contain descriptions and narrative. The language should be rich.

Story task Your teacher has asked you to write a story for an international magazine. The story must end with the following words: They couldn’t believe that finally they had reached their destination after overcoming so many difficulties. Write your story. Sample answer and examiner’s comments My best friend Gemma explained to me an exciting story. It was 6 a.m. when the alarm bell rang. Gemma and her Jordi woke up very quickly to take the plane exactly at 9 o’clock. But, when they were just in time to leave, Gemma thought about where she had left the car keys. ‘Oh, I’ve lost it’ Gemma said. ‘I am not able to remember where they keys are!’ she said. After some seconds of panic, she remembered that she have kept the car keys into her handbag. The problem was solved. After that stressed experience, they got into the car towards the airport, when they suddenly listened to something strange, they were astonished to see that the wheel of the car was puncture. ‘No.’ said Jordi. ‘It can’t be real. We have to change the wheel.’ he said. Finally, although all these bad experiences, they got to the airport just in time to take their plane. Next day, while I was listening to Gemma’s story. I thought that they couldn’t believe that finally they had reached their destination after overcoming so many difficulties. Mark: 3 Comments: The answer fulfils the task. It attempts to follow the conventions of story writing although there is no title. It is clearly organised in paragraphs. Simple linkers are used. There is an adequate range of structures and vocabulary. It is generally accurate and the errors made do not impede communication. The register is appropriate to the task. On the whole, it has the desired effect on the target reader.

246

Writing Bank Article Who reads it?

A general reader of a magazine or newspaper.

Format/ organisation

Headline Sub-headline Paragraphs (para. 1 usually has main info, and subsequent paras. have more details/background).

Type of language An article is engaging (has a catchy title) and interests the reader. Descriptions, examples and anecdotes are often appropriate. The language should be lively and colourful. There should be opinion and comment. Article task You have seen this announcement on an ecology website. Send us an article. Tell us about the positive steps that people are taking to look after the environment and say whether you are generally optimistic or pessimistic about the future of the planet and why. Write your article. Sample answer and examiner’s comments In the recent years there are more and more natural disasters such as landslide, earthquake have frequently happened in many countries, in spite of the human deforestation and products a lot of CO which by burning oil, petrol, coal ... global warming not just a slogan appeal on TV it has influenced to everyone.

basic steps it still not enough.

In view of natural disaster, the goverment promotion some programs try to reduce the pollution that people are getting used to recycling garbage, use the public transport, readily switch off electricity, although these

Personal my opinion, I would like to think the people pleasure natural resourse because of they don’t won’t their child to live in bad environment.

Each country has diffient way to conquer those problems, how to invent another energe resouse without to destroying the environment is the firstable thing, scients has worked day and night who would like to let earth not getting worse.

Mark: 2 Comments: The writing does not clearly communicate the message to the target reader. There is paragraphing. The range of grammar is limited and there are errors in basic structures. The errors distract the reader and at times obscure the meaning. There is some evidence of a range of vocabulary but spelling is at times poor.

Letter Who reads it?

Format/organisation

Type of language

The reader will be specified in the exam: the editor of a newspaper, the director of an international company or a friend.

Letters should have an opening salutation, clear paragraphing and closing phrasing.

It may be narrative, e.g. factual, etc. It depends on the question.

Letter task You have seen this advertisement for a weekend job. Weekend helpers needed for children’s playgroup We are looking for people who are: • fun and creative • sporty • enjoy being with children aged 6-12 Write explaining why you would be suitable for the job to: Mrs Kirstin Gregson, Playgroup Leader, Time Out Playgroup. Write your letter of application.

247

Writing Bank Sample answer and examiner’s comments Dear Sir or Madam I am writing to apply for the job of playgroup helper which was advertised recently. I am 21 years old and I’m studying sports psychology at university and I am looking for a part-time job. So your weekend job would be very suitable for me. I can play many sports, for example, football, basket ball and tennis and know the rules and how to referee. Although I have not worked in a playgroup before I am used to organising football matches for a local school so I can honestly say I enjoy being with children aged 6-12. Because of my age and outgoing personality I feel sure I can make activities for the children fun and creative. I have had positive feedback form the groups I have worked with until now I am available for interview at any time, so please contact me on 0743 2985 4739. I look forward to hearing from you. Yours faithfully Mark: 5 Comments: This answer achieves the desired effect on the target reader. It follows the conventions of letter writing. It answers the question effectively, although some points could be expanded. The letter is clearly divided into paragraphs. The register is consistently appropriate for a letter of application. The grammar is accurate and there is a range of vocabulary.

Report Who reads it?

Format/organisation

Type of language

Usually a superior, a boss or college principal.

Title Clearly organised, may include headings.

Factual information, suggestions or recommendations.

Report task An education magazine wants to collect information about how young people spend their free time. You decide to write a report. You should include information on healthy and not so healthy pastimes. Write your report. Sample answer and examiner’s comments To: Education Magazine From: A student Subject: Spare time in teenagers The following report outlines the common activities that young people usually do in their free time, highlighting if they are healthy or not.

as well. Besides, it prevents weight gain and removes colestherol from veins.

Socialising

It could be completely unhealthy to stay just sitting too much time in front of a screen. You could get a problem or weakness in your eyes. On the other hand, quite periods playing chess might be useful for your brain.

This consists of sharing your fee time with friends. Some socialising ways are healthy such as meeting up with, eating and drinking something with friends. It increase the vitality and relax tensions. Exercise This activity includes all kind of sports, which you can

Watching TV/Playing video games

To sum up, it’s possible to get a healthy life if they take care of the activities interleaving them between physical and mental healthy activities.

usually make the heart beat faster, cleaning the lungs Mark: 4 Comments: This is a good development of the task. It follows the conventions of report writing. The ideas are clearly organised under separate headings. There is a good range of structures and vocabulary despite some awkwardness of expression. The register and format are appropriate to the task and the reader would be informed.

248

Listening Bank The Listening Paper tests a range of skills, using a variety of tasks and recorded extracts. You hear each part twice. In general, the test focuses on your ability to identify main points and detail, including the feelings, attitude, opinion or intentions of the speakers. In Part 1, you answer eight multiple choice questions based on short unrelated recordings, which could be monologues or exchanges between speakers in a variety of contexts. Part 2 involves completing ten sentences based on a long monologue and focuses on your ability to note details and identify specific information or stated opinion. Part 3 is a multiple matching exercise in which you listen to five short related monologues and match each to the correct option from a list of eight sentences. Part 4 consists of seven multiple choice questions based on an exchange or interview between two people. In this Listening Bank the exam strategies will guide you through the four different parts. There is also an extract from each part, so that the strategies can be put straight into practice.

PART 1 – Multiple choice (sample extract)

! | Exam Strategies 1 Listen carefully when the situation is read out and think about the context. Look at the question and options and underline the key words. 2 After the first listening, choose one of the three options. Use the second listening to check and confirm your answer. 3 Remember that if you hear a word from one of the options, that doesn’t mean it’s the right answer! In fact, the answer is unlikely to use exactly the same words, so listen out for synonyms and paraphrases. 4 Don’t decide too soon. Listen to the whole recording carefully before you answer. 5 If a question is causing you problems, think about why some of the options are wrong and exclude them. Complete all the answers. Never leave a blank on the answer sheet. 6 While listening, mark your answers on the question paper. There is plenty of time to transfer them to the answer sheet when the recording has finished. 2-10

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

1 You overhear a man and a woman talking about a job interview. What does he say about it? A he doesn’t know if he made a good impression. B the interviewer asked a lot of unusual questions. C it made him have doubts about accepting the job. Woman: So, how did it go? Man: Well, I couldn’t say really. I knew they were only interviewing a few people for the post, so I thought I stood a pretty good chance before it even started. The interview went well, as far as I could tell – there weren’t too many awkward questions, either, which certainly makes a change. Woman: Well, that doesn’t sound too bad, does it? Man: I suppose not. But then, you know, the more I found out about what the post actually involves, the less appealing it sounded. So, I guess I might have to keep looking after all.

2 You overhear a woman talking on the phone. What is the purpose of her call? A she wants to apologise.

B she wants to make a complaint.

C she wants to change an appointment.

Woman: Look, I’m very sorry, but I just don’t see what you mean. When I got this new phone for my daughter, which I thought was really good value at the time, you told me the contract included all charges. So I don’t understand why I’ve suddenly got this huge bill... Well, where did it say that?... No, that’s not good enough, I’m afraid. I‘m not paying anything until someone can explain to me, in person, why I should. I’ll come by some time this afternoon. I hope the manager is available, but I’ll talk to someone else if necessary.

249

Listening Bank PART 2 – Sentence completion (sample extract)

! | Exam Strategies 1 Before you listen, read the instructions, title and sentences carefully. Think about the sort of information you will need to complete the sentences. 2 The sentences always follow the order of the recording. 3 While listening, it is important to focus on the words before and after each gap. You will hear the exact words you need to fill the gap in the recording. 4 Don’t include unnecessary details. Generally, only one or two words are needed to complete each sentence and you can only write a maximum of three. 5 Make sure that the words you write make sense and fit grammatically with the sentence. Be careful not to repeat any information that is already there. 6 Pay particular attention to dates, numbers, names and spelling. 7 Start completing the gaps during the first listening but don’t worry if you miss an answer or two. Use the second listening to check what you’ve written and to listen out for the ones you didn’t catch. 8 If you’re still not sure, guess from the context. Never leave a blank on the answer sheet. 9 Remember to use capital letters when copying your answers onto the answer sheet and be careful not to make any spelling or grammar mistakes.

2-11

You will hear part of a radio programme about a well-known museum in Bilbao. For questions 9-18, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

THE GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM – BILBAO The museum is unusual for being admired by (9) .................... , architects and ordinary people. The idea to build a museum in Bilbao can be traced back to the early 80s, when Bilbao was experiencing (10) .................... . The Basque government offered to pay for the (11) .................... and help with other expenses. The museum was designed by the (12) .................... architect, Frank Gehry. [...]

Presenter:

... and with the time coming up to a quarter to nine, it’s time to hear from Sean Ryan again, as he takes a look at another of the world’s great architectural masterpieces. Sean Ryan: Few buildings exist which have an equally high approval rating among critics, architects and the general public. The Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao is undoubtedly one. When the decision was taken in 1981 to ask the Guggenheim Foundation in New York to open a museum in Bilbao, this once thriving industrial city was in great economic decline. As the Basque government also offered to fund the museum’s construction and subsidise its running costs, it was a very risky but forward-thinking undertaking. Set on the river and designed by the award-winning architect, Frank Gehry, construction began in 1993 and immediately caught the public’s attention. At first, people were unsure what to make of it. [...]

250

Listening Bank

PART 3 – Multiple matching (sample extract)

! | Exam Strategies 1 Before you listen, read the instructions to find out what the extracts are about. Then read through all the sentences, as this will give you some clues about what you are going to hear. Underline the key words, and look out for negatives. 2 Think about different ways of expressing the ideas in the sentences. Remember that the speakers are unlikely to use exactly the same words. 3 You will hear all five speakers and then the whole recording is repeated. 4 The first time you listen, try to understand the general ideas expressed by each speaker and match them to one of the sentences. 5 Don’t think about the previous extract when the next one starts. Concentrate on the recording you are listening to. 6 At the end of the first listening, re-read the sentences that you haven’t used and focus on them while you’re listening again. 7 During the second listening, pay attention to all the extracts and check your ideas carefully. It’s possible that you have used an answer that is needed for another speaker. 8 Remember there are three extra sentences. 9 Complete all the answers. Never leave a blank on the answer sheet.

2-12

You will hear five different people talking about items they have lost. For questions 19-23, choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use.

A I have a bad habit of losing things.

D I learnt a valuable lesson from losing the item.

B I didn’t lose an expensive item.

E Losing the item led to the end of a friendship.

C Losing the item wasn’t my fault.

F I blame myself for losing the item. [...]

One Man:

Now that was a bad day! I’d been with the kids all morning and they’d been driving me crazy, as usual! So I’d taken them to the park to burn off some of that energy. I’d taken off my jacket and was sitting on a bench, enjoying the sun... Anyway suddenly there was this yelling and shouting, so I raced over... it turned out to be nothing, of course, but by the time I got back it had gone! I don’t know how I could have been so stupid. I mean, that’s not like me at all! It had everything in it – my phone, cards, keys, everything. My partner wasn’t very impressed! It took me days to sort out.

Two Woman: I used to have a bracelet that I wore everywhere. Friends were always teasing me about it, saying that it had been permanently attached to me at birth, like some sort of name tag or something. Anyway, one afternoon I looked down and it wasn’t there. I looked everywhere but it had simply vanished. I guess it must have got caught on something or just fallen off somewhere without my noticing. It was just very unlucky, but I was devastated... still am in fact... It’s silly really – I doubt it was worth very much. It’s just that my aunt had given it to me, so it had a lot of sentimental value. Three Man:

I knew I shouldn’t have trusted him. He promised to look after it, but I had my doubts from the beginning – well, he’s a good mate and everything, but being careful with things is not one of his strong points, you know what I mean? Anyway, sure enough, when I asked for it back, he just looked at me blankly and asked what I was going on about... Well, I can laugh about it now, but at the time it wasn’t funny. Still, it made me realise you’ve got to take responsibility for looking after the things you value. You can’t expect other people to do it for you. [...]

251

Listening Bank PART 4 – Multiple choice (sample extract)

! | Exam Strategies 1 Read through the questions and options carefully before you listen, underlining the key words. 2 Think about different ways of expressing the ideas in the options. Remember that the speakers are unlikely to use exactly the same words. 3 The questions follow the order of the listening. 4 The first time you listen, tick the answers you think are correct. Don’t worry about previous answers, focus on the questions as they come up in the recording. 5 Use the second listening to confirm and correct your answers. 6 Don’t choose an option just because it contains the same words as you hear. Re-read the question/prompt if necessary. 7 If a question is causing you problems, think about why some of the options are wrong and exclude them. 8 Complete all the answers. Never leave a blank on the answer sheet. 2-13

You will hear a radio interview with two students, who have just returned from a drama course. For questions 24-30, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

24 What point does the interviewer make about The Drama School? A The courses are only for experienced actors. B The courses are very demanding. C The courses involve a lot of travel. 25 One aspect of the course which Megan particularly enjoyed was that A the classes were very practical. B it focused on film production. C the facilities were excellent. 26 David and Megan agree on the fact that A they often felt scared during the course. B some classes were more useful than others. C the quality of teaching was high. 27 .... Interviewer: And now I’m very pleased to introduce David Thomas and Megan Parker, two young actors in the making, who have just completed a one-week intensive course at the acclaimed Drama School here in town. David, Megan, welcome. The Drama School has a reputation for pushing participants to their limits; you must both be exhausted. David: Yeah, it was pretty intense, to tell the truth. I still can’t quite believe it’s over, actually. You know, I really didn’t know much about any of it when we started. It’s just amazing how much we covered in such a short space of time, isn’t it? Megan: Oh absolutely! From acting to directing to editing, we did it all. And I don’t mean from the comfort of a classroom, either, this was hands on stuff from Day one! It would have all seemed a little scary if the teachers hadn’t been so experienced and supportive. David: I couldn’t agree more, all the staff there were absolutely first class. I did feel though, that we could have done a little more ‘backroom’ technical work, like lighting or sound, you know? That side of things really interests me and, although what we did was probably useful, it was a little bit basic, in my opinion. Megan: Oh I don’t know: first you have to master the basics if you truly want to become a master yourself. Wasn’t that one of the key messages of the course? [...]

252

Speaking Bank The Speaking Paper tests your speaking skills through a variety of tasks and interactions. The test is usually conducted with two candidates and two examiners, although occasionally there may be three candidates. Only one of the examiners manages the interaction, the other just listens. In Part 1, which lasts 2 minutes, you answer personal questions on a range of common subjects. In Part 2 you are given two related photos and a question to answer. You are expected to talk on your own for a minute, and to answer a short question about your partner’s photos when they have finished speaking. Part 3 consists of a two-minute discussion followed by a one-minute decision-making task based on a situation which the examiner describes and some written prompts. You are expected to work together with your partner, exchanging ideas and justifying opinions to reach a negotiated conclusion. In Part 4, which lasts 4 minutes, the examiner takes your discussion further by asking you and your partner questions related to the theme. You may be asked to give and justify your opinions, to speculate, or to say whether you agree or disagree with certain points of view. In this Speaking Bank, the exam strategies offer advice on the four different parts. The Audio CD ROM contains more tips and a step-by-step guide through the Speaking test, as well as a second full test to show you exactly what to expect on the day.

PART 1 – Personal questions • Practise answering questions about your life before the exam and think about the language you might need, but • • • •

don’t try to memorise your answers! Listen carefully and ask the examiner to repeat the question if you think you haven’t heard it properly. Speak clearly and always extend your answers – give examples or reasons to justify your point of view and try to use a range of vocabulary and structures. Remember to answer the questions you are asked; don’t go off-topic simply to keep talking! In this part of the test, you’re not required to involve your partner in your exchanges.

PART 2 – Individual long turn • Listen carefully to the questions and ask the examiner to repeat the question if you think you haven’t heard it properly. • Focus on the question while you compare the photos, speculate on and evaluate the situations, and justify your opinions.

• Talk about each photograph for approximately the same amount of time. • Keep talking until the examiner asks you to stop but try to time your conclusion for the end of your minute. • In response to the question about your partner’s photo, you can give a shorter answer.

PART 3 – Collaborative task • Listen carefully to the examiner’s instructions and ask him/her to repeat if necessary. • Use the short time you’re given to think how the written prompts relate to the question. Think about what you could say. • Interact with your partner, face each other and make sure you involve your partner fully. Don’t dominate the discussion.

• Respond to your partner’s comments and try to develop them. You can disagree if you want to, but be polite! • Stay focused on the central question during your discussion. Remind your partner of the instructions if they go off-topic.

• Don’t reach any conclusions during the discussion stage! Remember that the examiner will ask you a concluding question. You should then negotiate with your partner to reach a final decision. But don’t give a quick answer – remember you have one minute to talk about this.

PART 4 – 3-way discussion • Listen carefully to the questions and ask the examiner for repetition if necessary. • Don’t give one-word answers – extend your answers by explaining or justifying your point of view. Try to involve your partner, for example by asking if they share your opinion, but never ask the examiner. • Pay attention to the whole discussion and remember to show interest! • Refer and respond to comments made by your partner. You don’t have to wait for the examiner to ask for your opinion. However, don’t dominate the discussion. • Remember to disagree politely!

253

Extra exercises Verb Tenses

3 Write the correct form of the verb in brackets in each gap (past tense or past participle).

each gap.

1 Kathy .................... (lend) Neil a pen because he had .................... (forget) his.

1 Fiona easily .................... (beat) Mary every time they played Scrabble.

2 Brian had never .................... (swim) in a heated pool before.

2 It .................... (get) colder as soon as the setting sun .................... (disappear) behind the mountain.

3 Jane .................... (throw) a party to celebrate her graduation.

3 Ricky .................... (see) the trainers on a website and .................... (decide) to buy them.

4 Harry .................... (teach) his little brother how to ride a bike.

4 The road sometimes .................... (flood) in winter when we .................... (have) wet weather.

5 Mrs Morgan .................... (sweep) the kitchen floor every morning.

5 Yolanda .................... (apologise) for missing the party and Danni .................... (forgive) her.

6 Barney .................... (hang) his towel on a hook in the bathroom.

6 Matt .................... (break) his glasses when he .................... (fall) down the stairs.

7 The treasure had been .................... (hide) in an old hollow tree.

7 Denise’s teacher .................... (give) her a letter for her parents and .................... (forbid) her to open it on the way home.

8 Tina was .................... (sting) by a jellyfish when she went swimming in the bay.

1 Write the past tense of the verb in brackets in

8 Gaynor .................... (insist) that her brother was very honest, but Trevor .................... (know) that he sometimes .................... (tell) lies.

2 Which word is missing in each sentence? Choose one word from the box and rearrange the letters. senoch • nawdr • negub • tugobh • koosh dendir • dah • hotbrug • hugcat • welb 1 Graeme has ............ to collect fridge magnets as a hobby.

sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 Chloe hasn’t finished doing her homework yet. STILL Chloe ........................................ her homework. 2 Simon had never been to Edinburgh before. FIRST It ........................................ visit to Edinburgh.

2 Cindy has ............ her laptop to school with her today.

3 Sam hasn’t been fishing for years.

3 A strong wind ............ all night long and kept us awake.

It’s ........................................ fishing.

WENT

4 Mandy ............ her new trainers from a discount sports shop.

4 How long was the drive from London to Cardiff?

5 David had never ............ on a motorbike before.

How long ........................................ from London to Cardiff?

6 Although she was late, Sally ............ the bus. 7 Frank ............ is head in disbelief when he saw what Monica had done. 8 Damian ............ a very thorough knowledge of the geography of the area. 9 Sean and Selina haven’t ............ the venue for their wedding reception yet. 10 The artist has ............ a sketch before he begins the full portrait.

254

4 For questions 1-6, complete the second

TAKE

5 ‘It was the best film I’ve ever seen, ‘ said Clara. NEVER Clara said that she ........................................ such a good film. 6 Leo’s teacher gave him a prize. BY Leo ........................................ his teacher.

Extra exercises 5 Write the past participle of the verb in each gap. 1 Maths has always been .................... (teach) very well at that school. 2 Natalia has .................... (bring) up the issue of pocket money again. 3 People have often .................... (spell) Philip’s name wrong. 4 I have .................... (write) a shopping list to help you remember what we need. 5 It is .................... (forbid) to use a dictionary during the exam. 6 The castle is .................... (think) to date back to the 16 century. 7 Hilary has .................... (cut) the cake into equal slices. 8 The expedition was .................... (lead) by a famous explorer. 9 A new hospital will be .................... (build) in the region soon. 10 A pet dog needs to be .................... (feed) and exercised every day.

6 Choose the correct verb tense to complete each sentence. 1 How much homework do you get/are you getting each day? 2 Although she’s a good student, Glenda doesn’t speak/isn’t speaking English very well. 3 Grace looks forward/is looking forward to visiting Rome in the spring. 4 Sandra usually gets a lift/is getting a lift to school. 5 Do you know/Are you knowing a boy called Brad? 6 Malcolm tries/is trying to get a place at drama school. 7 My car has made/has been making a strange noise recently. 8 Belinda never enjoys/is never enjoying visiting her cousin’s house. 9 Wendy carried/was carrying a suitcase the last time anyone saw her. 10 Nigel looks/is looking for a new job at the moment.

7 Write these sentence in indirect speech. 1 ‘Tom is going to lend me a bike,’ said Glen. ........................................................................ 2 ‘I think the team will win today,’ said Rachel. ........................................................................

3 ‘Do you know what time the film starts, Pete?’ asked Ian. ........................................................................ 4 ‘If you give me your email address Vera, I’ll send you an attachment,’ said Darius. ........................................................................ 5 ‘I wish I’d been more polite to Susie,’ said Jerome. ........................................................................ 6 ‘I only just got home before the storm began,’ said Kate. ........................................................................

8 For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 Pablo missed the flight because he woke up late. TIME If Pablo ..................................... , he wouldn’t have missed the flight. 2 I didn’t go to the meeting because I wasn’t invited. TO If ..................................... the meeting, I would have gone to it. 3 If you don’t like fish, then you shouldn’t go to that restaurant. UNLESS You shouldn’t go to that restaurant ..................................... fish. 4 I regret not buying the jacket I tried on in the shop. WISH I ..................................... the jacket I tried on in the shop. 5 Take a pullover because it might turn cold later in the week. CASE Take a pullover ..................................... later in the week. 6 I need an expert to repair my computer for me. HAVE I need ..................................... by an expert.

255

Extra exercises Phrasal Verbs 1 Complete these sentences connected with

3 Choose the correct particle for each verb. 1 Naomi really let us off/down/over when she forgot to post that letter.

work and business by writing one word in each gap.

2 The red mark on Liam’s arm wore out/in/off after a few days.

1 The trainer handed ...................... a worksheet for the participants in the workshop to use.

3 Some people find it hard to go into/without/out of a coffee after lunch.

2 The company was able to back ...................... its claims with statistical evidence.

4 Nigel came across/into/up an old diary when he was tidying a drawer.

3 Nelda decided to check ...................... the advertising campaigns of rival companies.

5 It’s important to think with/across/over all the options when making a big decision.

4 During the economic recession, the company had cut ...................... on staff numbers.

6 The celebrity has given in/up/over to pressure from the media and announced her pregnancy.

5 Gareth brought ...................... the subject of internet security at the end of the meeting.

7 Ewen is very good at sorting through/out/up problems on the computer.

6 Two key employees left the company to set ...................... their own business. 7 Bianca turned ...................... the offer of a job at the company’s head office. 8 Colin came up ...................... a number of innovative ideas to increase sales.

8 The tennis match ran above/beyond/over time, so the TV news began late.

4 Put the words in the second sentence in the right order. 1 Amy dropped her pen. her/Greg/up/for/picked/it

2 Choose a verb from the box to complete each of the sentences about crime and wrongdoing. You may need to change the form of the verb. let • break • tell • work give • hand • get • catch 1 The shoplifter was ............ off with a small fine as it was a first offence. 2 It seems that internet crime is quite easy to ............ away with – very few people are ever caught. 3 Val eventually ............ out how the thieves had got into her locked car. 4 In the end, the murderer’s mother ............ him over to the police. 5 The police car ............ up with the stolen vehicle as it was being driven on to the motorway. 6 The shop was ............ into at around three in the morning. 7 The fact that traces of his DNA was found in the stolen car ............ the thief away. 8 As a child, Lee was always being ............ off for breaking the school rules.

256

........................................................................ ........................................................................ 2 Andy’s little sister was ill. her/stayed/at/look/to/home/after/he ........................................................................ 3 When Brenda turned on the cooker, she could smell burning. again/turned/off/she/so/it ........................................................................ 4 Freddy saw a nice pair of jeans in the shop. them/try/decided/to/he/on ........................................................................ 5 June’s trainers are no longer waterproof. them/throw/should/she/out ........................................................................ 6 Diana borrowed £25 from her cousin. back/him/got/pay/to/now/she/has ........................................................................ ........................................................................

Extra exercises 5 For questions 1-8, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 Ollie offered Bella a lift to the airport, but she didn’t accept his offer. TURNED

6 Choose one word that will fit in the gap in all three sentences. 1A Marcus has promised to clear ............... the mess he made in the kitchen. 1B Audrey is fed ............... with hearing about her cousin’s achievements. 1C Roy’s train was held ............... by a cow blocking the line.

Bella .............................. offer of a lift to the airport. 2 Stella decided to stop going to the gym. GIVE Stella decided .............................. to the gym. 3 Ed found a wasp’s nest when he was exploring the attic. ACROSS Ed .............................. when he was exploring the attic. 4 Ben put a line through the incorrect information. CROSSED Ben .............................. which was not correct.

2A The students were let ............... of school early that day. 2B The writing on the old letter was too faint to make ............... clearly. 2C Charles was worn ............... by the end of the long exam. 3A Because of the flu outbreak, the party has been put ............... until next week. 3B Jill is showing ............... because she has a new smartphone. 3C The film was so boring that Rita nearly dropped ............... to sleep. 4A The burglars got ............... with a number of valuable paintings.

5 Don’t tell anybody where Alec is hiding. AWAY Don’t .............................. Alec’s hiding place to anybody. 6 Gerald was feeling too tired to go out that evening.

4B The team wears a different strip when they play ............... from home . 4C Lily had her club membership card taken ............... because she broke the rules. 5A A new teacher stood ............... for Mr Janes, who was unwell.

UP Gerald didn’t .............................. out that evening. 7 Andrea behaves just like her mother. TAKES Andrea .............................. mother in the way she behaves. 8 Sarah’s boyfriend will collect her from college this evening.

5B Mike went ............... for the competition for a laugh – never expecting to win. 5C You fill ............... a form online if you want to go on the trip. 6A Gayle promised to cut ............... on the amount of food her family wasted.

UP

6B Waiting for news of her application was starting to get Rosa ............... .

Sarah’s boyfriend will .............................. from college this evening.

6C After the argument, it took a long time for Rod to calm ............... .

257

Extra exercises Linking Words 1 Write a linking phrase from the box in the gap in each sentence. in case • in contrast • in fact • in order in other • in spite • in the same • in view 1 The match was played .................... of the torrential rain. 2 Dean became a full member of the gym .................... to use the facilities whenever he wanted. 3 Harry’s latest film is quite scary, .................... to his earlier romantic comedies. 4 You should take some cash .................... the banks are closed by the time you arrive. 5 Laurie has resigned – .................... words he won’t be working here anymore. 6 Children need daily exercises .................... way that dogs do. 7 .................... of the great demands for tickets, an extra date was added to the concert tour. 8 Penny said she was at her cousin’s house, when .................... she was at a party.

3 Write a word in the gap in each of these sentences. 1 In .................... to a great beach, the resort has excellent nightlife. 2 There is lots to do in the city centre, .................... instance there are over 200 shops. 3 The shopping mall has a cinema as .................... as restaurants and a gym. 4 In .................... to some noisier parts of town, the suburb is very quiet. 5 .................... a result of his success in the talent competition, Ben has been offered a part in a film. 6 .................... Fiona has never been horse-riding, she’s always wanted to have a go. 7 I love chocolate. What’s .................... , it’s meant to be very good for you – as .................... as you don’t eat too much! 8 As .................... as Clive saw the size of the waves, he knew he wouldn’t be surfing that day. 9 Patty used to spend a lot of time playing computer games, but she no .................... has time. 10 Mick is really keen to learn to drive, .................... his brother is much fonder of cycling.

2 Choose the best word to complete the sentences. 1 As well as/Furthermore/Moreover being a talented actor, Rory can also sing very well. 2 Only one person knows who stole the ring: otherwise/namely/similarly the thief himself. 3 After/Besides/Consequently training so hard, Johan was disappointed not to get a medal. 4 Kath left early due/so as/so that to arrive at the meeting place before Martin. 5 Meanwhile/Despite/Although he was only twelve, Gary had already broken a world record. 6 Owing/Due/Since she wasn’t a member, Carol couldn’t use the club’s website. 7 Alan was upset by Amanda’s comments. What’s more/Whereas/While he couldn’t see why she had made them. 8 Blake didn’t enjoy the course. Otherwise/On the contrary/In spite of he thought it was a complete waste of time.

258

Idioms 1 These idioms all contain a word relating to parts of the body. Write a part of the body from the box in each gap. neck • eye • tooth • ears • mouth shoulder • foot • finger • nose • hand 1 I was just about to say it was hot when Nathan took the words out of my .................... . 2 The police turned a blind .................... when they saw the boys misbehaving. 3 Gina went to see her Granny because she needed a .................... to cry on. 4 Linda’s husband never lifts a .................... to help her with the housework. 5 I put my .................... in it when I asked Ron about his exam results – how was I to know he’d failed!

Extra exercises 6 Faye turned her .................... up at her boyfriend’s sad attempt to make a pizza. 7 When Declan offered to tell me the latest gossip, I said I was all .................... . 8 I’m going to get it in the .................... when Laura finds out I’ve lost her keys. 9 Adam asked me to lend him a .................... with some tricky maths homework. 10 Mr Taylor should retire – he’s getting a bit long in the .................... to be a sports teacher.

2 A baby’s skin is as soft as .................... . 3 The dress she wore was as white as .................... . 4 Don’t trust Debbie, she’s as sly as .................... . 5 After three cups of coffee, Bill feels as high as .................... . 6 When she got out of the pool, Laura’s hands felt as cold as .................... . 7 Seeing the swimmer in difficulty, Ivan jumped into the water as quick as .................... . 8 The old documents were as dry as .................... and very fragile.

2 These idioms all contain words relating to animals. Write a word from the box in each gap. larks • pig • rat • cat • mouse dog • mule • whale • bull • ox 1 Working in big business is sometimes described as being part of the .................... race. 2 After winning the business award, Barry really thought he was top .................... in the office. 3 Kris was up with the .................... next morning and had finished breakfast before anyone else appeared. 4 Emily can be rather stubborn and ....................headed if she doesn’t get her own way. 5 Mentioning global warming to Ursula is like showing a red rag to a .................... . 6 Terry’s father is as strong as an .................... .

9 Derek never panics – he stays as cool as .................... . 10 Betty is great fun, but she is as daft as .................... sometimes.

4 These idioms all describe situations. Choose the words from the box to complete the idiom. up the • out for • out of (x2) next to • up for • down in • down to 1 Jess had never been to a posh party before and felt like a fish .................... water. 2 Delia was very poor and had to survive on .................... nothing. 3 Matt realised he had been led .................... garden path because what he had been told was untrue.

7 All the kids at the tea party were having a .................... of a time.

4 Daisy wasn’t really cut .................... art school – she couldn’t draw and had no imagination.

8 Paula said her engagement was a secret, but somebody must have let the .................... out of the bag because everybody knows.

5 Ben the taxi-driver had come .................... the world since his days as a well-known singer.

9 Lidia tried to be as quiet as a .................... as she crept into the house. 10 When he wanted to be difficult, Zack could be as stubborn as a .................... .

3 These idioms all compare two different things.

6 After the heavy dinner and late night, John felt .................... sorts next morning. 7 Two jobs in our office are .................... grabs because people are leaving. 8 Because she was the only one who could speak German, Chrissie knew it was .................... her to ask somebody for directions.

Choose the correct word from the box to complete the idiom. a brush • ice • dust • a rock • silk a cucumber • snow • a kite • a fox • a flash 1 When Amelia bit into the cake, she found it was as hard as .................... .

259

Practice Test 1 Reading and Use of English – Part 1

1 hour 15 minutes

For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Example 0 A research

0

B discovery

C information

D output

A B C D

THE DRINKS PYRAMID Recent (0) .................... shows that drinks can (1) .................... for up to twenty percent of our daily calorie intake. So, it looks as though we need to keep an eye on the contents of our cups as well as our plates! Nutritionists have come up with recommendations on the quantities and (2) .................... of liquids we should ideally consume every day. The guidelines are explained by (3) .................... of a triangle-shaped chart. Water, which is at the base of the triangle, is the biggest group as experts agree that we need to drink (4) .................... every day. The section above in the triangle (5) .................... up to three cups of water-based drinks such as tea and decaffeinated coffee, preferably without sugar. Two glasses of milk or fruit juice are allowed, but juices with added sugar should be (6) .................... to one glass a day. You might be relieved to know that five cups of coffee are permitted – (7) .................... that it’s black with neither milk nor sugar! Energy drinks, sweetened (8) .................... drinks and alcohol are strictly in the smallest ‘little and not very often’ group at the top of the triangle.

260

1 A explain

B include

C account

D mean

2 A types

B qualities

C numbers

D brands

3 A using

B ways

C means

D method

4 A plenty

B abundance

C sufficiency

D much

5 A warns

B directs

C confirms

D recommends

6 A limited

B numbered

C defined

D set

7 A allowed

B provided

C so

D considering

8 A foamy

B fizzy

C boiling

D bubbling

Practice Test 1 Reading and Use of English – Part 2 For questions 9-16, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Example 0

O

V

E

R

LONG-DISTANCE LOST PROPERTY (0) .................... a year after a massive tsunami hit Japan, the first pieces of debris are starting to be washed ashore in Alaska. Oceanographers predict that it will (9) .................... most of the debris between two and three years to reach the coasts of Canada and the US. A Japanese teenager, Misaki, has (10) .................... been reunited with a football which was swept away by the huge wave. As Misaki had lost his home and all his possessions, he was overjoyed to get his football (11) .................... . He said, ‘So far I’ve found (12) .................... that I owned so this football is very precious.’ The ball, which had been signed by Misaki’s classmates, was found on an Alaskan beach by a man (13) .................... wife happened to be Japanese. When she had translated the writing on it, they contacted the authorities. Misaki’s football is not the (14) .................... lucky find. The owner of a Japanese motorbike has been traced after it (15) .................... found on a beach in Canada. The finder’s suspicions were aroused when he noticed the bike had a Japanese number plate. When the owner, who has been tracked down in a village devastated by the tsunami, saw photos of the bike he said, ‘This is unmistakably (16) .................... !’

261

Practice Test 1 Reading and Use of English – Part 3 For questions 17-24, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Example 0

T

E

N

D

E

N

C

Y

EAR WORMS Why do songs get stuck in our heads? It’s an experience we’ve all had. An ear worm is the name for that irritating (0) .................... that some songs have of (17) .................... replaying in our heads. This phenomena has now become the subject of scientific research. Scientists are trying to compile a database of ‘sticky songs.’ This has so far (18) .................... that it’s a very individual matter, as few songs have been reported more than once.

TEND CONTINUE

REVEAL

A number of triggers have been identified and these, rather (19) .................... , include: exposure, which means that if you’ve heard the song recently and repeatedly, it’s more (20) .............. to stick.

SURPRISING

So what’s the (21) .................... for songs that come into our heads even though we haven’t heard them for a while? It seems that something in our environment or even stress can prompt the (22) .................... .

EXPLAIN

Researchers are currently investigating cures. They want to discover whether everyday strategies, such as running or doing a crossword, might be (23) .................... . There is also the possibility of using a different tune to remove the ear worm. It is certainly a relief to get an (24) .................... tune out of your head. However, the tune that cures you might be the next one that gets stuck!

262

LIKE

MEMORISE

EFFECT WANT

Practice Test 1 Reading and Use of English – Part 4 For questions 25-30, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). Example 0 Considering how difficult the test was, you did quite well. ACCOUNT If you .......................................................................................... of the test, you did quite well. 0

TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFICULTY

25 Andrew tried to cheat in the exam but he got caught. AWAY Andrew didn’t .......................................................................................... in the test. 26 Pierre’s English is much better than Nicole’s. IN Nicole’s English isn’t very good .......................................................................................... Pierre’s. 27 ‘You’ve broken my umbrella,’ George said to me. ACCUSED George .......................................................................................... his umbrella. 28 I’d rather not go for a walk at the moment. FANCY I .......................................................................................... for a walk right now. 29 How long ago were the experiments performed by the scientists? CARRY When .......................................................................................... the experiments? 30 Do you regret turning down his invitation? WISH Do .......................................................................................... accepted his invitation?

263

Practice Test 1 Reading and Use of English – Part 5 You are going to read a magazine article about short breaks. For questions 31-36, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

WEEKENDS AWAY IN BRITAIN: WILTSHIRE The county of Wiltshire might not be the first place you’d think of for a short break, but you could be surprised by all that it has to offer: ancient Wiltshire’s best-known feature is undoubtedly Stonehenge, but it doesn’t stop there. There are a number of fascinating historical sites of the same period in the vicinity; then there’s the city of Salisbury with its magnificent cathedral, and Wiltshire’s stunning natural landscape. 5

10

15

20

25

30

35

264

Wiltshire is easily accessible by both road and rail and is an ideal area to explore on foot or by bike. These are certainly the best ways to appreciate the beautiful, rolling countryside and small villages that are typical of the area. When we went there for a weekend break, we stayed at The Feathers Hotel in Salisbury, which proved to be a good base for exploring the area. Alternatively, cheaper accommodation can be found in bed and breakfasts in the surrounding towns and villages. We spent our first day in the city of Salisbury. We started with a guided visit of the cathedral. This is an absolute must for all visitors. The guide brought the ancient building to life with fascinating explanations of historical details and pointed out features we might have otherwise missed. The cathedral dates back to 1220 and took just 38 years to complete. One of the highlights of the visit was the display of one of the original copies of the Magna Carta in the Chapter House. We could have spent the whole day wandering around the cathedral and its grounds, but we were also keen to find out what the town had to offer. In 1220 the city, then known as New Sarum, was founded and grew up around the new cathedral. The town prospered and its importance in the area increased rapidly so a fine wall with five entrance gates into the city was built in the 14th century. Salisbury town centre today is a joy to visit and retains much of its medieval character – there are streets that don’t appear to have changed in any way since their original construction. If you are particularly interested in history, you might want to go on a tour of the city with an expert guide. We decided to drink in the atmosphere of the place by browsing round the market and wandering along the streets. We’d also recommend tea and cakes in one of the many traditional tea rooms! On our second day we drove out to nearby Avebury, where we left the car and spent a fascinating day discovering ancient sites on foot. Don’t get me wrong, Stonehenge is unique and well worth seeing, but for atmosphere and mysticism, I prefer Avebury Ring, a world away from the coach loads of tourists and gift shops up the road at Stonehenge. Avebury is a charming village built near Britain’s biggest prehistoric stone circle. There are 98 standing stones of between 3 and 4 metres in height. Having admired the circle and tried to imagine how on earth Neolithic man had managed to move these immense rocks into position, we walked along the Stone Avenue which leads to Silbury Hill and then on to West Kennet Long Barrow, both of which are Neolithic monuments. When Sunday evening came, we were sorry to leave Wiltshire as there was so much more that we hadn’t managed to see, but promised ourselves we would be returning soon. We felt refreshed and invigorated by two days immersed in the wonderful countryside and history of an area that is one of Britain’s best-kept secrets. We couldn’t leave Wiltshire without seeing one of its eight white horses carved into the hillsides. Although most are about three hundred years old, the practice of cutting figures in the white chalk of grassy, green hills is thought to date back to prehistoric times.

Practice Test 1 31 In the first paragraph, what is the writer’s main point about Wiltshire? A It is a popular holiday destination. B It is more interesting than people might think. C It is only worth visiting to see Stonehenge. D It has unremarkable countryside.

32 What reason does the writer give for choosing to stay in Salisbury? A Accommodation was cheaper there. B He/She was only interested in visiting the town. C The only bed and breakfast accommodation was too far away. D It was convenient for visiting a number of places.

33 In the third paragraph, the writer implies that A visitors can only see the cathedral accompanied by a guide. B its history is the most interesting feature of the cathedral. C it’s well worth visiting the cathedral with a guide. D all the interesting features in the cathedral are hidden.

34 What do we learn about New Sarum? A It is a town near Salisbury. B It was built before work started on the cathedral. C It was demolished to build Salisbury. D It is the former name of Salisbury.

35 The phrase ‘drink in the atmosphere’ in line 21 suggests that the writer A wanted to spend a long time having tea. B tried to get a general impression of the area. C spent some time wandering around aimlessly. D would recommend visiting lots of different tea rooms.

36 In comparing Stonehenge and Avebury, the writer suggests that A Stonehenge has been spoilt by tourism. B Stonehenge is one of many similar monuments. C there are more stones in Avebury than Stonehenge. D Avebury is generally considered to be more mysterious.

265

Practice Test 1 Reading and Use of English – Part 6 You are going to read an article about a teenager’s room. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (37-42). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

MY OWN SPACE Zahra Abade, 17, Junior 1500 metres champion

5

Welcome to my own space. As you can see, this is my bedroom. 37 I was born in Somalia, in Africa, and came to this country when I was ten. When my family arrived here, we had nothing and the first few years were very difficult for us. None of us spoke English so it took a while to settle in and for my parents to find jobs. For the first two years, we all lived together in a two-roomed flat, so perhaps you can understand why I appreciate having my own room now! My room is small, but that’s all I need. I chose the furniture and the colour of the walls myself. I love warm colours because they remind me of Africa. The bed cover comes from Somalia and so does this carved wooden dish. 38 I’d love to get to know the country better.

10

15

20

25

30

On the shelf above my bed, I’ve got all the medals and trophies I’ve won for athletics. They are my most treasured possessions and I’m so proud of them! I think I can say that running has completely changed my life. When I first came here, I felt very isolated at school because everything was unfamiliar plus there was the language barrier. I didn’t understand the lessons and couldn’t join in with the other kids. The one lesson I could do was PE because you don’t need to understand words for that! 39 When we started practising for cross-country running, I was amazed to see that I was much faster than the others. I’d never trained, it just came naturally to me. That first year, I won the under-12s county cross-country competition! Here’s the medal and certificate I got. I started secondary school the following September. By that time I could speak reasonable English so I found school a bit easier. I was better at maths than English, though, and I still am. 40 She was the one who really encouraged me to take my running seriously. She told my parents that she thought I had a natural talent for running and explained that if I joined the athletics club, I’d get expert coaching. My mum and dad were keen for me to make the most of this great opportunity and did all they could to help me. They’ve always been a great support and I couldn’t have achieved what I have without them. 41 I’ve decided to concentrate on 1500 metres as that’s my best distance. Here’s the medal I won last month at the national championships. 42 I don’t spend a great deal of time in my room, but it’s nice to have a space I can call my own.

266

Practice Test 1 A

It was the one time when I could join in and be good at something.

B

I remember running around barefoot as a child.

C

It might be tiny but to me it means everything.

D

I started with local competitions and then moved on to competing at county and national level.

E

Anyway, I owe a lot to the PE teacher I had in the first year at secondary school.

F

Sometimes I look at it and think I must be dreaming!

G

I have vivid memories of my childhood in Somalia, so I shouldn’t have been surprised at how much I felt at home there when I visited last year.

267

Practice Test 1 Reading and Use of English – Part 7 You are going to read an article about job satisfaction. For questions 43-52, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once.

Which person gets satisfaction from introducing people to new ideas?

43

starts and finishes work early?

44

has fulfilled an ambition?

45

is pleased with his/her career so far?

46

faces difficulties daily?

47

feels he/she is helping people in other parts of the world?

48

enjoys being out and about?

49

prefers being self-employed?

50

feels an important part of the local community?

51

works with troubled teenagers?

52

268

Practice Test 1

JOB SATISFACTION A

5

B 10

Carrie, postwoman I used to work on the checkout in a supermarket, which I didn’t mind, except that it meant being inside most of the day. I’m an outdoors person and so I love being a postwoman. My round includes the outskirts of the small town where I live and a couple of villages, so when I started, I was offered the choice of a scooter or a bike. I opted for the bike because I get more exercise that way! Although I have an early start, Saturdays included, and am out in all weathers, it’s the job for me. I love being recognised as a local figure and I’m happy to do favours for people if they need help. Not only that, I’ve usually finished by 3.00 pm and the rest of the day is my own.

Martha, shop owner I opened this wholefood shop two years ago and I love all aspects of the job: it gives me great satisfaction. That’s not to say that it isn’t hard work and that we don’t have problems – far from it – but I’d much rather be my own boss than work for somebody else as I did before. All our products are fair trade, so I like to think I’m doing something positive for developing countries. I’ve built up a base of loyal customers who regularly shop with me and recommend the shop to their friends.

15

C

20

D 25

I feel I know my products and can advise my customers as well as open their eyes to some of the injustices in the world of big business. We’re adding new products all the time and we’ve just started a series of food and nutrition workshops.

Grace, family lawyer I love my job and I wouldn’t change it for the world. I’m now doing what I’ve always wanted to do. I went to a careers talk at school about law and decided there and then that it was what I wanted to do with my life. I worked hard at school and got the grades to get into a top university. After successfully completing my two-year training in a big law firm, they offered me a job, which was a brilliant start to my career. I changed law firm to my present post to get promotion. Even though I love what I’m doing now, I’m extremely ambitious and I aim to reach the top. All my hard work is well rewarded by my salary and the lifestyle I can afford.

Damian, healthcare worker When you get asked whether you’d prefer a boring well-paid job to a satisfying low-paid job, I’d always go for the second one. I can manage on what I earn, but I wouldn’t say no to a rise! I work with young people with addiction problems, so I have to deal with some pretty tough situations sometimes. Every day a new challenge presents itself because the kind of people I help are pretty unpredictable. Compared to them, I feel very fortunate to have had so many opportunities in my life. The day when I can see that one of my patients has turned the corner and is starting the long road to recovery, makes up for all the bad days!

269

Practice Test 1 Writing – Part 1

1 hour 20 minutes

You must answer this question. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

1

In your English class you have been talking about the future of transport. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

Some people think that private cars are no longer a reasonable means of transport and that public transport should be developed instead. What’s your opinion?

Notes Write about: 1 traffic congestion in cities 2 the cost of public transport 3 …………………. (your own idea)

270

Practice Test 1 Writing – Part 2 Write an answer to one of the questions 2-4 in this part. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

2

You have seen this advert in an English-language magazine for young people.

Reviews wanted! We’re looking for reviews for our website Good Days Out. Write a review of a place of interest such as a museum, theme park or castle that you have visited. Remember, our readers want to know what’s good and what’s not so good about the place from the point of view of a young person. Write your review.

3

You see this advertisement in a local newspaper.

Tour guides wanted THE CITY TOUR COMPANY We are looking for someone with a good knowledge of the city who can show visitors from abroad everything our city has to offer. Applicants must have: • a good level of spoken English • an interest in the history of the city (e.g. monuments and museums) • knowledge of good shopping areas If you are interested, send your application to the personnel manager, Ms Williams, explaining why you think you would be suitable for the job. Write your letter.

4

You receive this email from the Director of Studies at the language school you attend.

From: Director of Studies Subject: Extra-curricular clubs We are thinking about organising some extra-curricular clubs so that our students can have more opportunities to practise English out of class-time. Therefore we would like to find out what sort of activities the students would be most interested in. As class representative, we would like you to write a report of the opinions and suggestions of your class. Write your report.

271

Practice Test 1 Listening – Part 1 2-14

1

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

You hear a woman talking. Where is the scene taking place? A in a science lesson B in a chemist’s C in a hospital

2

You hear a phone conversation. Who is the woman? A a bank clerk B a helpline operator C a student

3

You hear part of a radio programme. What’s it about? A nutrition B biology C gardening

4

You hear a conversation. What does the woman regret? A lending clothes to her sister B taking her jacket to the cleaner’s C lending money to her sister

5

You hear a telephone conversation. What’s the purpose of the call? A to make a request B to apologise C to make an offer

6

You hear a conversation about some shoes. Which feature is the person most pleased with? A style B comfort C price

7

Listen to the extract. Where does it come from? A a radio programme B an advert C a lesson

8

Listen to the conversation at an airport. What has the passenger lost? A her handbag B her passport C her luggage

272

40 minutes

Practice Test 1 Listening – Part 2 2-15

You will hear a short talk about opportunities for teens to study abroad. For questions 9-18, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

SPENDING TIME ABROAD The programme has information aimed at people aged from

9

to eighteen.

Listeners need to decide if they are interested in learning or improving a 10 If you want to do an exchange, there are 11 Susie says there’s a 12

that will put you in contact with a family. of options for teenagers wanting to go abroad.

If you go to Australia in the summer, you 13

any school.

There are exchange programmes in Canada and 14 One organisation says teenagers can ‘help, 15 The presenter is surprised that teenagers work as 16 Many specialised summer schools offer courses at a 17 There are also summer schools for 18

.

as well as in Australia and New Zealand. ’. abroad. rather than for fun. , but they can be very difficult to find.

273

Practice Test 1 Listening – Part 3 2-16

You will hear five different people talking about celebrations. For questions 19-23, choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use.

A

What should have been a great day was a real disappointment.

B

The summer is the best time to celebrate special occasions.

C

Special occasions don’t mean as much to me as they used to.

D

E

F

19

Speaker 2

20

Speaker 3

21

Speaker 4

22

Speaker 5

23

A new way to celebrate a traditional event.

We always celebrate special events in the same way.

I enjoyed this celebration far more than I thought I would.

G

Preparing for the celebration took a lot of time and effort.

H

We think variety is the key to successful celebrations.

274

Speaker 1

Practice Test 1 Listening – Part 4 2-17

You will hear two people discussing an environmental problem caused by plastic. For questions 24-30, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

24 Nell is reading an article about A plastic production. B sea travel. C pollution caused by plastic. 25 The Pacific garbage patch A has been getting bigger. B has just started forming. C is near the coast of France. 26 The plastic ducks A turned up in many different places in the world. B proved to be useful to scientists. C didn’t move far from the ship. 27 Why is it difficult to get rid of the garbage patch? A Because eighty per cent of it is on land. B Because the plastic is in small pieces. C Because it is so huge. 28 Harry and Nell agree that A the garbage patch is a fascinating subject. B plastic is damaging the environment and wildlife. C fish shouldn’t eat plastic. 29 In Nell’s opinion, plastic containers should be A reused. B recycled. C banned. 30 Harry and Nell think we should use plastic A more because it’s disposable. B less because it damages the environment. C only when there is no other alternative.

275

Practice Test 1 Speaking

14 minutes

Practise for the Speaking test by asking and answering the questions and doing the activities in pairs.

Part 1 (2 minutes) How much time do you spend on your computer? Do you read much? What sort of things do you read? What’s the nicest thing that’s happened to you this year? What will you be doing this time next year? Tell us about a teacher you particularly like. How do you spend your time when you’re with friends? Why do you think learning English is important?

Part 2 (4 minutes) (Candidate A) Look at the photographs on page 277. They show people helping others in different situations. Compare the photographs and say why you think these people need help. (1 minute) (Candidate B) Do you spend time much time with elderly people? (30 seconds) (Candidate B) Look at the photographs on page 278. They show people spending time in a city. Compare the photographs and say what you think the people are enjoying most in each situation. (1 minute) (Candidate A) What do you like doing when you go to a big city? (30 seconds)

Part 3 (4 minutes) I’d like you to imagine that a group of researchers is investigating some of the common causes of anger in everyday life. On page 279 there are some ideas and a question for you to discuss. First, you have some time to look at the task. (15 seconds) Now talk to each other about why some people might find these situations annoying. (2 minutes) Now you have about a minute to decide which two situations make people most angry. (1 minute)

Part 4 (4 minutes) Is it a good idea to complain to people in situations like these? (Why/Why not?) Which other situations do you find annoying? Why? Some people say it does us good to lose our temper occasionally. What do you think? Nowadays there are security cameras in many public places. Do you think they make people behave better? What can towns do to stop people dropping litter in the streets? It is often said that people are inconsiderate to others these days. Do you agree? Could you live without a mobile phone? (Why/Why not?)

276

Practice Test 1 CANDIDATE A Why do you think these people need help?

277

Practice Test 1 CANDIDATE B What do you think the people are enjoying most in each situation?

278

Practice Test 1 CANDIDATES A AND B

waiting in queues

neighbours having parties

using cameras at public events

using mobile phones on public transport

Why do some people find these situations annoying?

driving in cities

279

Practice Test 2 Reading and Use of English – Part 1

1 hour 15 minutes

For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Example 0 A conscious

0

B aware

C awake

D known

A B C D

YOUNG MUSICIAN OF THE YEAR Freddie Moore is well (0) .................... of the anticipation and excitement of taking part in the Young Musician of the Year competition because this 16-year-old was last year’s winner. Every two years, since 1978, there has been a televised competition to find the country’s best young (1) .................... musician. It is open to everyone under the age of 18 who has passed an advanced exam in a musical instrument. Unlike other TV talent shows in which a performer can become an overnight (2) .................... , these are dedicated young musicians who have been learning their instruments for years and whose dream is to become (3) .................... musicians. Freddie’s parents sent him to piano lessons at the age of four because he already showed (4) .................... of talent. ‘I’ve always enjoyed performing and my ambition is to (5) .................... my career in music. However, when it came to the finals, I was very apprehensive because I knew the other two finalists were excellent. I could hardly bear to listen to the judges’ (6) .................... of the winner and when I realised it was my name they’d said, I was (7) .................... overwhelmed. This is a very important (8) .................... for me personally and I feel sure it will help me professionally.’

280

1 A classic

B classical

C historical

D old-fashioned

2 A winner

B contestant

C finalist

D success

3 A qualified

B expert

C skilful

D professional

4 A signs

B signals

C symbols

D gestures

5 A have

B do

C make

D work

6 A notice

B advice

C advert

D announcement

7 A very

B nearly

C totally

D extremely

8 A reward

B achievement

C qualification

D profit

Practice Test 2 Reading and Use of English – Part 2 For questions 9-16, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Example 0

A

L

S

O

THE LONDON TUBE MAP As a design, the map of the London Underground has not only become a classic, but (0) .................... a symbol of London. It is instantly recognisable and frequently features (9) .................... T-shirts, bags and other souvenirs. In 1933, Harry Beck, a London Underground employee, came up (10) .................... the idea of simplifying the existing map. He got his inspiration from the electrical diagrams (11) .................... he drew for the company. He realised that (12) .................... the network was mostly underground, travellers didn’t need to know exact physical locations in order to get from one station to another. He gave (13) .................... line a distinct colour and used only vertical, horizontal and diagonal straight lines. Ordinary stations and interchange stations (14) .................... marked with different symbols. The river and mainline stations were the only other features on the map. The directors of the London Underground were sceptical about the new map, but passengers were immediately enthusiastic when it was (15) .................... issued. Beck continued to work on the map until 1960, adding new stations and lines and perfecting his design. (16) .................... the years, it has been altered very little. In 2009, an attempt was made to remove the River Thames from the map but it was soon reinstated in response to public protest.

281

Practice Test 2 Reading and Use of English – Part 3 For questions 17-24, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Example 0

A

C

T

U

A

L

L

Y

SEEING COLOURS Colour is one of our most basic sensations, yet colour itself does not (0) .............................. exist. It is created by our brains from light. There are sensors in the back of the eye that turn light information into (17) .............................. signals in the brain.

ACTUAL

Most people are sensitive to three (18) .............................. colours: red, blue and green.

BASE

Our brains combine the information to allow (19) .............................. of the full range of colours.

PERCEIVE

There is some doubt as to whether we all see the same colours. We often (20) .............................. about colour: your red might be my pink or orange. Korean and Vietnamese people don’t differentiate between blue and green. Japanese people’s interpretation of yellow and green is different to Europeans’. These (21) .............................. are unnoticeable if they are part of your culture, but (22) .............................. if they are not. We shouldn’t be surprised by cultural (23) .............................. when you consider that the colour spectrum is not neatly separated into blocks but is a sequence with each colour blending into the next.

AGREE

Language and the names we give to colours is another significant (24) .............................. in how we view the world. You and I both say that the grass is green, but do we both see the same colour?

FACT

282

ELECTRICITY

DISTINCT EXPECT VARY

Practice Test 2 Reading and Use of English – Part 4 For questions 25-30, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Here is an example (0). Example 0

Considering how difficult the test was, you did quite well. ACCOUNT If you ................................................................................ of the test, you did quite well. 0

TAKE INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFICULTY

25 It’s useless trying to study when you’re tired. POINT There ................................................................................ when you’re tired. 26 Susie and her mum look very much alike. AFTER Susie ................................................................................ in looks. 27 Will all the luggage fit in the car? ROOM Is ................................................................................ all the luggage in the car? 28 Who lent you the tent for the camping trip? DID Whose ................................................................................ for the camping trip? 29 A well-known architect designed their house. HAD They ................................................................................ a well-known architect. 30 They enjoyed the barbecue even though it rained. RAIN ................................................................................ they had a good time at the barbecue.

283

Practice Test 2 Reading and Use of English – Part 5 You are going to read a magazine article about two brothers. For questions 31-36, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

RIVAL SIBLINGS Louis and Harry Markham are both junior triathletes, hoping to compete for team GB at the next world championships.

5

10

15

Louis, 17. My brother Harry and I have always been close. I’m two years older than him but we’ve always got on well together even though we’re quite different characters: he’s quiet and good academically as well as being excellent at sport, I’m very sociable and lively – and not so good at school! I’ve tried all sports: football, rugby, tennis, basketball, you name it, I’ve had a go! But I love the challenge of the triathlon: you have to excel in three sports and have the stamina to keep going through a long competition. So, how did it all start? It was my mum! As a little kid, I had loads of energy to burn and couldn’t keep still, so she signed me up for a sport she thought would tire me out! She was right because the triathlon suits me down to the ground. I’m currently the under-18 UK champion and my aim is to win the world championship title next year. After that, I’ll be in the adult category and my dream is to compete at the Olympics. At the moment, Harry and I compete in different age groups, so we’re not direct rivals, but next year, he’ll move up and so we’ll be racing against each other. Make no mistake, I’m out to win, even if it means beating Harry! We often train together and I give him all the support and help I can – he’s my little brother, after all. I’m probably stronger physically than him, but he’s very focused and strong psychologically. I admire Harry for his academic ability and determination to do well at everything he tries. He’s also a good mate. He understands the highs and lows of winning and losing and helps me through the tough times.

20

25

30

284

Harry, 15. Louis is my big brother, so I’ve always looked up to him. He’s done brilliantly in the triathlon and it’s because of him that I got involved, too. When I was little, I wanted to do everything that he did, so I started in the mini-triathlon group when I was about six. I’m sure he’ll make it to the top because he’s got so much energy and ambition. I’m a much quieter, calmer person than him. He’s the life and soul of any group of people and he’s always on the move. This is great for sport but not so good at school. I enjoy studying and I hope to go to university as I’d like to become a doctor. I’ll carry on with the triathlon as a hobby, though. Louis and I do most of our training together and we encourage each other. He helps me out on technique and performance training and I help him concentrate on what he’s doing. In fact, our coach says that together, we’d make the perfect athlete! Swimming’s my best discipline, whereas Louis’s is running. At the moment, Louis and I go to the same school and belong to the same triathlon club, so we’re together a lot of the time. Next year, when Louis has finished school, he’ll be going away to focus on his sport and I expect I’ll miss him a lot. We’re both very competitive, you have to be to get anywhere in sport, and we’re both determined to win. So it’s each brother for himself during competitions, but we try not to let this influence our relationship off the track.

Practice Test 2 31 In his first paragraph, what do we learn about Louis’s relationship with Harry? A They’re twins. B They’re very alike. C They’re opposites in many ways. D They’re good at the same things.

32 The triathlon is the right sport for Louis because A he’s hyper-active. B it demands a lot of energy and stamina. C it’s very competitive. D it’s an Olympic sport.

33 In a competition, Louis describes himself as A talented. B ruthless. C supportive. D distracted.

34 In his first paragraph, what reason does Harry give for joining the triathlon club? A He enjoyed sport. B His parents made him. C He spent too much time studying. D He used to copy everything Louis did.

35 In ‘This is great for sport’ in line 23, ‘this’ refers to the fact that A Louis is popular and has a lot of energy. B Louis and Harry both like the triathlon. C Louis is a very laid-back person. D Harry is an introspective person.

36 What do we learn about the coach’s opinion of the two brothers? A He thinks that Louis is a better athlete than Harry. B He worries that Harry gets too distracted from training by school. C He believes they have different strengths and weaknesses. D He acknowledges that they work together well as a team.

285

Practice Test 2 Reading and Use of English – Part 6 You are going to read an article about bamboo. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (37-42). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

BAMBOO – THE NEW SUPER MATERIAL

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

286

Which material can you eat, make clothes from and use for making furniture? You might be surprised to learn that the answer is bamboo. Bamboo is actually a type of grass of which there are over 1,450 different varieties. According to many, this humble plant is set to become the super-material of the twenty-first century. It is estimated to have around 1,500 different uses and in the last decade it has become one of the world’s major economic crops. Perhaps most importantly, it has the potential to absorb great quantities of carbon-dioxide, one of 37 the greenhouse gases which cause global warming, and it also releases oxygen into the atmosphere. It grows well in some of the poorest countries, thereby creating jobs for needy people. It is one of the fastest-growing plants, increasing in height by up to a metre a day and becoming fully grown in a single season. Its extensive root system sends out new shoots, so it naturally renews itself and consequently doesn’t have to be replanted. It can be harvested annually and sustainably to guarantee continuous production as a renewable source, unlike tropical hardwoods which take years to grow and can only be harvested once. Bamboo is naturally pestresistant so doesn’t require treatment with chemical pesticides or fertilisers. 38 This means it can be successfully grown in relatively dry areas as well as in those with average rainfall. We are all familiar with traditional bamboo products such as light-weight garden furniture and baskets, but it has an extraordinary number of very diverse uses. 39 It is a good source of protein and nutrients and has long been a component of Chinese medicine for treating infections. Cooking utensils, as well as bowls and plates are also traditionally made from bamboo. More surprising perhaps are clothes made from bamboo fibre. 40 It’s ideal for those with sensitive skin as it is hypo-allergenic, as well as keeping you warm in winter and cool in summer. It can be made into the types of clothes more usually made of cotton: T-shirts, socks, underwear and so on, as well as towels, sheets and curtains. Bamboo hardwood is stronger than aluminium and more durable than oak wood. It’s lightweight, flexible and biodegradable which makes it ideal for producing all types of furniture and building materials used in the construction of houses and commercial buildings. It is fast replacing traditional hard woods in many fields of manufacturing. 41 Bamboo has been used to make paper in China for centuries and the process has now spread to other Asian countries. The commercial cultivation of bamboo is now increasing in Central America and areas of Africa where it used to be considered worthless. 42 Consequently, today’s ten billion dollar bamboo market is expected to double over the next five years.

Practice Test 2 A

With its new potential, it could become an important crop in these places, providing much-needed income for local people.

B

What’s the attraction of bamboo?

C

Contrary to what you may think, bamboo fibre, which is silky and has a luxurious feel to it, it is also more absorbent than cotton.

D

It’s not only pandas that like to eat bamboo. In Asian cuisine, tender, young bamboo shoots are prepared in a variety of ways for use in many dishes.

E

In Asian culture, bamboo is one of the group of a special plants known as the ‘four gentlemen’. It symbolises hard-work, optimism adaptability and unity.

F

It can be made into modern kitchen furniture, flooring and even bathroom sinks.

G

Not only that, it needs very little water to grow.

287

Practice Test 2 Reading and Use of English – Part 7 You are going to read an article about managing money. For questions 43-52, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once.

Which person is disappointed by his/her current financial situation?

43

thinks his/her quality of life has improved?

44

learnt about the priorities in life by living abroad?

45

ought to plan his/her spending more carefully?

46

used to enjoy a high standard of living?

47

has just started working?

48

is thinking now about future debt repayments?

49

has never had a great deal of money?

50

thinks money should give you pleasure?

51

values job satisfaction more than money?

52

288

Practice Test 2

MANAGING MONEY A

5

B 10

C 15

20

D

25

Edward I thought I wouldn’t have to worry about money once I started working, but that hasn’t turned out to be the case! When I was a student, I used to look forward to the time when I’d have money to spend. I’m quite well paid considering I’m at the bottom of the career ladder, but I never seem to have any spare cash. By the time I’ve paid the rent on my flat, bills, general living expenses and train tickets to get to work, there’s not a great deal left. I’d like to buy a car to use at weekends but, at the moment, it seems a bit extravagant. What money I do have available, I spend on going out in the evenings and at weekends with friends – I mean, you’ve got to enjoy your money, haven’t you?

Lorna I never seem to have enough money. I admit that I’m not very good at managing my money. I know I should save some and budget for my expenses, but I never seem to get round to doing that. I’m at university and I’ve got a weekend job in a supermarket to earn some cash. I’ve got a student loan, which I’ll have to repay once I start a proper job, so I’m trying not to let that get out of control. My earnings from the supermarket are supposed to cover my daily expenses and food, which they do mostly, but I occasionally I get tempted to buy some nice clothes or spend a bit more on going out than I should. I can’t really complain because my friends are in pretty much the same situation as me.

Joe I know what it’s like to have plenty of money and now I’m finding out how to live on very little. When I made the decision to downsize, I gave up my well-paid job in the city and moved to a cottage in the country because I felt that my life lacked real meaning. Now it is far more fulfilling and I truly appreciate things more than I did before. I don’t miss the designer clothes, stylish apartment, sports car and exotic holidays. I enjoy my frugal existence and make the most of the money I have. I’ve learnt to cook using produce from my garden and not to waste anything. My income is now made up of part-time work for a charity, using my professional skills, and selling my own handmade furniture.

Judith After graduating, I worked as a volunteer in a medical centre in Vietnam for a year. That’s where I saw how little we really need to live on. Even though I wasn’t getting paid and my accommodation and food was provided, I still had far more than most of the local people. That year taught me many things, but most importantly, it showed me the real value of money and what is important in life. I’ve never been an extravagant person and I’m certainly not used to having a lot to spend. I grew up in an average family where we all had to be careful with money and make it go as far as we could. I still do that out of habit, I suppose. A high salary isn’t my priority; a fulfilling, interesting job is.

289

Practice Test 2 Writing – Part 1

1 hour 20 minutes

You must answer this question. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

1

In your English class you have been talking about the future. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write your essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

Some people are very worried about the future, while others are much more optimistic. Why is this and what is your opinion?

Notes Write about: 1 health and medicine 2 the environment 3 ……………………. (your own idea)

290

Practice Test 2 Writing – Part 2 Write an answer to one of the questions 2-4 in this part. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

2

You see this announcement on your town council’s website.

How are we doing in your neighbourhood? The town council is committed to creating a cleaner and healthier place for all its citizens. We are interested in receiving reports from community representatives on the parks in their local area. We’d like to know: • how popular the parks are with local residents • what problems or concerns there might be • how we can improve the situation Write your report.

3

You have received this email from the head teacher of your old school. From: Michael Jones Subject: Careers Day talk Thank you for agreeing to be one of the speakers at this year’s event. Could you send us a description of what your job involves and why you think it would be a good career for our students to consider?

Write your letter.

4

You see this announcement in an international history magazine.

Articles wanted People who have helped to make the world a better place Which person from history has made the biggest contribution to the modern world? What did this person do? How does this help us now? We will publish the most interesting articles in next month’s magazine. Write your article.

291

Practice Test 2 Listening – Part 1 2-18

1

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

You hear part of a lesson. Which subject is being taught? A History B Literature C Geography

2

You overhear two people discussing a party. What event are they going to celebrate? A New Year B leaving school C birthday

3

You hear a boy talking about a school trip. What reason does he give for not going? A His family can’t afford it. B He has health problems. C He’s already been to the place.

4

You hear about a competition on the radio. What do you have to do to enter? A phone the radio station B buy a concert ticket C send your contact details

5

You hear a mother talking to her son. What is the mother doing? A telling him off B praising him C encouraging him

6

You hear two people talking about a recent incident. How did Milly feel at the end? A scared B relieved C embarrassed

7

You overhear a boy talking. Where has he just come from? A choir practice B tennis lesson C chess club

8

You overhear two girls in a shop. What don’t they like about the dress? A the price B the style C the fit

292

40 minutes

Practice Test 2 Listening – Part 2 2-19

You will hear an extract from a radio programme about bread. For questions 9-18, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase.

BREAD Bread is one of the presenter’s

9

The bread eaten in Asia has a

10

11

. texture.

are the basic ingredients for all types of bread.

Historians think people have been making bread for ‘Bread’ means

13

years.

in slang.

Mary’s brown rolls are made with According to Mary, bread is

17

14

15

Making bread requires heat and Bread is baked at

12

seeds. to make than cakes.

16

. degrees centigrade.

The disadvantage of bread machines is that they only make

18

at a time.

293

Practice Test 2 Listening – Part 3 2-20

You will hear five different people talking about some of the things they regret. For questions 19-23, choose from the list (A-H) what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use.

A

I should have listened to my parents’ advice.

B

I shouldn’t have said anything.

C

I let myself be persuaded by friends.

D

E

F

19

Speaker 2

20

Speaker 3

21

Speaker 4

22

Speaker 5

23

I’d be happier now if I was better paid.

It made me realise I had to change my habits.

I wish I’d done this sooner.

G

I’m disappointed that it didn’t live up to my expectations.

H

I turned down a good opportunity.

294

Speaker 1

Practice Test 2 Listening – Part 4 2-21

You will hear a radio interview with a girl who has just paddled round the coast of Ireland in a kayak. For questions 24-30, choose the best answer (A, B or C).

24 What motivated Tess and her friends to start planning the trip? A a talk at the kayak club B a charity fund-raising campaign C a friend in hospital 25 They chose to paddle round the coast of Ireland because A they wanted a holiday in Ireland. B they could manage to do the trip during the school holidays. C it was only a thousand miles away. 26 How much time did they lose to bad weather? A just one day B two or three full days C a few hours 27 Their parents’ help allowed them to A complete the trip successfully. B relax in the evenings. C go camping. 28 How does Tess describe the trip? A an ideal holiday B physically and mentally demanding C rather monotonous 29 Tess says they enjoyed the trip because A the weather was good. B it gave them some time alone from each other. C they helped each other stay positive. 30 Their next trip will be different because it will be A with more people. B easier to organise. C in the mountains.

295

Practice Test 2 Speaking

14 minutes

Practise for the Speaking test by asking and answering the questions and doing the activities in pairs.

Part 1 (2 minutes) Do you enjoy shopping? What sort of things do you like buying? Where did you go for your last holiday? What did you enjoy about it? Which job would you most like to do in the future? Why? Do you think taking a gap year is a good idea? Why/Why not? How much exercise do you do? Do you think it’s enough? Which country would you like to visit in the future? Why? Tell us about your favourite room at home.

Part 2 (4 minutes) (Candidate A) Look at the photographs on page 297. They show people who are proud of an achievement. Compare the photographs and say why you think these people are feeling proud. (1 minute) (Candidate B) Have you ever won a competition? (30 seconds) (Candidate B) Look at the photographs on page 298. They show people spending time at home. Compare the two photographs, and say how you think the people are feeling. (1 minute) (Candidate A) What do you like doing at home? (30 seconds)

Part 3 (4 minutes) I’d like you to imagine that a local photography club is organising an exhibition entitled ‘Moments to remember in life’. On page 299 there are some ideas and a question for you to discuss. First, you have some time to look at the task. (15 seconds) Now talk to each other about why these occasions might be important in a person’s life. (2 minutes) Now you have about a minute to decide which two occasions might be the most memorable. (1 minute)

Part 4 (4 minutes) Which other events are important in a person’s life? Tell us about a memorable day in your life. Do you like taking photos of special days? (Why?/Why not?) How do you like celebrating special occasions? Do you prefer formal or informal celebrations? Why? Do you think it’s important to try new experiences? (Why?/Why not?) What new experiences would you like to try? Why?

296

Practice Test 2 CANDIDATE A Why do you think these people are feeling proud?

297

Practice Test 2 CANDIDATE B How do you think the people are feeling?

298

Practice Test 2 Candidates A and B

your first day at school

moving out of the family home

graduating from university

your first driving lesson

Why might these occasions be important in a person’s life?

the birth of your first child

299

Reading and Use of English Answer sheets

Photocopiable © 2019 Black Cat Reproduced with permission of Cambridge English Language Assessment © UCLES 2015

300

Reading and Use of English Answer sheets

Photocopiable © 2019 Black Cat Reproduced with permission of Cambridge English Language Assessment © UCLES 2015

301

Listening Answer sheets

Photocopiable © 2019 Black Cat Reproduced with permission of Cambridge English Language Assessment © UCLES 2015

302

Listening Answer sheets

Photocopiable © 2019 Black Cat Reproduced with permission of Cambridge English Language Assessment © UCLES 2015

303

Appendices Appendix 1: Phrasal verbs It is always very important to learn the meaning and use of phrasal verbs as you meet them. It’s a good idea to have a phrasal verb notebook that looks like this. Remember that some phrasal verbs may have more than one meaning.

Verb ask someone

Meaning invite on a date

ask someone out back someone/thing up blow something/one up break (something) down break in/into something break (something) up break out (of) somewhere bring someone/thing down bring something off bring something/one on bring someone/thing up call someone back call something off call on someone catch up (with) someone/thing check in something (to) somewhere check out (of) somewhere check someone/thing out cheer someone on cheer (someone) up come across something come apart come down with something come up with something count on someone/thing cross something out cut back/down on something cut something/one off cut something/one out do away with something do something up dress up drop in/by/over/at drop someone/thing off/at drop out (of) somewhere end up somewhere (with) someone/thing figure something/one out fill something in/out find (something/one) out gear up for something get something across/over get along/on (with) someone get around to something get away with something get back at someone

304

Example James asked me out.

get off something get on something get over something/one get on with something/one get up get up to something give something/one away give in (to) something/one give (something/one) up go ahead (with) something go out with someone go over (to) something go without something grow apart (from) someone grow up grow out of something grow into something hand something down hand something in hand something out hand something over hang on hang out (with) someone hang up hold something back (from) someone hold on hold onto someone/thing hold someone/thing up keep on doing something keep something from someone keep something up let someone down let something/one off let on to someone look after someone/thing look down on someone look for someone/thing look forward to something look into something look out look out for someone/thing look something/one over look something up look up to someone make something up make up with someone

melt away mix something up pass away pass out pass something up put someone down put something/one off put something out put up with someone/thing put something on run into someone/thing run over someone/thing run over/through something/ someone run out of something screw (something/one) up send someone off set about set (someone) apart set off set someone/thing up shop around show off sort something/one out stick to something/one switch something off switch something on take after someone take (something) off take (something) on tear something up think back (to) think something over turn something down turn something off turn something/one on turn out turn something up turn up (for) try something on try something out use something up wake up warm up wear off work out work something/one out

Appendices Appendix 2: Linking words Linking words connect ideas. It makes what we say more cohesive and hang together so that our listeners/readers can understand our train of thought and we can convey our message more clearly. We can use them within a sentence to make a more complex sentence, for example, I had a good time on holiday despite the bad weather. We can also use them at the beginning of sentences or paragraphs to help organise what we say or write, for example, To sum up, we can say...

Addition also (M) besides (M) furthermore (I/M) in addition (I) moreover (I/M) not only... but also (I/M) not to mention the fact that (M) too (F) what is more (I) Clarification after all (inf.) (I/F) i.e. (M) in fact (I/M) in other words (I) namely (M) Contrast although (I/M) but (I/M) in contrast (I) in spite of (the fact that) (I/M) on the contrary (I/M) on the one hand... on the other hand (I/M) whereas (I/M) while (I/M) Exemplification e.g. (M) for example (I/M) for instance (I/M) such as (M)

Reason/purpose because I/M) for this reason (I/M) in case (I/M) in order to (I/M) in view of (I/M) on the grounds that (I/M) otherwise (M) owing to/due to (the fact that) (I/M) since/as (I/M) so as to (I/M) so that (M) with the purpose/intention of (M) Sequencing after that (I) afterwards (I) finally (I) first(ly) (I) lastly (I) next (I) second(ly) (I) then (I) Similarity in the same way (I/M) similarly (I/M) Time at first (I/M) at last (I/M) meanwhile (M) previously (I/M)

Result as a result/consequence (I) consequently (I/M) if not (I/M) otherwise (M) so (inf.) (I/M) therefore (I/M) I = word/phrase usually in the initial position in a sentence M = word/phrase usually in the mid position in a sentence F = word/phrase usually in the final position in a sentence inf. = informal usage

305

Appendices Appendix 3: Irregular verb list Infinitive be bear beat become begin bend bet bind bite bleed blow break breed bring broadcast build burn burst buy catch choose cling come cost creep cut deal dig do draw dream drink drive dwell eat fall feed feel fight find fit flee fling fly

306

Past Simple was/were bore beat became began bent bet bound bit bled blew broke bred brought broadcast(ed) built burnt/burned burst bought caught chose clung came cost crept cut dealt dug did drew dreamt/dreamed drank drove dwelt/dwelled ate fell fed felt fought found fit/fitted fled flung flew

Past participle been born/borne beaten become begun bent bet bound bitten bled blown broken bred brought broadcast(ed) built burnt/burned burst bought caught chosen clung come cost crept cut dealt dug done drawn dreamt/dreamed drunk driven dwelt/dwelled eaten fallen fed felt fought found fit/fitted fled flung flown

Infinitive forbid forget forgive freeze get give go grind grow hang have hear hide hit hold hurt keep kneel knit know lay lead lean leap learn leave lend let lie lie* light lose make mean meet mow pay plead prove put quit read rid ride

Past Simple forbade forgot forgave froze got gave went ground grew hung had heard hid hit held hurt kept knelt knitted/knit knew laid led leant/leaned leapt/leaped learnt/learned left lent let lay lied lit lost made meant met mowed paid pleaded/pled proved put quit/quitted read rid rode

Past participle forbidden forgotten forgiven frozen got/gotten given gone ground grown hung had heard hid hit held hurt kept knelt knitted/knit known laid led leant/leaned leapt/leaped learnt/learned left lent let lain lied lit lost made meant met mowed/mown paid pleaded/pled proven/proved put quit/quitted read rid ridden

Appendices

Infinitive ring rise run saw say see seek sell send set sew shake shine shed shoot show shrink shut sing sink sit sleep slide sling slink slit smell sneak sow speak speed spell spend spill spin spit split spoil

Past Simple rang rose ran sawed said saw sought sold sent set sewed shook shone shed shot showed shrank/shrunk shut sang sank/sunk sat slept slid slung slinked/slunk slit smelt/smelled sneaked/snuck sowed spoke sped/speeded spelt/spelled spent spilt/spilled spun spit/spat split spoilt/spoiled

Past participle rung risen run sawed/sawn said seen sought sold sent set sewn/sewed shaken shone shed shot showed/shown shrunk shut sung sunk sat slept slid slung slinked/slunk slit smelt/smelled sneaked/snuck sown/sowed spoken sped/speeded spelt/spelled spent spilt/spilled spun spit/spat split spoilt/spoiled

Infinitive spread spring stand steal stick sting stink stride strike string strive swear sweat sweep swell swim swing take teach tear tell think throw thrust tread understand undertake undo upset wake wear weave weep wet win wind wring write

Past Simple spread sprang/sprung stood stole stuck stung stunk/stank strode struck strung strove/strived swore sweat/sweated swept swelled swam swung took taught tore told thought threw thrust trod understood undertook undid upset woke wore wove/weaved wept wet/wetted won wound wrung wrote

Past participle spread sprung stood stolen stuck stung stunk stridden struck/stricken strung striven/strived sworn sweat/sweated swept swollen/swelled swum swung taken taught torn told thought thrown thrust trodden/trod understood undertaken undone upset woken worn woven/weaved wept wet/wetted won wound wrung written

* not tell the truth (regular verb)

307

Glossary A

able [ˈeɪb(ə)l] capace accept [əkˈsept] accettare accommodation [əˌkɒməˈdeɪʃ(ə)n] alloggio acquaintance [əˈkweɪntəns] conoscente acquit [əˈkwɪt] assolvere add [æd] aggiungere additive [ˈædətɪv] additivo admitted [ədˈmɪtɪd] ammesso adopt [əˈdɒpt] adottare agreement [əˈɡriːmənt] accordo almond-shaped [ˈɑːmənd-ʃeɪpt] a forma di mandorla although [ɔːlˈðəʊ] sebbene amazed (at) [əˈmeɪzd æt] stupito (di) ancient [ˈeɪnʃ(ə)nt] antico annoy [əˈnɔɪ] disturbare argument [ˈɑː(r)ɡjʊmənt] discussione artistic [ɑː(r)ˈtɪstɪk] artistico as long as [æz lɒŋ æz] quanto aspire [əˈspaɪə(r)] aspirare aspirin [ˈæsprɪn] aspirina assailant [əˈseɪlənt] aggressore assassinate [əˈsæsɪneɪt] assassinare assault [əˈsɔːlt] assalto assignment [əˈsaɪnmənt] incarico attend [əˈtend] frequentare attendee [əˌtenˈdiː] partecipante avalanche [ˈævəˌlɑːntʃ] valanga average [ˈæv(ə)rɪdʒ] media aware (of) [əˈweə(r) əv] consapevole (di) awesome [ˈɔːs(ə)m] fantastico

B

background [ˈbækˌɡraʊnd] contesto backseat role [bæksiːt rəʊl] ruolo di secondo piano baggage [ˈbæɡɪdʒ] bagaglio baggy [ˈbæɡi] largo bake [beɪk] cuocere bald [bɔːld] calvo bandage [ˈbændɪdʒ] fasciatura bark [bɑː(r)k] abbaiare barrier [ˈbæriə(r)] barriera battery farming [ˈbæt(ə)ri ˈfɑː(r)mɪŋ] allevamento in batterie be at odds (with) [biː æt ɒdz wɪð] essere in conflitto (con) beat [biːt] battito blizzard [ˈblɪzə(r)d] tormenta blow up [bləʊ ʌp] esplodere boarding card [ˈbɔː(r)dɪŋ kɑː(r)d] carta d’imbarco boil [bɔɪl] bollire bonfire [ˈbɒnˌfaɪə(r)] falò

308

bore [bɔː(r)] noia boredom [ˈbɔː(r)dəm] noia break up [breɪk ʌp] rompere bricklayer [ˈbrɪkˌleɪə(r)] muratore bright [braɪt] luminoso brilliant [ˈbrɪljənt] geniale bring off [brɪŋ ɒf] concludere burglar [ˈbɜː(r)ɡlə(r)] ladro burglary [burglary] furto burgle [ˈbɜː(r)ɡ(ə)l] svaligiare burnout [ˈbɜː(r)naʊt] esaurimento buzz [bʌz] scalpore

C

cage [keɪdʒ] gabbia car-jacking [kɑː(r) dʒæk] furto d’auto carbon [ˈkɑː(r)bən] carbonio carry on [ˈkæri ɒn] portare avanti carry out [ˈkæri aʊt] svolgere casual [ˈkæʒuəl] informale catwalk [ˈkætˌwɔːk] passerella certain (of) [ˈsɜː(r)t(ə)n əv] sicuro (di) change (into) [tʃeɪndʒ ɪnˈtuː] cambiare (in) check-up [tʃek ʌp] controllo chicken-pox [ˈtʃɪkɪn pɒks] varicella chop [tʃɒp] tagliare climb [klaɪm] scalare cloudy [ˈklaʊdi] nuvoloso clue [kluː] indizio cold [kəʊld] freddo come round [kʌm raʊnd] andare a trovare come up [kʌm ʌp] salire confident [ˈkɒnfɪd(ə)nt] fiducioso consumer [kənˈsjuːmə(r)] consumatore cool [kuːl] forte core [kɔː(r)] nucleo cough [kɒf] tosse course [kɔː(r)s] campo court [kɔː(r)t] corte crust [krʌst] crosta curly [ˈkɜː(r)li] riccio cut down [kʌt daʊn] abbattere cutting-edge [ˈkʌtɪŋ edʒ] avanguardia

D

defraud [dɪˈfrɔːd] truffare deny [dɪˈnaɪ] negare departure [dɪˈpɑː(r)tʃə(r)] partenza despite [dɪˈspaɪt] nonostante disappointed (with) [ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪntɪd wɪð] deluso (da) disease [dɪˈziːz] malattia do up [duː ʌp] mettere in ordine

Glossary downpour [ˈdaʊnˌpɔː(r)] acquazzone draught [drɑːft] spiffero draw up [drɔː ʌp] eleborare dress up [dres ʌp] vestire drilling [drɪl] trivellazione drizzle [ˈdrɪz(ə)l] pioggerella drop off [drɒp ɒf] lasciare drought [draʊt] siccità dry [draɪ] secco due (to) [djuː tuː] dovuto (a) dungeon [ˈdʌndʒ(ə)n] prigione dyed [daɪ] tinto

E

earthquake [ˈɜː(r)θˌkweɪk] terremoto effigy [ˈefɪdʒiː] effigie elderly [ˈeldə(r)li] anziano embarrassed (by) [ɪmˈbærəst baɪ] imbarazzato (da) enchantment [ɪnˈtʃɑːntmənt] incantesimo endangered [ɪnˈdeɪndʒə(r)d] in via d’estinzione eradicate [ɪˈrædɪkeɪt] sradicare expectation [ˌekspekˈteɪʃ(ə)n] aspettativa extrovert [ˈekstrəˌvɜː(r)t] estroverso

F

faint [feɪnt] svenire fair-weather [feə(r) ˈweðə(r)] falso fall out [fɔːl aʊt] litigare famine [ˈfæmɪn] carestia fed up (with) [fed ʌp wɪθ] stufo (di) firework [ˈfaɪə(r)ˌwɜː(r)k] fuoco d’artificio fit [fɪt] andare bene floaty [fləʊti] fluttuante flock [flɒk] gregge flood [flʌd] inondazione flu [fluː] influenza focus (on) [ˈfəʊkəs ɒn] concentrarsi su foggy [ˈfɒɡi] nebbioso footprint [ˈfʊtˌprɪnt] impronta forge [fɔː(r)dʒ] falsificare forger [ˈfɔː(r)dʒə(r)] falsario forgery [ˈfɔː(r)dʒəri] falsificazione frail [freɪl] fragile fraud [frɔːd] frode fraudster [ˈfrɔːdstə(r)] truffatore freckled [ˈfrek(ə)ld] lentigginoso frightened (by) [ˈfraɪt(ə)nd baɪ] spaventato (da) fry [fraɪ] friggere fun-loving [fʌn ˈlʌvɪŋ] giocherellone

G

gallop [ˈɡæləp] galoppare

goal [ɡəʊl] obiettivo get on (with) [ɡet ɒn wɪð] proseguire (con) get over [ɡet ˈəʊvə(r)] superare get started [ɡet stɑː(r)tɪd] iniziare give in (to) [ɡɪv ɪn tuː] cedere (a) glance [ɡlɑːns] sguardo glide [ɡlaɪd] scivolare go off [ɡəʊ ɒf] esplodere go to great lengths [ɡəʊ tuː ɡreɪt leŋθ] fare di tutto goggles [ˈɡɒɡ(ə)lz] occhiali, visiera good-looking [ɡʊd lʊk] bello grate [ɡreɪt] grattuggiare grateful (for) [ˈɡreɪtf(ə)l fɔː(r)] grato (per) greasy [ˈɡriːsi] unto guilty [ˈɡɪlti] colpevole gunpowder [ˈɡʌnˌpaʊdə(r)] polvere da sparo

H

haircut [ˈheə(r)ˌkʌt] taglio di capelli happy (with) [ˈhæpi wɪð] contento (di) haunted [ˈhɔːntɪd] perseguitato headache [ˈhedeɪk] mal di testa health care [helθ keə(r)] assistenza sanitaria heat [hiːt] calore highjack [haɪdʒæk] dirottare highjacker [haɪʒækə(r)] dirottatore hiss [hɪs] sibilare hop [hɒp] saltare hot spring [hɒt sprɪŋ] sorgente calda humbling [ˈhʌmb(ə)lɪŋ] umiliante hurricane [ˈhʌrɪkən] uragano

I

in addition (to) [ɪn əˈdɪʃ(ə)n tuː] oltre (a) income [ˈɪnkʌm] reddito indeed [ɪnˈdiːd] infatti influence [ˈɪnfluəns] influenza, effetto interview [ˈɪntə(r)ˌvjuː] colloquio involvement [ɪnˈvɒlvmənt] coinvolgimento irrelevant [ɪˈreləvənt] irrilevante

J

jail [dʒeɪl] prigione jaywalking [ˈdʒeɪˌwɔːkɪŋ] attraversare con il rosso jeopardize [ˈdʒepə(r)daɪz] compromettere jump [dʒʌmp] saltare juvenile [ˈdʒuːvənaɪl] giovane

K

keep in touch [kiːp ɪn tʌtʃ] restare in contatto keep up [kiːp ʌp] continuare kidnap [ˈkɪdnæp] rapire

309

Glossary kidnapper [ˈkɪdnæpə(r)] rapitore kidnapping [ˈkɪdnæpɪŋ] rapimento

L

lank [læŋk] sottile lawyer [ˈlɔːjə(r)] avvocato likely [ˈlaɪkli] probabile linen [ˈlɪnɪn] biancheria look after [lʊk ˈɑːftə(r)] prendersi cura look around [lʊk əˈraʊnd] guardare in giro look up (to) [lʊk ʌp tuː] ammirare lounge [laʊndʒ] sala lozenge [ˈlɒzɪndʒ] pastiglia

M

mantle [ˈmænt(ə)l] mantello manufacturer [ˌmænjʊˈfæktʃərə(r)] fabbricante mate [meɪt] amico measles [ˈmiːz(ə)lz] morbillo melt [melt] sciogliere messy [ˈmesi] disordinato miaow [mjaʊ] miagolare mindset [ˈmaɪn(d)ˌset] mentalità mug [mʌɡ] rapinare mugger [ˈmʌɡə(r)] rapinatore mugging [ˈmʌɡɪŋ] rapina mumps [mʌmps] parotite murder [ˈmɜː(r)də(r)] uccidere murderer [ˈmɜː(r)dərə(r)] assassino

N

narrate [nəˈreɪt] raccontare narrow [ˈnærəʊ] stretto necklace [ˈnekləs] collana neigh [neɪ] nitrire neighbour [ˈneɪbə(r)] vicino di casa neither [ˈnaɪðə(r)] nemmeno nest [nest] nido none [nʌn] nessuno notice-board [ˈnəʊtɪs bɔː(r)d] bacheca nuclear family [ˈnjuːkliə(r) ˈfæm(ə)li] nucleo familiare nurse [nɜː(r)s] infermiere/a

O

offbeat [ˈɒfˌbiːt] eccentrico ointment [ˈɔɪntmənt] unguento opposed (to) [əˈpəʊzd tuː] opposto (a) outrun [ˌaʊtˈrʌn] seminare overwhelmed [ˌəʊvə(r)ˈwelm] sopraffatto

P

pack [pæk] preparare

310

pain [peɪn] dolore painkiller [ˈpeɪnˌkɪlə(r)] antidolorifico pal [pæl] amico pale [peɪl] pallido pass out [pɑːs aʊt] svenire peel [piːl] sbucciare pickpocket [ˈpɪkˌpɒkɪt] borseggiatore pill [pɪl] pillola pitch [pɪtʃ] campo plain [pleɪn] semplice plaster [ˈplɑːstə(r)] gesso plump [plʌmp] paffuto pneumonia [njuːˈməʊniə] polmonite pounce [paʊns] piombare proud (of) [praʊd əv] orgoglioso (di) pursue [pə(r)ˈsjuː] perseguire put off [pʊt ɒf] rimandare put on [pʊt ɒn] indossare

R

rainbow [ˈreɪnˌbəʊ] arcobaleno raise [reɪz] sollevare rash [ræʃ] eruzione cutanea reckon [ˈrekən] contare remove [rɪˈmuːv] eliminare renowned [rɪˈnaʊnd] rinomato roar [rɔː(r)] ruggire rob [rɒb] rapinare robber [ˈrɒbə(r)] rapinatore robbery [ˈrɒbəri] rapina rooftop [ˈruːfˌtɒp] tetto rotten [ˈrɒt(ə)n] marcio round [raʊnd] rotondo routinely [ruːˈtiːnli] regolarmente runny nose [ˈrʌni nəʊz] naso che cola

S

salary [ˈsæləri] stipendio satisfied (with) [ˈsætɪsfaɪd wɪð] soddisfatto (di) scaffolding [ˈskæfəʊldɪŋ] impalcatura scarce [skeə(r)s] scarso scarf [skɑː(r)f] sciarpa scarred [skɑː(r)d] segnato screw up [skruː ʌp] rovinare script [skrɪpt] copione scruffy [ˈskrʌfi] trasandato seaweed [ˈsiːˌwiːd] alghe see eye to eye [siː aɪ tuː aɪ] vedere allo stesso modo set about [set əˈbaʊt] incominciare set off [set ɒf] partire shabby [ˈʃæbi] squallido shape [ʃeɪp] modellare shoplift [ˈʃɒpˌlɪft] taccheggiare

Glossary shoplifter [ˈʃɒpˌlɪftə(r)] taccheggiatore shoplifting [ˈʃɒpˌlɪftɪŋ] taccheggio shuttle [ˈʃʌt(ə)l] navetta sibling [ˈsɪblɪŋ] parente sickly [ˈsɪkli] malaticcio skinny [ˈskɪni] magro slice [slaɪs] affettare slightly [ˈslaɪtli] leggermente slim [slɪm] magro slope [sləʊp] pendio smoothly [ˈsmuːðli] agevolmente smuggle [ˈsmʌɡ(ə)l] contrabbandare smuggler [ˈsmʌɡ(ə)lə(r)] contrabbandiere smuggling [ˈsmʌɡ(ə)lɪŋ] contrabbando sore throat [sɔː(r) θrəʊt] mal di gola sour [ˈsaʊə(r)] acido spicy [ˈspaɪsi] piccante spiky [ˈspaɪki] appuntito split up [splɪt ʌp] dividere sporty [ˈspɔː(r)ti] sportivo squeeze [skwiːz] strizzare stand out [stænd aʊt] spiccare steam [stiːm] vapore sticking point [stɪkɪŋ pɔɪnt] punto critico stir [stɜː(r)] mescolare stitch [stɪtʃ] punto stocky [ˈstɒki] tarchiato stormy [ˈstɔː(r)mi] tempestoso straight [streɪt] dritto strain [streɪn] sforzo striking [ˈstraɪkɪŋ] impressionante struggling [ˈstrʌɡ(ə)lɪŋ] difficoltoso suddenly [ˈsʌd(ə)nli] improvvisamente suit [suːt] vestito suitcase [ˈsuːtˌkeɪs] valigia sun-ripened [sʌn ˈraɪpənd] maturato al sole surgeon [ˈsɜː(r)dʒ(ə)n] chirurgo surgery [ˈsɜː(r)dʒəri] intervento swarm [swɔː(r)m] sciame swelling [ˈswelɪŋ] gonfiore syrup [ˈsɪrəp] sciroppo

T

take off [teɪk ɒf] togliere take out [teɪk aʊt] eliminare take part [teɪk pɑː(r)t] partecipare tallish [ˈtɔː.lɪʃ] piuttosto alto tasteless [ˈteɪs(t)ləs] insapore

temperature [ˈtemprɪtʃə(r)] febbre therefore [ˈðeə(r)fɔː(r)] pertanto thin [θɪn] sottile threat [θret] minaccia thump [θʌmp] colpo tight [taɪt] stretto tiny [ˈtaɪni] piccolo tired (of) [ˈtaɪə(r)d əv] stanco (di) toddler [ˈtɒdlə(r)] bambino tough [tʌf] difficile tracksuit [ˈtrækˌsuːt] tuta trade [treɪd] commercio transportation [ˌtrænspɔː(r)ˈteɪʃ(ə)n] trasporto trusted [trʌstɪd] fidato trustworthy [ˈtrʌs(t)ˌwɜː(r)ði] affidabile turn around [tɜː(r)n əˈraʊnd] girare turn off [tɜː(r)n ɒf] spegnere turn out [tɜː(r)n aʊt] rivelarsi

U

unless [ənˈles] a meno che unsafe [ʌnˈseɪf] pericoloso upset [ʌpˈset] arrabbiato useless (at) [ˈjuːsləs æt] inutile (per)

V

vandal [ˈvænd(ə)l] vandalo vandalise [ˈvændəlaɪz] devastare vandalism [ˈvændəˌlɪz(ə)m] vandalismo verdict [ˈvɜː(r)dɪkt] verdetto volcano [vɒlˈkeɪnəʊ] vulcano

W

ward [wɔː(r)d] reparto wavelength [ˈweɪvˌleŋθ] lunghezza d’onda wavy [ˈweɪvi] ondulato weird [wɪə(r)d] strano well-built [wel bɪlt] ben fatto well-off [wel ɒf] benestante well-travelled [wel ˈtræv(ə)ld] frequentato what’s more [wɒts mɔːr] in più whilst [waɪlst] mentre whisk [wɪsk] mescolare willing [ˈwɪlɪŋ] disposto wipe out [waɪp aʊt] spazzare via witness [ˈwɪtnəs] testimone wrinkled [ˈrɪŋk(ə)ld] rugoso

311

internet: deascuola.it e-mail: [email protected]

Redattore responsabile: Isabella Zampieri Redazione: Paola Francesconi Redazione multimediale: Victoria Bradshaw Tecnico responsabile: Gianni Cupelli Progetto grafico: Daniele Pagliari Impaginazione: Grande forEdit, Monza Brianza Ricerca iconografica: Laura Fiorenzo Copertina: Silvia Bassi Ricerca iconografica per la copertina: Silvia Bassi Illustrazioni: Stefano Fabbri Art Director: Nadia Maestri Tim Bacon è l’autore delle pagine 238-243 e 249-253

Proprietà letteraria riservata © 2019 De Agostini Scuola SpA – Novara 1a edizione: gennaio 2019 Printed in Italy Le fotografie di questo volume sono state fornite da: iStockphoto; Shutterstock; Getty Images; Corbis Documentary/Getty Images; Moment Open/Getty Images; Paul Kane/Getty Images; James Devaney/GC Images/Getty Images; Thierry Monasse/Getty Images; Andre Paes/Alamy Stock Photo; Callaghan O’Hare/Bloomberg via Getty Images; AF archive/Alamy Stock Photo; Peter Harvie/Alamy Stock Photo; DigitalVision/Getty Images; Robert Gilhooly/Alamy Stock Photo; Foto Scala, Firenze; Ricky Vigil M/GC Images/Getty Images; CountrySideCollection - Homer Sykes/Alamy Stock Photo; Dean Mouhtaropoulos/Getty Images; Javier Soriano/AFP/Getty Images; WENN Ltd/Alamy Stock Photo; Mitch Haddad/ABC via Getty Images; WebPhoto; age fotostock/Getty Images; The Image Bank/Getty Images; Moment/Getty Images; TCD/Prod.DB/Alamy Stock Photo; Brian Ach/Getty Images for SheaMoisture; Pascal Le Segretain/Getty Images; Patrick Kovarik/AFP/Getty Images. Immagini in copertina: iStockphoto; Shutterstock Tutti i diritti riservati. Nessuna parte del materiale protetto da questo copyright potrà essere riprodotta in alcuna forma senza l’autorizzazione scritta dell’Editore. Il software è protetto dalle leggi italiane e internazionali. In base ad esse è quindi vietato decompilare, disassemblare, ricostruire il progetto originario, copiare, manipolare in qualsiasi modo i contenuti di questo software. Analogamente le leggi italiane e internazionali sul diritto d’autore proteggono il contenuto di questo software sia esso testo, suoni e immagini (fisse o in movimento). Ne è quindi espressamente vietata la diffusione, anche parziale, con qualsiasi mezzo. Ogni utilizzo dei contenuti di questo software diverso da quello per uso personale deve essere espressamente autorizzato per iscritto dall’Editore, che non potrà in nessun caso essere ritenuto responsabile per eventuali malfunzionamenti e/o danni di qualunque natura. Eventuali segnalazioni di errori, refusi, richieste di chiarimento/funzionamento dei supporti multimediali o spiegazioni sulle scelte operate dagli autori e dalla Casa Editrice possono essere inviate all’indirizzo di posta elettronica [email protected].